NLM 0D10D127 b NLM001001276 SS^SKV^/S^*. ri*\, /.alii / TIEIIE ANTISEPTIC OR COMMONSENSE Practice of Medicine AND GUIDE TO HEALTH, FOR THE USE OF ALL TRUE FRIENDS OF MEDICAL SCIENCE PROF. R. J PARSONS, M. D.j-rf4i GREENVILLE, OHIO. / v> •■' ^r* *%« : ,.s^;' VOL. I. v/ VNBc Entered according to the Aot of Congress in the year 1889, by ROBERT JOHNSON PARSONS, in the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No person is allowed to sell, barter or dispose of any remedy or remedies or any thing contained in this book beyond their family use or practice. $ j^~5p*% iSATE Index. Preface......................................................... 7 First and Second Volume..........,............................ 9 Third Volume................................................... 10 Antiseptic Practice of Medicine................................ 11 Disease and Its Mismanagement................................ 12 Cause, Symptoms, and General Management of Febrile Condi- tions ...................................................... 50 General Treatment.............................................. 52 Inflammation................................................... 58 Inflammation of the Eye........................................ 62 Intermittent Fever............................................. 66 Bilious Fever................................................... 75 Infantile Remittent Fever...................................... 83 Enteric, or TyphoidFever..... ................................. 86 Typhus Fever.................. . .............................. 95 Typho-Malarial Fever........................................... 100 Inflammatory Fever............................................ 101 Continued Fever................................................ 103 Relapsing Fever................................................ 106 Congestive Fever .............................................. 110 Puerperal Fever................................................. 113 Spotted Fever.................................................. 115 Miliary Fever................................................... 120 Yellow Fever................................................... 121 Lung Fever, or Pneumonia".................................... 125 Typhoid Pneumonia.......:.................................... 129 Influenza, or Catarrh............................................ 130 Acute Bronchitis.............*. .„................................ 133 Parotitis, or Mumps............................................. 135 Inflammatory Menstruation.................................... 137 Inflammation of the Bladder................................... 138 Phrenitis, Inflammation of the Brain........................... 139 Acute Metritis, or Inflammation of the Womb................. 141 Nephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys...................... 143 Prostatitis, or Inflammation of the Prostate.................... 144 Enteritis, or Inflammation of the Bowels....................... 146 XI. Pleuritis, or Pleurisy............................................ 148 Splenitis, or Inflammation of the Spleen........................ 150 Hepatitis, or Inflammation of the Liver.........................152 Gastritis, or Inflammation of the Stomach...................... 154 Colo-Rectitis, or Dysentery, or Flux............................. 156 Acute Peritonitis............................................... 159 Milk Sickness................................................... H»0 Cholera Infantum............................................... 163 Acute Diarrhoea................................................. 167 Cholera Morbus................................................. 169 Cholera......................................................... 171 Bilious Colic.................................................... 174 Flatulent Colic.................................................. 175 Colica Pictorium. Lead, or Painter's Colic..................... 177 Worms......................................................... 178 Nausea, or Vomiting............................................ 181 Croup........................................................... 18-2 Difficult Dentition.............................................. 184 Whooping Cough............................................... 186 Inflammation of the Breast................................... 187 Otitis, or Inflammation of the Ear.............................. 1 Sd Cancrum Oris, or Gangrenous Inflammation of the Mouth...... 191 Mercurial Inflammation of the Mouth.......................... 192 Muguet, or White Thrush.......................................194 Nursing Sore Mouth............................................ 191 Quinsy, or Inflammatory Sore Throat........................... 196 Cynanche Maligna, or Putrid Sore Throat....................... 199 Laryngitis, or Inflammation of the Larynx, or Wind Pipe....... 2(K) Tonsilitis....................................................... 201 Follicular Inflammation of the Mouth.......................... ^'OH Ulcerative Inflammation of the Mouth.......................... 205 Inflammatory Rheumatism..................................... 21)6 Lumbago and Sciatica........................................ 210 Gonorrhea...................................................... 212 Retention of Urine............................................. 216 Diphtheria.......................................... ........... 219 Scabies, or Itch..................................... 222 Shingles (Herps Zoster)....................................... 223 Scarlet Fever............................ ......... 225 Rubeola, or Measles............................................228 Varicella, or Chicken-Pox......................................2:;o Variola, or Small-Pox........................................... 231 Erysipelas.......................................................234 Erysipelas, or Black Tongue.....................................236 m. Gangrene, or Mortification...................................... 2H8 Aboi tion, or Miscarriage ....................................... 241 Menorrhagia, or Immoderate Flow of Menses................... 243 Cessation of Menstruation...................................... 246 Vicarious Menstruation... ................................... 248 Dysmenorrhea, or Painful Menstruation........................ 249 Hematuria, or Hemorrhage of the Bladder..................... 253 Hemoptysis, or Bleeding from the Lungs........................ 255 Hemorrhage of the Stomach.................................... 257 Epistaxis, or Bleeding of the Nose ............................. 258 Convulsions.....................................................26U Auscultation of the Heart...................................... 262 Endocarditis, and Pericarditis, or Inflammation of the Heart... 265 Scalds and Burns................................................267 Sprains..........................................................268 Poisons and Their Antidotes.................................... 269 Introduction to Horse Department.............................. 272 Horse Medicines................................................ 273 No. 1. For Worms............................................ 273 No. 2. Heaves in Horses...................................... 273 No. 3. Heaves in Horses...................................... 273 No. 4. Corrosive Liniment.................................... 274 No. 5. Horse Powder......................................... 274 No. 6 Horse Liniment....................................... 274 A Specific for Colic in Horses or Mules.......................... 274 No. 7. Colic in Horses........................................ 275 No. 8. Anodyne Powder...................................... 275 No. 9. Sweeny Antidote...................................... 276 No. 10. Harness Blacking...................................... 276 No. 11. Ringbone Cure.........................................276 No. 12. Ringbone Cure......................................... 277 No. 13. Egyptiacum. To make............................... 277 No. 14. Horse Distemper...................................... 277 No. 15. Liniment for Distemper............................... 277 No. 16. Bone Spavin in Horses................................. 277 Nasal Gleet..................................................... 277 No. 17. Condition Powder for Horses.......................... 278 No. 18. Horse Liniment....................................... 278 No. 19. Horse Distemper and Lung Fever......................278 No 20. Another cure for Heaves in Horses.................... 278 No. 21. Corrosive Liniment.................................... 279 No. 22. For Colic, Worms, Bots, etc............................279 No. 23. Physic for Bots in Horses..............................279 No. 24. Suppression of Urine.................................. 279 IV. No. 25. For Suppression of Urine..............................280 No. 26. Horse Liniment........................................280 Materia Medica and Therapeutics...............................280 Classification of Materia Medica ............................... 281 Achillea Millefolium. Yarrow.................................. 284 Acorus Calamus. Calamus. Sweet Flag........................ 284 Abcinthium Vulgaris. Mugwort............................... 285 Agrimonia Eupatoria. Agrimony.............................. 285 Ajuga Chamepitys. Ground Pine.............................. 286 Allium Cepa. Onion........................................... 286 Amygdalus Persica. Peach Tree............................... 287 Asclepias Tuberosa. Pleurisy Root.............................288 Apium Petroselium. Parsley Root............................. 288 Althea Officinalis. Marsh Mallow Root........................ 289 Belladonna. Deadly Night Shade.............................. 289 Aconitum Napellus. Aconite................................... 290 Caulophyllum Thalictroides. Blue Cohosh Root................ 290 Capsicum Annum. Cayenne Pepper............................ 291 Scutellaria Lateriflora. Skull Cap.............................. 292 Cypripedium Pubescens. Lady Slipper......................... 293 Myristica Moschata. Nutmeg.................................. 293 Mentha Viridis. Spearmint.................................... 293 Mentha Piperita. Peppermint................................. 294 Nepeta Cataria. Catnip........................................ 294 Pterospoia Andromedea. Crawly Root.........................295 Sambucus Canadensis. Common Elder.........................295 Juniperus Communis. Juniper Berries......................... 296 Podophylum Peltatum. May Apple............................ 296 Leptandria Virginica. Black Root..............................297 Lavendula. Lavender Flowers................................. 297 Rosmarinus Officinale. Rosemary.............................. 298 Ictodes Fetida. Skunk Cabbage Root ......................... 298 Humulus Lupulus. Hops...................................... 299 Glycerine....................................................... 299 Zingiber Officinale. Ginger.................................... 299 Veronia Fasciculata. Iron Weed Root........................ 300 Geranium Maculatum. Crane's Bill. Alum Root.............. 300 Caryophyllus Aromaticus. Cloves.............................. 30i Castor......................................................... 301 Camphor....................................................... 391 Grindelia Robusta. Wild Sunflower..........................302 Grindelia Squarrosa. Tar Weed................................ 303 Cinnamon...................................................... 303 Digitalis Purpurea. Foxglove.................................. 303 r. Nitrate of Potassa.............................................. 304 Virbnrnum Opulns. Cramp Bark. High Cranberry............ 304 Spirits of Nitric Ether.......................................... 805 Carbo Ligni. Charcoal......................................... 305 Gelseminum Sempervirens. Yellow Jessamine ................ 306 Polygala Senega. Seneca Snake Root........................... 307 Ulmus Fulva Bark..............................................307 Myrica Cerifera. Bayberry^ Candleberry, Waxberry........... 307 Hedeoma Pulegioides. Pennyroyal.............................308 Eupatorium Perfoliatum. Boneset......................'....... 309 Prunus Virginana. Wild Cherry............................... 310 Polemonium Reptans. Blue Bell. Greek Valerian............. 310 Diosma Crenata. Buchu Leaves................................ 311 Macrotrys Racemosa. Black Cohosh. Rattle Root............. 312 Hamamelis Virginica. Witch Hazel............................ 312 Quercus Alba. White Oak Bark............................... 313 Rhus Glabra. Sumach......................................... 314 S ul phuric Ether................................................. 316 Camphor Mixture............................................... 315 Trillium Latifolium, and Trillium Pendulum. Beth Root...... 316 Utica Dioica. Common Nettle.................................. 316 Pinus Canadensis. Hemlock................................... 317 Rheum Palmatum. Rhubarb Root............................. 318 Papaver Somniferum. Opium.................................. 319 Directions for the Administration of Medicine.................. 320 Glossary........................................................321 Notice......................................................... 324 Testimonials....................................................325 PREFACE. My object in publishing this work is to give to the world something new and reliable on which they can rely in the hour of affliction, and not be deceived or humbugged by a class of men who are making merchandise of the lives, health, and happiness of the people, under the pretense of curing them. In the preparation of this work I have not been led by the fallacies of any school or clique, but governed by the dictates of reason and experience, which have been my guide, and truth and science my aim, and not party inter- est. My object has always been to benef t and relieve suffering hu- manity; therefore I have had to pursue an entirely different course from what is generally taught in the schools; consequently my prac- tice differs materially from theirs, and my success has been vastly different from theirs, as I have demonstrated by curing hundreds of their miserable patients and thereby greatly reducing the list of mortality. This is no guess work or vain imagination, but a demon- strable fact which I have fully demonstrated through nearly fifty years of practical test, therefore I offer to the afflicted reliable facts, not guess work, as the remedies have been thoroughly tried and have given the desired result after all other known remedies had failed. They have been thoroughly tested in all the various forms of disease from its mild to its severe forms. In preparing this work I have not done, as most others have done, followed in the footsteps of my predecessor, but have followed the dictates of common sense and ex- perience. Consequently my treatment differs so materially from them, and as a nat ural consequence my success must differ material- ly, also. Having held some of these remedies a secret for over forty years, I now for the first time and at the urgent request of many of V11I my friends, both in the profession and otherwise, have conclu- ded to give to the world the benefit of these God-given blessings to man, as He has said that there are remedies that grow out of the earth and he that is wise will not abhor them, and that the leaves of the trees are for the healing of the nations, etc., not calo- mel, and arsenic, and other deadly poisons to make disease. I have also tried to b« as Irief as possible, so as not to burden the mind of the student or uselessly consume time, by writing a large work, as most authors have done, and filling it with useless and nonsensical speculations which can be of no practical benefit to the student, or any body else. My object is to give such facts and remedies as can be made available at the bed-side. A truth can be told in very few words, while falsehood and deception require a long round of words to cover up and mystify its fallacy and give it the semblance of truth. The above not being my object, I have given such facts as can be relied upon, and which require no multiplicity of words to mystify it or make a great display. Common sense and facts are what the afflicted want, and not bombast or pretentions in this work. They will find the long-sought object;, that is, a safe and reliable treatment for disease, which if properly applied will cure in one-half less time then can be done by any other system or method of prac. tice known, and with one-fourth to one-half less mortality. This has been demonstrated beyond the power of successful confutation. There is not a recipe in the book, but what is worth more than the price of the book, as each has been thoroughly tried; therefore I offer them with confidence, knowing that if they are properly admin- istered they will give satisfaction. I therefore commend them to the afflicted, and to all lovers of truth, science, and progression over old fogyism, charlatanism and humbuggery, this work is respectfully de- dicated by your friend the author. ZX FIRST VOLUME. The work will be completed in three volumes. The first will be on Acute Diseases, giving a plain description of all the common forms of acute diseases, with a rational and successful treatment which is entirely new and has never before been published. It is the result of my experience of nearly fifty years' practice. It differs from all others in both theory and practice, as it gives a correct theo- ry and a reliable practice which has always given better results then any other, and may be relied upon in all curable cases, and will cure where all others fail, all forms of fever and inflammation will readily yield to the sanative power of those life preserving and health resto- ring remedies, and all other forms of acute disease will readily yield to the controlling power of these remedies. Under their health re- storing power no such thing as a self-limited disease is known, and the mortality will be greatly reduced; one-fourth to one-half less than under the common practice. See certificates at the end of this volume. SECOND VOLUME This will be on Chronic Diseases, and will give a plain and ration- al treatment which will cure nineteen out of every twenty of those so-called incurable forms of disease, such as Consumption, Bronchi- tis or Asthma, with forty-nine out of every fifty cases of Liver Com- plaint or Dyspepsia. In all other forms of Chronic diseases it will give a success never attained before. This volume also contains a description of my great discovery of the organs governing and controll- ing the nervous system. This I accidently discovered nearly forty years ago, while attending a lady with Comsumption who had been subject to Epilepsy all her life. By a knowledge of these organs we can positively tell whether an individual will ever have fits, or become insane, or die with any disease of the brain or nervous system. A knowledge of this alone is worth ten times the cost of the whole work. I also tell you how to tell, when a child is born, whether it will live to be three or five years of age. I could have sold the above knowledge for several hundred dollars, but I reserved it for tl e present«work. There are a number of valuable recipes in this and the first volume which I could have sold for five or ten times the cost of the work; some I have paid twenty dollars for myself. At X the end of each volume will be given a description of all the different medicines recommended through the work so that they can be easily referred to for explanation. The contents of this volume, like the first, are entirely new, not a reprinted or rehearse of long established fallacies. It is based upon the immutable laws of truth. THIRD VOLUME. This will be on Practical Therapeutics and will be a companion to the first and second volumes. The name of each disease will be giv- en, and the remedies given below, so as to be of easy reference. In doubtful and critical cases the composition and therapeutic appli- cation and dose will be given in plain language so that it can be readily understood. It will contain the cream or best of all that is known out of the different systems. Besides, it, like the first two volumes, will contain much valuable matter never before published, which I have obtained from Indian Doctors, and others. This, as the first volumes, will be indispensable to all who regard the life and wellfare of their patient, and an indispensable guide for families, or all persons having charge of the sick. There will also be much valuab'e matter given under the head of Miscellaneous Matter, which can not be properly arranged under thehead of Disease. This volume will be so arranged as to make it indispensable to all physi- cians and druggists, as it will contain several hundred recipes never before published. 11 Antiseptic Practice of Medicine. Perhaps my reader may not understand what is meant by the term antiseptic, or the principles which distinguish us from all others, therefore I have thought that a few words by way of explana- tion would not be out of place. By the term Septic or Septemia we mean putrid matter, or a morbid condition of the blood caused by a septic or putrid matter which enters the circulation and obstructs a physiological action, thereby creating disease. Antiseptic means opposed to septic, or morbid matter, thereby preventing septic ac- tion or putrefaction, by neutralizing its septic tendency, rendering it inert or powerless. All medicines should be antiseptic in their effect or nature, thereby aiding nature, and not opposing her. They should first neutralize the morbid agent, and then aid nature in eli- minating it from the system. This fully explains the vast difference between me and all others, and gives a logical reason for my great success over them. They oppose nature. I aid her. They make one morbid action to cure another. I remove this cause to get rid of the effect. They make another cause, or morbid action, to neu- tralize the existing cause; that is, one poison or morbid action, to cure another. That is the poison of the serpent to cure the bite. Such are the fallacies taught in the schools to be practiced on the people and which rationally accounts for their bad success and great mortality. Prof. Wood says, page 226, in his work on practice: "Supersession; by this process is meant the displacing or preventing of one affection by the establishment of another in the seat of it. If, therefore, we can produce a new disease in the exact position of one that may be existing or expected, we may possibly supersede the latter, and if the new disease subside spontaneously without injury we cure our patient." Such a fallacy has cursed the world for over three hundred years, and fully accounts for the multiplicity of grave yards, the cripples and ruined constitutions through the land, which are evidence that the new disease does not subside without injury. Allopathist, or Regular, says, make another disease, and Homeopa- thist says, make a similar disease, both believing in making another disease or morbid action in the system. All the difference is in the words, "another," and "a similar." Simmer them both down to the quintessence of nonsense and they are the same. Both use the same poisons to produce the morbid or diseased action. The only real difference is in the dose. The Allopathist gives it in large doses, 12 while the Homeopathist gives it in small doses, and freqently gives only the name of the drug, thus they humbug the patient twice. First, by making him believe a false theory, and then by making him believe that they are giving him drugs, when they are not. In this the Allopathist is more honest than his Homeopathic brother, as he doses his patient, regardless of consequences. He humbugs him in the first place by making him believe a falsehood and a false theory. The falsehood consists in telling him that the disease must run its course, and in teaching a false theory, that is, of making one disease to cure another. For further proof of their fallacy see the following pages on Disease and Its Mismanagement. Disease and Its Mismanagement When we speak of disease we mean something opposite to health and vital action, or a departure from a sound or physiological state or condition. As long as nature or vital action is able to assume or retain the supremacy or controlling power, disease can not exist, but only when nature fails to hold the positive power over morbid action, can disease exist. There is nothing under the canopy of Hea- ven but what is under the law of positive and negative action; or in other words, nothing can exist without its opposite. Consequently life is positive, and death is negative. Health is positive and disease is negative. Therefore, as long as health or vital action can hold the positive or controlling power, health is the result; but as soon as nature fails then disease is the result, or morbid action assumes the positive or ruling power ; and if nature is not aided in assuming the positive or ruling power, then death is the consequence. Under such circumstances we have plain indications to govern us in the admin- istration of remedies for the removal of disease or morbid action from the system. It is to aid nature and not oppose her. To do this we should ascertain as nearly as possible the nature of the offending material and its location, and then direct our remedies as nearly as possible to the seat of disease, and the removal of the power or oppos- ing agent, or to antidote or neutralize the morbid matter and render it inert, and then aid nature in eliminating it from the system. Our course should be guided by common sense and the indications of nature,, and not by the fallacies of the schools. Under such circuca- 18 stances we would hear less talk about incontrollable diseases, but as long as physicians will adhere to the fallacy taught in the schools, of making one disease or morbid action to cure or control another, just so long will we hear them talk about incontrollable diseases, as it is utterly impossible for one poison or morbid agent to neutralize or antidote another, because there is a similarity in their nature. They harmonize and aid each other, and oppose nature or vital action. Consequently, under their treatment nature has two powerful ene- mies or contending forces to contend against, both the disease and their remedies. Under such treatment is it any wonder that they have so many incontrollable and fatal cases? A remedy can not make a disease and at the same time cure it. Such is the fallacy taught in the medical schools, and practiced on the people at the present day. Under such treatment we could not rationally expect them to cure disease, and when the patient does recover, it is by nature overpowering both the disease and their medicine, as Dr. Jameson, who is one of their most honest and eminent teachers, admits. He asked the following question : "Is it not a notorious fact that all our remedies for disease are in repugnance to the laws of nature, and disease is, too; two against one, must come off predominant?"' And Prof. Tanner, of London, another of their eminent teachers, says in his work on the Practice of Medicine, page 187, 'It is a melancholy reflection, but too true, that for miny hundred years the efforts of physicians were rather exerted to thwart nature, and to add to the malignancy of the disease, than to aid her in her efforts." Under such treatment how can any rational individual expect any other re- sult but for them to have a great many incurable and incontrollable cases, and that their patients will lie sick a long time for nature to overpower both the medicine and the disease, as both are opposed to nature or vital action, and, two against one, must come off predom- inant ; and that is the reason they lose so many cases. Prof. Rush, who is one of the fathers of medicine of that school in the United States, said that dissections daily convince us of our ignorance of the seats of disease, and cause us to blush at our prescriptions. What mischief have we done under the belief of false facts and false theor- ies? We have assisted in rn'iltiplyiu^ diseases. We have done more. We have increased their mortality. With such facts staring them in the face, is it not strange that they will, in this enlightened age of the world, continue to palm it off on the afflicted, at the expense of their lives, health and happiness, when at the same time they know that the patient would be much better off without any of their inter- ference, as they assist the disease in its work of death, and oppose nature, and add to the malignancy of the disease. But their aim is 14 to keep the afflicted in ignorance of these facts, so they will not see their fallacy and hypocrisy, and administer to them their just and merited condemnation which their conduct and fallacy so justly de- serve. To prevent this and aid them in forcing it on the people, they have had the audacity to invoke the legislatures to pass unjust and tyrannical laws, so as to force the afflicted to employ them and to prevent a class of men who are more successful from coming in competition with them and showing their superiority by their success in curing disease or by curing their miserable patients after they have drugged them for weeks or months, with no effect except to saturate their systems with disease and render them miserable for life, unless they have the constitutional power to overcome the disease and med- icine, both. This is what they fear, that the people will see the vast difference between them aud the mau of common sense, who has not been blinded by the fallacy of the schools. They fear that the people will gat their eyes open and embrace the light of science, and reject their false teaching, and consequently they would lose their patronage, and their colleges would go down, and the whole thing would sink into a just and merited oblivion, never to be resurrected until Gabriel's trumpet shall sound to call all the sins and errors of earth to judgment, to receive their reward for the great evil and suffering" which they have inflicted on the human family in the shape of rotten jaws, ul- cerated throats, living skeletons, and ruined constitutions, which abound in every section of the country where they have practiced their abominable quackery under the pretense of science. The fallacious idea of making one disease or morbid action to cure another has cursed the world for nearly four hundred years, and now as common sense and science are about to supplant it, its followers have become alarmed and are resorting to every means to sustain it, and fasten it on the people by falsehood., and misrepresentation, and deception, as they dare not come out openly aud honorably before the people in a fair contest >r comparison of their principles and practice. Their founder was a notorious quack and a drunken sot by the name of Paracelsus, who died at the age of forty-eight in a public tavern, not changing his clothes for eight days. He was the introducer of calo- mel into practice under the name of quacksalver, and also the doctrine of supersession, which has been the ruling principle of that school from thp-t time until the present. Prof. Wood, in his work on the Practice of Medicine, page 226, says, "by supersession; by this process is meant the displacing or prevention of one affection by the estab- lishment of another in the seat of it, It is a general, though by no means universal, pathological law, that two powerful diseases can not exist in the whole system or any portion of it at the same time. 15 If, therefore, we can produce a new disease in the exact position of the one that may be existing or expected, we may possibly supersede the latter, and if the new disease subside spontaneously without in- jury, we cure our patient." Now mark, he says that if the new dis- ease subside without injury, which is not often the case that the pa- tient is so fortunate as to overcome the disease and medicine, both. Nature may overcome the disease, but to rid the system of the mor- bid impression created by their medicines is often more than nature is able to do, consequently they have so many cripples and ruined constitutions following or resulting from their practice, also so many cases of Consumption, Liver Complaint, Dyspepsia, Dropsy, Scrofula, Rheumatism, Nervous Prostration, etc., which seldom or never follow a rational practice. In this way, as Dr. Rush says, they have multiplied diseases and increased their mortality, and Dr. Good, of London, who is one of their most able teachers, says in his work on Nosology, pages 35 and 44, 'LThe science of medicine is a barbarous jargon and the effect of our medicine on the human sys- tem is in the highest degree uncertain, except, indeed, that they have destroyed more lives than every pestilence and famine combined." Notwithstanding the above acknowledgement of the fact and the evidence of the deleterious effects of their noxious drugs on the constitutions of their patients throughout the country, they have ap- pealed to the legislatures through the country to give them laws to force students into their colleges to study and learn how to multiply diseases and increase their mortality, and to force women and chil- dren to swallow it in spite of all its dire consequences, and to prevent a more liberal and successful class of men or women from curing so many of their miserable patients after they have ruined them with their noxious drugs. Their object is to force all men into their col- leges to learn a routine of nonsense which has ever been the disgrace of the healing art. Men go to those colleges who by nature never were designed to make doctors or assume the responsibility of dealing with human life, because the God of nature and science never in- tended them for that responsible position. All men were made to fill certain purposes or stations in life. They were not created alike physically, neither were they made mentally alike. Men may have good business qualifications in other avocations of life, but no quali- fications which make a physician; but for their money they are taken into those colleges and there taught a routine of fallacies regardless of their natural qualifications, and then given a diploma to humbug and deceive the people with, as the people do not understand that these diplomas are worthless, and received from colleges whose teachings are at open variance with nature or science and will not bear an hon- 16 arable investigation before the world, but their students go through a routine of study, and then go home to practice it on the public, a thing destitute of the first principles of science, which Prof. Eberle was aware of when he made the following sensible remark in his work on the Theory and Practice of Medicine, page 1. He says "of the fashionable theories of medicine, the judicious and unprejudiced physician will neither condemn nor adopt unreservedly any of the leading doctrines advanced in modern times." That is, he may go to those colleges, read their books, study their fallacies, get his di- ploma, go home and throw it all away and strike out his own course; but since the days of Eberle they have found out that it will not do to leave men free to act as rational beings, to learn from whatever source they can. To prevent this, they want tyrannical laws and codes of ethics to abridge their rights as American citizens, and compel them to adhere to their fallacy, right or wrong. They must obey the dictation of a certain class, and practice what they say, no matter how absurd it is or what evil it may inflict on humanity. The craft must be sustained. To do this they compel their students to sign a pledge not to take or receive anything except what is taught them in that school, and in their text books, and not to recognize any physicians belonging to any other school, and not to counsel with them. This is to keep them blinded so they will not see the light and learn that other physicians know more about medicine than they do, thereby they would be induced to forsake them and learn to be the benefactors of their fellow men, and not their de- stroyers. It does not matter about a man's success or ability if he does not belong to their school and submit to their tyranny and ig- norance, he must be crushed out and not allowed to practice for fear that the people will see the vast difference between the man who is a free man, possessed of natural ability, who has not bound himself un- der those tyrannical codes, and who does not want despotic laws to keep him from coming in competition with any other class of phy- sicians, let them be black or white; but when a thing is rotten in its very center and destitute of truth or science, then it requires tyran- nical laws and despotic codes to sustain its followers and help them force it on the people. Dr. T. J. Todd, another of their eminent teachers, says "that medicine has never yet known the fertilizing influence of inductive logic," and Prof. J. P. Harrison added that "common sense could be brought to bear on every other subject save medicine." This is a glorious science to want students to study, and tyrannical laws to force it on the people, a thing destitute of logic or common sense and one that has "destroyed more lives than famine and pestilence 17 combined, and has multiplied diseases and increased their mortal- ity," filled the land with mourning, devastation and death ; a system which has always been attended with such dire consequences, and which has always characterized that practice, certainly needs laws and despotic codes of ethics to protect its followers from coming in competition with a more scientific and successful class of physicians. who do not ask despotic laws or codes to sustain them, or to force the people to employ them. Such men rely upon their success and ability to sustain them against all opposition and give them the pat- ronage of the afflicted. They do not rely on false pretense and mis- representation or tyrannical laws to do it, as those men who talk so much about law. An honorable man having success and ability does not fear competition of quacks, old women, or anyone else. When men begin to cry out "quack," "humbug," it shows that there is something rotten in them, and like the thief, they cry out "Stop thief!" Stop thief!" when at the same time the beam is in their own eye, and not in their neighbors', which I will prove before I am through, beyond the power of successful contradiction. Dr. Rush said in his Lectures in the University of Pennsylvania, page 79, "I am insensibly led to make an apology for the instability of the theories and practice of physics. Those physicians generally become the most eminent who soonest emancipate themselves from the tyranny of the schools of physic. Our want of success is owing to the following causes: 1st. Our ignorance of the disease. 2nd. Our ignorance of a suitable remedy." Dr. Rush here admits that they are tyrants and ignorant; yet they want laws to force it on the people, and to force students into their colleges to learn their ignor- ance and how to multiply diseases and increase their mortality. Dr. L. M. Whiting in his dissertation at the annual commencement in Pittsfield, Mass., said, "The very principles upon which most of what are called theories involving medical questions have been based, were never established. They are and always were false, and consequently the superstructures built upon them were as the base- less fabric of a vision; transient in their existence, passing away upon the introduction of new doctrines and hypotheses, like the dev; before the morning sun." Here he admits that they want to force upon the world a thing which is and always has been false and with- out foundation. In truth, the above shows how much love they have for the people, and that it is self-interest and the almighty dollar that actuate their conduct, and not the welfare of th© people, but to monopolize the business and prevent a more liberal and successful class of men from curing the afflicted and taking the practice off their hands. If they could honorably meet those men and compete with 18 them in success, certainly the people would see it. The people are not so ignorant but that they can discriminate between the man of success and the mere pretender. The fact in the case is they are not able to honorably compare success with those men, hence it is that they want those tyrannical Uiws to prevent those men from curing so manv of their miserable patients after they have ruined them with their noxious drugs. This is what they want to prevent, and not to protect the people from quacks, as they pretend. If it is true, as they say, that they want to protect the people against quacks and impos- tors, they would stop peddling death and destruction to the afflicted, as there is no class of men under the canopy of Heaven which has done one hundredth part of the injury upon the human family that they have done; and yet they have the audacity to talk about quacks and laws to protect the people against quacks and humbugs ruining the people. Now, lest my readers should think that I am partial or prejudiced against them, I will give you further proof of the fact, as out of their own mouths, and by their fruits will 1 condemn them. The tree is known by its fruit. If a tree has always borne sour and bitter fruit, no rational individual could expect good fruit to grow thereon unless it first be grafted, and they have never yet been grafted with the true science of medicine, and their determination not to be, and not to receive the light of science has always prevented us from ingrafting them; and for fear we would infuse light in the region of darkness, and their followers would see the light and be converted and forsake their sins, and cease to make cripples and ruined consti- tutions; to prevent them from that, they have resorted to pledges and codes of ethics; but this not being sufficient to prevent some of their disciples from seeing the light and renouncing their ignorance and tyranny, they now appeal to the different legislatures to help them tyrannize over the people and their followers, by passing tyran- nical laws to drive out all who are more successful in practice and to prevent them from healing the sick, thereby forcing the people to em- ploy them whether it is their will or not. They have to submit to their quackery without any right or say in the matter. They must submit their lives to the hands of some quack, because he has a diploma from some of those bogus colleges, no matter how many he kills. Now, that my readers may more fully understand what we mean by the term "quack," and its origin, I will give its meaning and show its applicability. About the middle of the fifteenth century there lived a certain individual who called himself Erastus Bombastus Theophilus Paracelsus. As already stated, he was a drunken sot. 19 and went about over the country, getting a patient wherever he could. He finally cured a celebrated printer of a venereal disease, and through his influence was introduced into notice, and he got elected teacher in one of the schools of physic. He there lectured two hours per day, when sober enough, and would wind up by telling them that if God would not reveal the subject of medicine, it was no harm to consult the devil, and his followers have been consulting the devil ever since, and he has been leading them astray. What he called consulting the devil was to resort to charms, conjuring, and amulets. He was also the introducer of calomel into practice under the name of quacksalver. He taught the doctrine that it cured disease by substituting its own morbid action in the system, thereby supplanting the former disease. The Galenites or Botanies branded him and his followers as quacksalvers, because he put quacksalver into human flesh, and rotted human flesh and human bones with it, and from the term quacksalver comes the term quack. Now, as we do not use calomel or quicksilver, arsenic, or any of those deadly pois- ons to make aimthei disease, but practice on rational and scientific principles, the term can not be applied to us, but to them and to them alone, as they use quicksilver and other poisons to make another disease, which we do not do. They say that there is no science in medicine, which, so far as they are concerned, is true, as their bad success demonstrates the fact beyond the shadow of a doubt. Dr. Dunglison, in his Medical Dictionary, page 741, says, "quack, or charlatan, a quacksalver; empirical pretender; any individual who endeavors to deceive the public by passing himself off as more suc- cessful than he really is " Now I would ask in the name of common sense if they are not deceiving the people when they are making such great pretensions to science, a thing they never did possess? Dr. Todd says their practice 'has never yet known the fertilizing influ- ence of inductive logic," and Prof. Harrison says that "common sense can be brought to bear up m every other subject save medi- cine," and Prof Chapman says that it 'consists of absurdity, contra- dictions and falsehoods," and Prof. Whiting says that "the very principles upon which most of what are called theories involving medical questions have been based, were never established; they are and always were false." Practicing a thing on the people which is false and dt stitute of common sense or logic, and which is made up of absurdity, contiadictions and falsehood; if this is not palming a deception on the people and humbugging them by practicing a false- hood on them through false pretense, if this is not quackery, then the English language has no meaning and Dunglison, Webster, Walker and Worcester were mistaken. On page 192, Dunglison, in 2G his Medical Dictionary, says, "Charlatan, a quacksalver, an empirical pretender/' Who are the empirical pretenders but those men who are deceiving their patients by pretending to doctor them for weeks and letting them lie sick to wear out the disease, as they do, in fevers aud other diseases, and at the same time telling them a falsehood| that the fever must run its course and that it can not be controlled, but that they can guide it. Oh, Inconsistency ! What a jewel thou art to empirical pretenders, to talk about guiding an incontrollable thing, and that, too, by the very means which would make the pa- tient sick or kill him in health. As well might the lunatic talk about guiding the mighty hurricane which is devastating the forest, as for them to talk about guiding a fever or any other disease when they cannot control it. Such a fallacy has cursed the world for over three hundred years and has consigned its millions to premature graves. Such nonsense should not be tolerated in this enlightened ago of the world, much less countenanced by law. Webster says, "A quack is a boastful pretender to medical skill which he does not possess; one who pretends to skill or knowledge which he does not possess; to boast." When they are applying to the legislatures to pass those tyrannical laws which deprive the afflicted of their rights, that is, the right to employ who they want to doctor them, and to force the afflicted to employ them by falsely represent- ing themselves as being superior to other men, either in skill or suc- cess, then they are boasting of something they never did possess and making false pretense to deceive the.legislatures to make those tyran- nical laws, they do not do it by fair means, by meeting us publicly but by misrepresentation and boasting. Consequently they are quacks of the deepest dye. Honorable men are not afraid of compe- tition, but will meet men honorably, and will not ask unjust laws to protect them against honorable rivals. Men should investigate the truth of their claims before they pass those laws. The object of all laws should be equal rights and justice to all men, regardless of school or clique. Any law which will deprive a portion of the com- munity of their rights, or the right to employ who they wish to doctor them, whether he has a diploma from their bogus college or not, whose teachings are at variance with the laws of nature, science or common sense; there can be no justice in such laws. As well might a legislature attempt to pass a law to make falsehood, truth- sin, righteousness; justice, injustice, or the devil a saint, or diplomas from those bogus college.^ to make brains, or put rational brains into empty skulls. When legislatures can accomplish the above, then I will admit that they have a right to pass those tyrannical laws, and the doctrines taught in those bogus colleges, correct, and that they 21 have a right to kill men, women and children under the pretense of guiding an incontrollable thing; then I will also admit that the peo- ple have no rights which should be respected, and that those bogus colleges should reign supreme, and have those despotic laws to help them monopolize the business and prevent others from curing their patients or improving medical science. As long as a few men can rule and dictate to others what they should do, then the wheels of progress become locked, only as to what little may originate in their brains. It is not the welfare of the people that actuates their con- duct. It is self-interest and the almighty dollar. Human life, health and happiness are as chaff before their eyes. They regard not the salvation of others ; it is their own. If it was the good of humanity that troubled their souls, they would be willing to unite with other men and seek truth wherever found, from saint or sinner, but as long as self-interest and monopoly rule, justice and equal rights have no part or lot in the matter. No law should give the right to any class of individuals to monopolize any trade, profession or business against the rights of others, especially in a matter involving the life, health and happiness of any individual, or the people. Such laws not only conflict with the rights of the people, but conflict with the true intent of the Constitution of the United States. The 14th Amendment to the Constitution says "that no state shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States." When any individual is deprived of his right, or the right to employ whom he chooses to doctor him, it is abridging his rights and compelling him to employ some brainless quack, or one of those boastful pretenders, because he has a diploma from one of those bogus colleges whose principles, as Prof. Whiting says, are, and always were false, and Dr. Good says that they have destroyed uiore lives than every famine and pestilence combined, and Dr. Rush says they have multiplied diseases and increased their mortality, and Dr. Tanner says that they oppose nature and add to the malignancy of the disease, and Prof. Dickson says, when speaking of their treatment of Yellow Fever, that they killed forty-six in every hundred. This is what they want those laws for. It is to force the afflicted to employ them, no matter how many lives are lost or sacrificed by it; if they do kill forty-six in every hundred, or multiply their diseases, they must submit. Like the lamb they must be led to the slaughter without any right or say in the matter, because the law says so. Men are not to be judged by their brain or success. It is by a worthless diploma. If he reads their books a few months, and attends their colleges for three or four months, and learns how to multiply diseases, and hum- bug and deceive the people, they give him a diploma, and he goes 22 home and tells the people that he knows all about it and can cure all their ails and aches. Thus he boasts of his knowledge of medical science, a thing that he or his teachers never did possess. This is boastful pretension and quackery. When called on to treat a com- mon case of fever, he will call it intermitttent or remittent, and the next day something else, and the third day typhoid, and when asked as to the probability of cure, this boastful pretender will tell them that it must run its course, that it cannot be controlled, but he can guide it. Such audacity and such boastful pretensions are intolerable in this enlightened age of the world; yet they want those tyrannical laws to force the people to swallow it and to prevent common sense men or women from curing those cases, without any boastful pre- tensions or multiplying their diseases. They would rather thousands should die annually than to have their craft exposed. This shows how much love they have for the people, and the fallacy of their boastful pretensions. If their success was so much superior to the common sense men and women, the people would soon see it and cease to employ the latter. They would not need tyrannical laws to prevent the employment of those men; but as long as common sense men can cure the people without humbugging them, or multi- plying their diseases, or letting them lie sick for weeks to wear out the disease, the people will employ them in spite of those laws. Dr. Rush said in his lectures in the University of Pennsylvania, page 70, "those physicians generally become the mo:,t eminent who soonest emancipate themselves from the tyranny of the schools of Physic. 0«r want of success is owing to the following causes: 1st, Our ignorance of the disease; 2nd, our ignorance of a suitable remedy." It is a notorious fact, and they know it, that the most successful class of physicians are the men who have been free men, and have not been blinded by their false teachings, or led by their tyranny, but have sought truth from every source. Rush acknowledges that they are both tyrants and ignorants, and their code of ethics and poor suc- cess prove the fact. Their false teaching and tyranny have always been great hindrances to their progress by instilling false ideas in the minds of their students, and then compelling them, by pledges and codes of ethics, to adhere to it, and when they saw that the people were getting light, and would reject their fallacies and bombastic pre- tensions, they became alarmed, and they saw that their only hope of salvation was to appeal to the legislatures to get unconstitutional and despotic laws to help them drive a class of physicians from prac- tice, against whose success they could not compete, and thereby force the people to submit to their ignorance and bad success, regardless of the thousands of lives which would be sacrificed by them annually. 23 Dr. Meigs, in his work on Diseases of Females, page 30, says when speaking of the uncertainty and injurious effect of their medi- cine, that it is "often dangerous to ask a physician the question, 'What shall we do?* because custom, routinism. almost always com- pels him to say, 'Take, take.' " That is, if you are unwell, it is dan- gerous for you to consult one of those quacksalvers, or disciples of Par- acelsus, for fear that he may say, take some of his quacksalver, or cal- omel, or arsenic, or some other poison to make another disease and add to its malignancy, and increase its mortality, but he goes further on the same page, and denounces their whole system as a grand fal- lacy. He says "that you ought to be familiar with the doctrines- of a good medical school, by which I mean not the doctrines of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, or that of New York, or Maryland, or Lon- don, or Paris, nor the Jefferson, but a school which has taught you a demonstrative anatomy, a real eclectic physiology, chemistry, etc. A school, in short, which has set before you in full array, the results of man's achievements in medical investigation, experience and art, leaving him. out of his own clear, sound, honest and capacious intel- lect, to become capable of saying as to any case of disorder presented for his opinion, such is the malady; its tendencies are thus and so; its treatment requires such and such a method. You should judge the case by the case, and no other law or evidence." The above are the sentiments of an honest man who was not led by the false teachings of those schools. Although he was a teacher in one of their schools, he was honest enough to tell the truth and condemn their fallacious teachings, so that students and the world should not be misled. In this he differed materially from his brethren. He also believed in leaving men free to learn all they could, and make it useful to their fellow men, but his brethren say, not so; lest we should lose our grip on them, and they would get their eyes open and our colleges would go down. He should have extended his denunciation to the balance of their colleges, as they have the same text books, and teach the same inconsistencies, absurdities, contradictions and falsehoods. He says that they should be free men, and judge the case by the case, etc. But these modern bombasts, these quacksalvers and pretenders, say that they shall judge the case, and treat it according to their books and teachers, right or wrong; as one of their teachers was in the habit of telling them, "Shoot away," is the motto, ''perhaps you may hit the mark. If not, the law is your safe-guard, and you have the satisfaction of feeling that you did the best you could. You have minded your books and teachers." This shows another reason why they want those tyrannical laws. It is to protect them from suits for damage for their blundering, and also to drive other and more suo- 24 cessful physicians from practice, so that they can keep the people blinded, so they will not see their blunders and bring suit for damage for iheir blind shooting. Another of their teachers compares th un to blind men armed with clubs. "The following apologue," says Dr. D Alembert, "made by a physician, a man of wit and phil- osophy, represents very well the state of that science Nature is fight- ing with, Disease. A blind man armed with a club, that is, a physi- cian comes to settle the difference. He first tries to make peace; when he can not accomplish this, lifts his club and strikes at random. If he strikes the disease, he kills the disease; if he strikes nature, he kills nature." The above is a true representation of their blind shooting and striking, but the great trouble is that they more fre- quently hit nature, or the patient, than they do the disease, from the fact, as Dr. Tanner says, that "they oppose nature and add to the malignancy of the disease' in their effort to make another disease or morbid action. This again shows what they want those tyrannical Jaws for. It is to hold the people still while they do their blind strik- ing, and prevent them from employing a more scientific and success- ful class of physicians, and being cured without any blind shooting or striking, and without killing forty-six in every hundred. This shows how they love the people. Their love for the people is like the monkey loved the cat when the egg was roasting in the fire; it would not take its own paw to take the egg out of the fire, but took the cat's—which was lying innocently asleep in the corner. Just so much love they have for the people, that they make a cat's paw out of the legislatures to pass those despotic laws to hold the people still, and deprive them of their rights, While they do their blind shooting and striking, regardless of the vast number of human lives which may be annually sacrificed. It is their clique and their colleges which have to be sustained, no matter if they do burn the paws of the people, or ruin their health and sacrifice their lives. Free men, who never have gone to their colleges and been blinded by their false teachings, or governed by their tyrannical codes, have always been the best and most successful physicians. Those colleges and their false teachings have always retarded true progress in medi- cal science, yet they want laws to sustain them contrary to the best interests of the people. The immortal Boerhaave, when referring to the false theories, and the no less false modes of treatment that were based on them, re- marked long since, "If we compare the good which a half dozen true disciples of Esculapius (Botanies) have done since their art began with the evil that the immense number of doctors have inflicted upon mankind, we must be satisfied that it would have been infinite- 20 ly better if medical men had never existed." Oh, how those boast- ful pretenders love the people, when their most eminent teachers ad- mit that the world would have been better off, if they had never ex- isted. They are, and always were, a curse to humanity, yet they say that they want laws to protect the people against quacks, when the truth is, they want to force the people to submit to their quackery, as they are the most dangerous class of quacks in existence, as they have destroyed more lives than famine and pestilence combined, and killed forty-six in every hundred, and multiplied diseases. Now, with such evidence, coming as it does from their fountain heads, or most eminent teachers, who remembered that open confession was good for the soul, I think there is no rational individual but what will readily admit that the people do need protection from quacks; that they are the only class that the people should be protected from, as there is no class of individuals under the canopy of heaven which has sacrificed one life, or made one cripple, or ruined one constitu- tion, where they have made their thousands. These are facts which I da/6 them to meet, as I am writing for the good of suffering hu- manity, and not to suit any school or clique, but that the people shall know the facts, and not be deceived and humbugged by their false pretenses any longer. Justice and humanity demand that I should make this expose of their contemptible conduct toward other more honorable men. Through their misrepresentations, their conduct has called forth this exposition of their fallacies. Equal rights and justice should be the principle of all honorable individuals; not to exalt the few at the expense of the many, but their motto is to rule or ruin. Another no less experienced physician, the late Dr. James John- son, editor of the Medico-Chirurgical Review, gave vent to the same feeling in still stronger terms. He says, "I declare it as my consci- entious opinion, from long experience and reflection, that if there was not a physician, surgeon, apothecary-man, mid-wife, chemist, druggist or drug on the face of the earth, there would be less sick- ness and less mortality than now prevails." The above is a true fact, and any one who may doubt it, if they will look over the country and there behold the living skeletons, cripples and ruined constitutions which abound in every section of country where they have practiced their abominable quackery, under the pretense of curing them, which do not exist except where their practice has reigned supreme. As proof of this, go among the ruder nations where there are no licensed quacks, and where the old men and women do the doctoring, and their drug shops are Nature's store house, or the field and forest. They use no poisons to make another disease. There you will see no liv- 26 ing, walking skeletons, neither will you see the grave yards multi- plying, as they are doing under licensed quackery. Prof. Chapman, who is one of the fathers of medicine in the United States, and professor of Materia Medica in the University of Pennsylvania, says that "if you could see what I almost daily see in my private practice, persons from the South in the very last stages of miserable existence, emaciated to skeletons, with both plates of the skull almost completely perforated in many places, the nose half gone, with rotten jaws and ulcerated throats, with breaths more pes- tiferous than the poisonous bohun-upas, with limbs racked with the pains of inquisition, minds as imbecile as the puling babe, a grievous burden to themselves, and a disgusting spectacle to the world, you would exclaim, as I have often done, Oh, the lamentable ignorance which dictates the use as a medicine of that noxious drug, calomel. It is a disgraceful reproach to the profession of medicine. It is quackery, horrid, unwarranted, murderous quackery." Yet they want laws to force the people to swallow it. Oh, sweet Inconsist- ency ! Oh, Shame ! Where is thy blush?. To talk about protecting the people against quacks, when you have such a horrid record, with the blood of millions crying from the ground against you, before the bar of eternal justice, who says that "Thou shalt not kill; for I will in nowise hold the murderer guiltless." He continues by asking the following question: "What merit do physicians flatter themselves they possess by being able to salivate a patient? Can not the veriest fool in Christendom give calomel to salivate?" But I will ask another question. Who is there that can stop the career of calomel when once it has taken the reins into its own possession? He who resigns the fate of his patient to calomel, is a vile ene- my to the sick, and if he has a tolerable practice, will, in a single sea- son, lay the foundation of a good business for life, for he will ever afterwards have enough to do to stop the mercurial breaches in the constitution of his dilapidated patients. He has thrown himself in close contact with death, and will have to fight him at arm's length so long as one of his patients maintains a miserable existence. This is what they want those laws for, to force the people to swallow their poisonous drugs, to make another disease or morbid impression in the system, so as to render them more liable to disease ever after. In this way they lay the foundation for other diseases, and of mak- ing money off that foundation which they have already laid in the constitution of their patient, this gives them a lasting business for life, at the expense of the health and happiness of the patient; this is the way they want to protect patients from quacks. They mean to protect or prevent them fioni employing a more honorable class of 27 physicians, who would cure them up without making another dis- ease, and without laying the foundation for a future business, there- by reducing the business for doctors and the undertaker. The above fact gives a logical reason for their having so many of their fever patients complaining of weakness, aching in the bones and limbs, dullness of feeling, derangement of the stomach, liver, or lungs, which will finally result in Consumption, Dropsy, Liver Complaint, Dyspepsia, or Nervous Prostration, or some other ailment, which will, sooner or later, shorten their existence. To cure a common fever, they leave as a legacy, the above, with hundreds of other evils and aches, which are ten times worse than the fever, and when these re- sults happen, then, to blind and mislead the patient, they will tell them a falsehood that it was the fever, when at the same time they know that it was the deleterious effects of their drugs, and not the fever. If they can guide those fevers, they certainly should guide them out of the system without leaving any dire consequences. This shows the utter fallacy of their pretensions, so far as guiding is concerned, that it is a falsehood and done to blind and deceive the patient. Those results seldom or never occur under a rational system of practice, which should convince any individual that it is the effect of their drugs, and blind shooting. Dr. Haughton, another of their eminent teachers, says, "It is but recently that a distinguished physician and editor of the first medical review in the world, after practicing the art (not science), of medicine for half a century, openly declared that a large proportion of the recoveries which took place in ordinary practice, did so in spite of the treatment adopted, and that many cases prove fatal in consequence of the medicine given." The above honest confession shou'd convince any rational individual that the people do need pro- tection from these boastful pretenders, or quacks, and that they are the only class in existence from which the afflicted should be protec- ted. Then we would see comparatively few cases of Consumption, Dyspepsia, Liver troubles, cripples and ruined constitutions, living skeletons, etc., which are so common at the present day. Husbands would not be so frequently deprived of their companions; mothers, of their children, or children made orphans, which is so frequent un- der the treatment of those boastful pretenders, who pretend to love the people, but it is the fleece they love and not the flock. Prof. Wood says, page 20S, "It is a question of great import- ance how far it may be proper for the physician to interfere in the management of the disease. There is no doubt that too much may be, and often has been done, and that as much evil may accrue from this eimse, as from doing too little. The young practitioner should 28 be strongly impressed with the truth, that in the great majority of cases, disease will end in recovery, whether under treatment or not. This is evidently true, and shows the utter fallacy of their drugging a patient with poisons which will make a disease, that may end the existence of the patient, or cause him to drag out a life of miser- able existence, when at the same time, if the patient had been let alone, or properly treated with sanative medicines, in a few days "the patient would have been all right, without any of those dire conse- quences which so often follow through these boastful pretenders. Wood further says, " He is not to suppose that every instance of recovery under his management is a cure. The prevalence of empiricism is, in a considerable degree, ascribableto the popular error that a favor- able termination of the disease is always owing to the means em- ployed. Patients often survive improper and even injurious treat- ment, and believing themselves cured, naturally acquire confidence in the practitioner, or in the supposed remedy." This is certainly true or they would kill more than they do. But Nature overpowers both the medicine and the disease, as he says that the patient often survives injurious treatment. Their treatment is generally improp- er and injurious as it is opposed to nature and common sense. He says that when the patient recovers from the disease and their treat- ment, he acquires confidence in the supposed remedy, and gives the practitioner great credit for curing him, when the facts are, he neith- er killed nor cured the case, because the patient's constitution was able to overpower the medicine and the disease, yet the would-be doctor gets great credit, because he did not kill the case; because nature and the patient's constitution were too powerful to be over- come by his blind shooting. He also gets credit and pay for hum- bugging the patient and keeping him down sick for weeks, to wear out the disease and deceives him by telling him a falsehood, that the disease must run its course; that it can not be controlled, but that he could guide it. Such ignorance and deception is intolerable in this enlightened age of the world, much less to have tyrannical laws to force it on the people. Prof. Tanner, of London, says in his work on the Practice of Medicine, Page 1-50, "All fevers seem disposed to run a certain course and to terminate in the reestablishment of health when un- interrupted by art." Here he admits that their art is dangerous, and that the patient would get along much better without their drugs or interference, yet they want laws to force the people to sub- mit to their ignorance and interference at the risk of life and health. Such men must be destitute of human sympathy, or the love of hu- manity, or the fear of God in their souls, or they would not attempt 29 to force such an imposition on the people, they dare not come out publicly and honorably before the world in fair and honorable com- parison of success or ability, with those men. They want laws to suppress; but they have to resort to falsehood and misrepresentation to sustain themselves against honorable rivals. Again, on the same page, Tanner says, 'T do not like fever curers." Here is a frank ad- mission of the fact that they do not like men who know more than they do. He also says, "you may guide a fever; you cannot cure it." For a man with the learning aud intelligence of Prof. Tanner to talk about guiding an incontrollable and incurable disease is certain- ly ridiculous and absurd in the extreme. But he inculcates such a fallacy for the purpose of deception so that they may deceive and mislead the patient, consequently they are empirical pretenders, and deceiving the patient so as to keep them satisfied, so that they can make a big bill off of him. Guide signifies to lead, or direct; to in- fluence. If they can guide a fever we would ask in the name of science and humanity, why they do not guide it out of the system, without letting tt run its course to wear out, or wear out the pa- tient. If they can guide it they would certainly prevent it leaving any other disease in the system, or locating on the limbs or some or- gans. This is the effect of their medicine and not the fever, and shows the fallacy of their pretensions, and how much they can guide it. I would ask in the name of moral honesty, where is the honor in a man who will treat an incurable and incontrollable disease for weeks, when at the same time the patient would stand a much better chance of recovery without any of his interference, as his treatment has a tendency to protract the disease and add to its malignancy by opposing nature. Again on page 158, Tanner says, "In the early stages and in the whole course of mild cases, it is particularly nec- essary to beware of doing too much, of interfering too actively with nature. It ought to be remembered, that we are able to treat but cannot cure these maladies, any more than we can cure small-pox or measles, and therefore, our aim must be to keep the patient alive, until the fever poison has expended itself." What nonsense to talk about keeping a patient alive with those deadly drugs which oppose nature and add to the malignancy of the disease, but he says that they are able to treat but cannot cure any more than they can cure small-pox or measles. On page 178 he says, when speaking of the treatment of small-pox, "the less drugs used in the treatment of small-pox, the better, since they will neither shorten the disease or exert any favorable influence upon the erup- tion. " Oh, sweet Inconsistency! What a jewel thou art; to hum- bug the afflicted, and deceive them by treating diseases that you are 30 powerless to control, and at the same time make them believe that you are doing something to relieve or better their condition. This is quackery, in every sense of the word, to treat a patient for days or weeks, when, at the same time, you know that you are powerless to do any good ; consequently the patient would be better off without any meddling or humbugging. Again, on page 227, when speaking of Inflammation of the Brain, he says, when referring to the opinion of one of his brother physicians, "with the greatest respect for this clever physician's opinion, it rather seems to me that the extensive failure of one plan of treatment should decidedly lead us to try another, and more especially, perhaps, to see if nature, unaided, or only gently guided, will carry a patient through a disease where the efforts of art are so notoriously futile." There he acknowledges that their treatment is notoriously worthless or useless; yet when called on to treat a case, they will go with great bombastic pretensions and profess to know it all, and thus deceive the patient until death is the result. Then the empirical pretender will console the friends of the patient by telling them a falsehood, that all had been done for the case that could be done, and that it was the Lord's doing, when the Lord had nothing to do with it. It was their ignorance that did the work, and not the Lord. At the same time these very same fellows will talk about quacks and laws to protect the people from quacks. All this is done to deceive the people and cover up their own blunders and bad success. Dr. Stokes remarked when speaking of the treatment of fevers, " since the attempt to cut short the disease by purgatives, blood let- ting, emetics, diaphoretics, etc., were not only futile but harmful. Futile in this, that they did not arrest the fever; and harmful, because their effect too often was, in ordinary words, to spoil the case." Now when those men talk about quacks and impostors, if they will apply it to themselves, where it belongs, we will not object to them using the term, as their most eminent teachers admit that their treatment is useless and not only useless but often spoils the case. It is a pos- itive fact that nine-tenths of the typhoid fever cases in this couutry are made typhoid by the bad treatment of other forms of fever. He further says that " we know of no cure for fever. No man has ever cured it; it is, however, curable spontaneously." Page 84. With such facts as the above, I would ask any rational individual with what degree of sense or logic can you expect them to treat you, or your family with success when nature has to do the work, and especially when their medicine is likely to spoil the case and add to its malig- nancy b> opposing nature. Dr. J. C. Wilson who has recently writ- ten a work on continued fevers, page 234 says, "the expectant 81 or rational treatment of enteric fevers is that generally employed at the present time, notwithstanding the diminished mortality follow- ing the employment of the antipyretic treatment, in Germany. It has never been introduced in France, Great Britain, or the United States, and the physicians of these countries, for the most part, still adhere to the expectant or the modified expectant plan. This meth- od of treatment is based upon the knowledge that enteric fever, like the other acute infectious diseases, is of definite duration, and can not be cut short, that is to say, cured by therapeutic measures." He says that those diseases cannot be cut short or cured. That their medicine is worthless or powerless for good. If it can do no good, it must do harm, as a poison can not remain in the system an inert substance. It must do good or evil, and then if so, why will rational men or women trust their lives in their hands, when there is no pos- sibility of cure or doing good, but a certain possibility of doing more or less harm, which accounts for so few of their patients recovering without some sequel or bad effect. But he says that they have adap- ted the expectant plan, that is, as Dr. Wood says, do little or noth- ing to affect the system, and trust to nature. This is sensible advice, yet they will visit a patient 3, 5, 9 or 11 weeks, every day, and make a bill, when at the same time they are doing no good, but humbugging and deceiving the patient. This is quackery. Notwithstanding the above fact, they want laws to force students into their colleges to learn a routine of nonsense and to humbug and deceive the people, regardless of the thousands of lives that are annually sacrificed. On page 227, he says that "no medicine or method of treatment by which enteric fever can be arrested, is at present known." Yet they will humbug the patient and pretend to treat it for weeks, when they say that there is no cure for fever. They assert what they know to be false, as I, and others, have been curing those fevers for over forty years, and cured hundreds after they had quacked them nearly into their graves. Dr. Wood also says in his work on Prac- tice, page 93," but there are also fevers which run a determinate course, which no means in our power are sufficient to arrest." Yet they want those tyrannical laws to prevent other men from curing them. This shows how much love they have for the wellfare of the people; that it is self-interest, and to sustain their colleges, and not the people, which they are so much interested in. Dr. George John- son, of King's College Hospital, said, "I have gradually arrived at the conclusion that in the treatment of typhoid fever, careful nurs- ing and feeding are of primary importance, while as a rule, no medi- cine of any kind is required, and when not required, they are often worse than useless, as a general rule. The patient gets the brown 32 mixture which is colored or sweetened water." If the above be true, and no man who has watched their bad success when they drug them will doubt the fact that their patients get along much better when they do not drug them, but give them the sweetened water— then this is humbugging and deceiving the patient and friends, by pretending to do something, when they are not. Yet they claim to be wise and honorable men; but will humbug a patient for weeks, on sweetened water, to make a big bill. This shows that their honesty or honor is like their love for the people; it is a deception and a fraud. Now I would ask my intelligent readers, how long are you going to submit to such hypocrisy and imposition, by employing a class of empirical pretenders who will either drug you and ruin your constitution, or humbug and deceive you, by keeping you down sick for weeks or months, on colored water, so as to make a big bill off you by deception. The above shows how much those boastful pre- tenders love the people, and what they want those tyrannical laws for. It is to prevent honorable men from practice, so that their pa- tients can not go into the hands of those men and be cured. Their object in those laws, is to prevent the patient from going out of their hands until nature overpowers the disease and medicine, or death robs them of them of their victim. Such humbuggery and deception should damn them to all eternity, in the estimation of all honorable and truth-loving people. Dr. Wood again says, on page 207, " that in doubtful cases, where both reason and experience fails us, the best rule is to adopt the expectant plan, that is, to do nothing which can strongly impress the system, and wait further developements trust- ing, in the meantime, to nature. Measures employed in the dark are much more likely to prove noxious than remedial." This is true as shown by their bad success, that most all of their prescriptions are made blindly, and if, as he says, in doubtful cases they should trust to nature, and humbug the patient with colored water, or some- thing else, if they trust to nature in doubtful cases, I see no logical rea- son why they should not trust to her all the time, and let nature and dis- ease have a fair fight, without any of their interference, and let the practice go into the hands of a more successful class of physicians. Prof. Dickson, in his Elements of Medicine, page 190, says, " fe- vers are almost universally regarded as the widest outlet of human life and has hence been for ages an engrossing theme with the ablest medical philosophers. We must confess with sorrow, what it would be presumption to deny that this diligent and persevering inquiry has been attended with a degree of success far from flattering, and we are still, in reference to the whole subject involved, in lament- able ignorance and uncertainty." Here he says that so far as to the 33 true nature of fever, that they are still involved in lamentable ignor- ance and uncertainty; yet they will attempt to treat it, and denounce all others as quacks and ignoramuses. Worcester says a quack is one who falsely pretends to cure disease. This is certainly falsely pre- tending to cure disease, when they will doctor a case for weeks or months and do no good, and be entirely ignorant of the disease. Webster says, "A quack is a boastful pretender to medical skill which he does not possess." Dr. Dickson, in reference to their knowledge of fever, says that they are still involved in lamentable ignorance and uncertainty, yet they pretend to treat a thing which they know nothing about. This is quackery in the fullest sense of the word. He says, on the same page, to detect clearly the intimate nature of fever, to discover the essential mode or modes of morbid action, in which it consists to throw light upon those points so long wrapped in impenetrable obscurity." Here he frankly admits that after over three hundred years of study and investigation, they are still in the dark, and the whole thing is an impenetrable mys- tery. I think they have humbugged the people long enough to stop and let a more liberal and successful class of physicians take the practice. When speaking of Yellow Fever, on page 283 he says: "Yellow Fever must be viewed as one of the most destructive forms of pesti- lence, exceeding even the plague, perhaps, in proportional mortality. In 1804, in Gibralter, out of a population of nine thousand civilians but twenty-eight persons escaped an attack, and the deaths amount- ed to more than one in three (this is curing them with a vengeance, to kill more than one in three)." Such men should talk about laws to protect the people against quacks. He says that Musgrave gives a scarcely less terrible account of it in Antigua in 1816. In Jamaica, under the care of Dr. Hume, three out of four died of it. Certainly the people do need protection from such empirical pretenders, when they lose three out of four. The fourth must have had a powerful constitution, which enabled him to resist their drugs and the disease. He also says that in the city of Philadelphia, in 1820, there died eighty-three out of one hundred and twenty-five. In the same year, according to official returns, the loss in Spain, at Xeres de la Frontera, was seventy per cent., nearly three out of four. In Philadelphia in 1853, chere occurred one hundred and seventy cases between July 18 and October 18 (91 days), of which number one hundred and twenty- eight died; almost seventy-five per cent. Blair calculated the mortal- ity of untreated cases at twenty-nine per cent." Here we have an honest confession of killing forty-six in every hundred, or that forty- six wauW have recevered out of every hundred if tbey had left all 34 the cases to nature and not interfered with their noxious drugs; as Prof. Tanner says, they opposed nature and added to the malignancy of the disease; and as Dr. Rush says that they increased their mortal- ity, well might Dr. Good say that they had destroyed more lives than famine and pestilence combined. Oh, how such men love the people ! What hypocrisy, humbuggery and imposition, for such men to talk about quackery, and laws to protect the people from quacks. This shows how much regard they have for truth and the welfare of the people, when the intent of those tyrannical laws is to give them more power over the people by depriving them of their rights, or the right to employ any other physician, only such as they see fit to let practice, or only such as will unite with them in humbugging and making merchandise of human life. With such facts and evidence as the above before us, I think that there is no rational individual but will agree with the eminent Dr. Johnson that the world would have been better off if those empi- rical pretenders had never existed. Dr. Sprengel, when speaking of the uncertainty of their practice of medicine, says "Physicians pre- ferred to sacrifice their patients to fashion, and thus lead them to the grave, rather than restore them to health by following the method of the ancients." This is a true fact, as I have known them to sacrifice hundreds who, under a more rational practice, could have been cured They would continue their abominable practice until the patient was dead, or gone beyond hope, before they would give them up, for fear they would come into my hands, or the hands of some one else, and be cured. This shows how those quacksalvers, or disciples of of Paracelsus, love the people. Dr. Sprengel again remarked, when speaking of the uncertainty of their medicine, and bad success: "Another reason is that we have remained, up to the present time in complete ignorance of the immediate and predominant cause of the majority of diseases. If we are ignorant of the cause of a disease, it is impossible that we can treat disease either scientifically or successfully." Any rational individual knows the above to be true, yet they will talk about quacks and ignoramuses ruining the people, when at the same time they know that they are the only class that is injuring the people, and that they have done ten thousand times more harm than all other classes combined, from the fact that the reformers, or common sense people, do not use the life-destroying and disease-producing agents which are used by those quacksalvers. Another reason wh\ they do not do the immense harm that those empirical pretenders do- is because they are not misled by the fallacies taught in their colleges. They are left free to exercise their own judgement without the dicta- 35 tion of false teachers. Now, I do not wish to be understood as advo- cating the cause of ignorance, but equal rights and justice to all men. When men have the natural ability or talent, they should have the right to exercise it without the dictation of any school or clique. When one class of men has the power to rule or dictate for others, they will eternally lock the wheels of progress, except as to what little does originate in their brains, as was the case before those laws were repealed, which give to the regular, or Allopathic school the power to debar ail men except those belonging to their school. This compelled the people to employ them whether they wished to or not. They would have to trust the lives of themselves or families in their hands and be sacrificed. Those laws were in existence about fifty years ago, but as soon as theyr were repealed and men left free, then improvements commenced, and the last forty or fifty years have been more prolific in improvements than any two or three hundred years previous— with the exception of those bombastic pretenders, they have kept be- hind, and now they want to re-establish those laws to again lock the wheels, and throw us back in the dark ages. They have changed their name from quacksalvers to Allopath, or regular, and we think the term "regular" appropriate, as they regularly give poisons to make disease and death; they regularly make cripples and ruin con- stitutions; regularly multiply diseases and multiply the grave yards^ and regularly enrich the undertaker. They regularly oppose all men who are more successful in curing disease than they are ; they regur larly want those tyrannical laws to again lock the wheels of progress, and to prevent other men from curing so many of their miserable patients after they have ruined them. They also regularly humbug and deceive the people, and they regularly boast of skill they do not possess. This certainly should constitute them regular in every sense of the word. And they regularly oppose every reform or improvement) except what little comes through their benighted brains. They reg- ularly deceive the people by telling them a falsehood, that certain forms of disease are self-limited and must run their course. If they were honest they would say they were self-limited as far as they are concerned, and according to their false teaching. They are, in the language of Dr. Rush, ignorant of a suitable remedy, and are power- less to cure or control it. Then the afflicted would not be deceived. They would employ men who could cure or relieve them, and thous- ands of lives would be annually saved. I am glad to say that there is a portion of that school who are honorable, liberal men who would like to see the whole thing blown to the four winds of the heavens. In the language of Prof. Whiting, who is one of their able and hon- est teachers, when speaking of the fallacy of their system, says: "And 36 what has been the consequence? System after system has arisen, flourished,fallen and been forgotten in rapid and melancholy succes- sion, until the whole field is strewn with the disjointed materia in per- fect ohaos, and among the rubbish the philosophic mind may search for ages without being able to glean from it hardly a solitary well- established fact." The above fallacy is what they have been teaching for the last three hundred years, a thing destitute of facts; but he further adds, if this is a true statement of the case, and let him who doubts it take up the history of medicine, if that enormous mass of matter which has been time out of mind accumulating and which has been christened medical science, is in fact nothing but hypothe- sis piled upon hypothesis (that is guess work on guess work). V/ho is there among us that would not exult in seeing it swept away at once by the besom of destruction. This is what has cursed the world for over three hundred years, and yet they want those tyrannical laws to continue forcing it on the people in this enlightened age of the world, regardless of all the evil consequences which it has or may inflict on the community. One of the most distinguished Professors in France declared, "that it is not a science, but only an art, an em- pirical art." V -th all those honest confessions coming from their most eminent teachers and their bad success staring them in the face, they have the audacity to attempt to humbug legislatures into passing those despotic laws to deprive the people of their rights or the right to employ whom they please to doctor them or their families; under these laws the people have got to employ a brainless quack, because he has a diploma from one of those bogus colleges, which is teaching an empirical art, while the common sense man has to stand by and see the life of the patient sacrificed by the empirical pretender and dare not administer the necessary means for the relief of the pa- tient, because he has not got a diploma from one of those empirical colleges. Claude Barnard, who is another one of their eminent teacheis in France, when speaking of the different opinions in regard to the sci- ence of medicine, says, "that on the other hand, we may yet affirm, that after 23 centuries of practice and teaching, we have still to ask if this science of medicine really exists." This is what they want students forced in their colleges to learn a thing which never existed except in their benighted brains, but is an empirical art, which has destroyed more lives than famine and pestilence combined, and then go out under the cover of a diploma to humbug and deceive the people and multiply their diseases. This shows how much they love the people. Their love for the people is like the lion's for his prey, they are gov- erned by the same principle, the acquisition of power and the almighty 37 dollar and not the good of the people; it is not the wellfare of the people that troubles their would-be sympathetic souls. Again, he says that "it presents in fact this melancholy spectacle that ignorant men and quacks are more successful in practice than those learned physicians." Here he tells the truth, when he says that the people are more success- ful than those learned quacks, which is a demonstrable fact. What they have learned, they have learned from the school of experience and common sense. They have not been misled by the false teach- ing of those schools, which never having understood or taught the true science of medicine, are consequently blind leaders of the blind, yet they talk about quacks and apply the term to those com- mon sense physicians. The term is applicable to them and to them alone, as they are the only class of boastful pretenders, who boast of a thing they never did possess, that is, a knowledge of the true science of medicine. If a man says that he can do a thing and does it, that is not boasting, but when they boast of their skill or knowledge and at the same time they will humbug and deceive a patient by causing him to lay sick for weeks to wear out the disease and pretend to treat or cure an incurable and incontrollable disease; this is a deception, it it is making the patient believe you are curing or controlling the di- sease when at the same time you are doing no good but adding to the malignancy of the disease. Thomas says, in his Medical Dictionary, "quackery, mean or bad act in physic." What meaner or more contemptible act can they do than to trifle with human life by falsely deceiving the patient and letting the patient lie to wear out the disease, or it wear out the patient, and at the same time falsely representing themselves as doing all for the case that can be done, when they know nothing about the case, and know that the patient, as Dr. Tanner says, would be better off with- out any of their interference, or in the hands of some old woman or common sense man, who has learned to obey nature's laws and not oppose her there by curing thousands of their miserable patients. Worcester says a "quack is one falsely pretending to cure disease." I would ask in the name of common sense if drugging a case of fever 3, 9 or 11 weeks, pretending to cure the patient or cure a self limited disease, if this is not falsely pretending to cure disease ? When they do this they are humbugging and deceiving the patient and pretending to a science which they never did possess, as the great French teacher said in his introductory lecture : "The science of medicine that I am appointed to teach you does not exist" ; this is boastful pretension, when they are boasting about a thing which never had an existence in their brains, but they call it an art, an empirical art; this is true. Webster in defining the word art says, 1st, the employment of means 38 to accomplish some desired end. That end is with them to humbug and swindle the people out of their lives and money and make a mo- nopoly and despotism out of what should be a noble profession. Bid.at, when referring to the uncertainty of medicines, says that there is, "No recognized system to which practitioners could refer, and which they felt bound to follow. The consequence of this is, a state of empirisism, which has prevailed to a greater or less ex- tent, up to the present time. It may, in truth, be said that all dis- eases are treated empirically, at the present time, and by the whole piofession." Yet they will talk about quacks, and laws to protect the people agains, quacks, when the truth is they want to fasten quackery on the neck of the people more permanently, so that they will be compelled to submit to their quackery and abomination. We have no objection to their calling their system " an empirical art, " but we do object to their sailing under false colors, and thereby de- ceiving the people. " Our misfortune," says the immortal Sydden- ham, when referring to the practice in his day, "arises from having long since forsaken our most ancient and most skillful guide, Hip- pocrates and the ancient method of healing. Based on a knowledge of conjunct causes, that plainly appear in so much, that the art which is practiced at the present day, having been invented by su- perficial reasoners, is one of babbling and talking, rather than of healing." This is evidently true, as they are much better babblers than healers. When men are destitute of truth or science, to pro- tect them against honorable rivals, they are compelled to resort to other means to do it. They well know that they cannot compete with that class which they call quacks, in success or ability. Con- sequently they have to resort to falsehood and misrepresentation to blind and mislead the people, and cover up their blunders and bad success. Men of science or success do not condescend to false pre- tense or bombast or bombastic show, to deceive the people and make them believe that they possess something more than other men. This is quackery in every sense of the word. Prof. Meigs gives them very sensible advice on page 35, in his work on Females. He says " I have seen dignified shoe-makers, carters, butchers and even a very dignified tailor, and I have known philosophers and very learned men, without the.least dignity. Be- lieve me, there is true dignity in great virtue, great information and great power to diffuse, apply and make that information uselul to our fellow-men. Such is the dignity you should strive to attain." This is good advice but how fewjstriveto attain those essential qual- ifications and make it useful to the people. It is much easier for them to put on etylo-and humbug the people than to obtain knewl- 39 edge. Men should be judged by their success in curing the afflict- ed, and not by their empirical pretensions, or bombastic show. But as long as the people are willing to be humbugged, so long will that class impose upon them. They will swindle them out of their mon- ey and their lives also. Dr. Buchan, of London, in his Domestic Medicine, page 12, says, "As matters stand at present, it is easier to cheat a man out of his life than of a shilling, and almost impossible either to detect or punish the offender." The above is also true at the present day. They have got the people completely under their power, that they will submit to almost any quackery or deception from them. The object in those laws is to prevent others from prac- ticing and to still bind the people tighter, so that they will not seek redress for any of their blunders. If they should ask redress at the hands of the law, they will call in their brethren and they will swear him clear, by saying that it was all right, and that they would have done the same thing, which would, no doubt be true, because it would agree with their books, and false teaching. The object of those tyrannical laws is to prevent other physicians from coming in competition with them, thereby holding the people in ignorance, so that they cannot see the difference between the man of common sense and the "boastful pretender," that has to have laws to sus- tain him, as his success can not do it, when in comparison with more successful rivals. They intend to keep the people in ignorance, so that they can lead them as the lamb to the slaughter, without the right to question their conduct, but should the patient and friends ask the why or wherefore of his conduct, the empirical pretender will throw himself back on his dignity and say "I know it all; I have got a diploma from New York, Philadelphia, Boston or Cincinnati, or some place else." It does not matter whether he has natural abil- ity or success, or not. That ends the matter; they have to submit to his abominable quackery and imposition, because the law says so. Thus the people are deprived of all rights or choice in the matter. They must submit and have the life of themselves or family sacri- ficed. Every American citizen should revolt against such tyranny and imposition. Buchan further says, on the same page, "Notwith- standing this, people still shut their eyes and take everything upon trust, administered by any pretender to medicine, without daring to ask him a reason for any part of his conduct. It would certainly be for the safety as well as the honor of mankind, to have some check up on the conduct of those to whom they entrust so valuable a treasure as health." Here he admits that the people do need protection from those boastful pretenders and that they are dan- 40 gerous and a tyrannical class of men. They are the only class that want to tyrannize over the people, or deprive them of their rights, and force a submission to their dictation, right or wrong. They must swallow their poisons to'make another disease, regardless of consequences. Buchan further adds, " The vail of mystery which still hangs over medicine renders it not only a conjectural but even a suspicious art (not science). This has long ago been removedfrom the other sciences, which induces many to believe that medicine is a mere trick, and that it will not bear a fair and candid examination." This is certainly true, as tht-y dare not come out publicly and meet those men they stigmatize as quacks, in an honorable comparison before the people. This they know, would result in their exposure, and the people would see their true inwardness and not be humbug- ged or misled by their false pretensions. They are aware, as Prof. Chapman has fully expressed it in the following language: he says, in volume 1, page 47, of Therapeutics, "Nowhere is the imagination displayed to a greater extent; and perhaps so ample an exhibition of human invention might gratify our vanity if it were not more than counterbalanced by the humiliating view of so much absurdity, contradiction, and falsehood." This is what they have practiced on the people for the last three hundred years, and it is what they want those laws for, to force the people to continue to swallow it, and be humbugged by them. Buchan again says, " Disguising medicine not only retards its improvement as a science but exposes the profession to ridicule and is injurious to the true interest of society. An art founded on ob- servation, it can never arrive at any high degree of improvement, while it is confined to a few who make a trade of it. The united observations of all the ingenious and sensible part of mankind, would do more in a few years towards the improvement of medi- cine, than those of the faculty, alone, in a great many years." The above is an evident fact and has been fully demonstrated beyond the possibility of a doubt. When those tyrannical laws were in ex- istence, the improvements were few and far between; but as soon as they were repealed and men were left free to exercise that God-given talent, then improvements commenced, and as already remarked the last 40 or 50 years have introduced a new era in the science and practice of medicine, except to those bombastic pretenders. Thev have been trudging along in the same old route for the last three hundred years, and now when they see that light is dawning upon the profession, they again want to lock the wheels of progress and throw us back into the dark ages. For this purpose they want those ©id tyrannical laws reestablished. They want to prevent the lib- 41 eral and intelligent portion from making discoveries or improve- ments, or relieving suffering humanity. Dr. Bichat says "very few improvements have been made by physicians; they have in general either been the effect of chance or of necessity and have been usually opposed by the faculty, till every one else was convinced of their importance." An implicit faith in the opinions of teachers, an attachment to systems and established form, and the dread of reflection will always operate upon those who follow medicine as a trade. Few improvements are to be expected from a man who might ruin his character and family by even the smallest deviation from an established rule. This is a notorious fact, as soon as a man leaves them and attempts to think for himself, thej get down on him and say all manner of evil against him to ruin his char- acter not satisfied with that, they have resorted to false swearing to ruin or injure honest men. They have sworn that Composition was a liquid and poisonous, and that Number 6 was a powder and poison- ous. Composition is a powder and not poisonous, No. 6 is a liquid and not poisonous. They have also sworn that Lobelia was a deadly poison and when asked by the court to describe it, they had to ac- knowledge that they had never seen it and did not know anything about it; and they have sworn that the oil of Lrigeron was the oil of Savin, and a violent poison, and abortive, and that it had been given to produce an abortion, when there was no fetus to abort. As soon as a man determines to be a free man and investigate matters for himself and seek light from whatever source it may come, and learn what is to be learned, and throws off their yoke of despotism, then they discard him, and anything that they can do secretly to injure him., they are always ready to do. It is the unpardonable sin for a man to reject their fallacy and learn common sense and how to cure the sick without killing them, or making another disease, or humbugging them. Their envy and jealousy becomes roused for fear that he will enlighten the people and expose their fallacies and they kose their hold on the people; their craft must be sustained regard- less of the lives which may be sacrificed or whose character or repu- tation is ruined. My motto has always been "fiat justitia ruat ce- lum;" that is, let justice be done though the heavens fall. Men should be judged according to their works or success, and not by their bombastic pretensions or because they hold a diploma from some bo- gus college, which is destitute of the first principles of true medical science and whose teaching is at open variance with the laws of na- ture or science. Dr. Buchan again says on page 14, "the appearance of mystery in the conduct of physicians not only renders their art suspicious, but lays the foundation of quackery, which is a disgrace 42 to medicine" This is evidently true; they will take students into those colleges and there teach them a routine of nonsense and give them a diploma and send them out to practice on the people one of the grandest fallacies that ever cursed a civilized world, for science, and they want laws to protect them in it. Buchan further says, "that no two characters can be more different than that of the hon- est physician and the quack, yet they have generally been very much confounded. The line between them is not sufficiently apparent; at least, it is too fine for the general eye." This was true in his day, but not so now, as the distinguishing symptoms are sufficiently plain in nearly all cases to distinguish the honest physician from the quack- salver or pretender. Tne first symptom indicating a quack, is an un- willingness to recognize other physicians, because they belong to a different school, or know more than he does, or would not take their iron-clad oath, or subscribe to their despotic code of ethics. Second symptom, when they boast about a diploma from one of those colleges, whose principles and practice is all guess work, and an empirical art, set him down as having fatal symptoms of quackery. Third, when you find a man using Calomel, Arsenic or other poison to cure or make another disease, set him down also. Fourth, when you hear men talking about self-limited and incontrollable diseases, mark him. Fifth, when you hear a man talking about guiding an incontrollable and self-limited disease, set him down as having quackery on the brain, and hopeless. Sixth, when you see a man humbugging the pa- tient, by telling him a falsehood, that those fevers must run their course, aud treat them 3, 9, 10 or 11 weeks to guide an incontrolable thing, set him down not only as a quack, but a dangerous individual. Seventh, when you find an individual wanting those tyrannical laws to force the people to swallow his quackery, set him down as a quack, and a dangerous individual also. Eighth, when you find the under- taker following a man frequently, set him down as belonging to the same family of quacksalvers. Now, I think that I have given the symptoms and indications so plainly, that any individual can readily discriminate between the quack and the honest and successful physician. Aditional symp- toms: when you see those men running over the country, calling eve- ry case of fever Typhoid, then mark him as a quack and imposter, oi when you see them treating Diphtheral Rash for Scarlet Fever, set them down also. Tenth, when you see a man putting on style to de- ceive the people, and boasting of or making great pretensions to sci- ence, a thing, he or his teachers never did possess, as shown by their bad success, set him down. Eleventh, when you find a man or class of men, who will not meet opponents publicly and honorably in 43 a public comparison and test of facts, set them down as quacks of the deepest dye. After this, when you hear those men talking about quacks and laws to protect the people against quacks, just remember that the true inwardness of the whole matter is, that they are the quacks that want protection from honest and successful rivals. The people have seen enough of their false pretenses and quackery, when they perfectly understand the truth of the matter, to discriminate between the man of science and success in curing the sick, and the empirical pretender. In conclusion, I will give you a sample of their bad success, which is given by their best authors and teachers. Bi- chat, when speaking of their treatment of Cholera says, that there has been no fixed standard of treatment, no recognized system to which practioners could refer and which they felt bound to foliow. The consequence of this is a state of empiricism, which has prevailed to a greater or less extent up to the present time. It may in truth be said, that all diseases are treated empirically at the present time and by the whole profession; yet they say that they waut laws to protect the people from quacks, what in consistency and absurdity, when they are the only class of quacks in existence, which has multiplied diseases and increased their mortality (Rush), or destroyed more lives than famine and pestilence combined (Good), or killed 46 in every hundred (Dickson). If the devil would rake purgatory to the bottom, I do not think that he could find a class of men, possessed of more deception or audacity and cheek, than they have. Bichatfurther says, "that they have no fixed principles; instead of this, each practitioner had some peculiar remedy or plan of his own, while the remedies employed were of the most opposit charac- ter and properties; blood-letting, narcotics, stimulants, pergatives, astringents, acids, alkalies, and frequently in combination, the one with the other." Such amass of inconsistency and absurdity could never have entered into the brain of rational men. Under such ab- surd treatment, it is no wonder that their loss was so heavy, or that they kill 46 in every hundred. Dr. James Johnson says, "that one gentlemen cures Cholera with cold water, another removes it with hot, a third puts it to flight with Calomel and Opium, a fourth ex- claims that Calomel and Opium are poisons and drenches with salt water; a fifth exclaims against the absurdity of salines by the mouth and throws them into the veins, etc." Such absurdity, contradiction and inconsistency, is enough to disgust any rational individual and should damn them to all eternity, in the estimation of all intelligent beings. Yet, notwithstanding the above facts, they have the. eon- temptibleness of soul to try to deceive and humbug the legislatures to paas those iaws by which they can make a monopoly out of their 44 ignorance, and force the people to swallow it by prohibiting a more rational and successful class of men from practicing, from the fact, that they have learned how to cure disease upon rational principles, and are not governed or misled by the fallacy taught in those schools. Dr. Faver, another of their eminent teachers, who has taken the trouble to count up the various remedies, which have been used in the treatment of Cholera says, "that 5,000 different remedies, including nearly every known poison, have been resorted to for the treatment of this modern scourge." Surely they are blind men armed with clubs; after making 5,000 blind strikes, they have never yet learned to hit the disease, but were sure to hit the patient, or nature, which accounts for the great mortality which has always followed them. No rational man could expect any other result but for death and de- vastation to follow, when they would undertake to cure one poison with another, and when one would not kill the patient or disease, they would try another blindshot. I have treated a large number of cases of Cholera without a loss, when I got to them before they were dying, when at the same time empirical pretenders were losing one-half or two-thirds of their cases. They have been equally un- lucky in a great many other forms of disease. Prof. Ilartshorne, in his Essentials of the Practice of Medicine, page 286, says, when speaking of the treatment of Spotted Fever, that more than one-half will die. This is empirical practice with a venge- ance. Under such mortality, the people certainly should be protected fiom such quacks; then there would be less mortality and the grave- yards would not be multiplying at the ratio they are doing. At the present day, under the fallacies taught in those colleges, they are a curse to humanity, yet they want laws to help them force it on the people. If they kill one-half, that is a small matter in their eyes. I treated the Spotted Fever through one severe epidemic with the loss of two second-hand cases, called too late; this was the loss out of near- ly 60 cases, when at the same time those empirical pretenders were losing one-half to two-thirds of their cases. I had the disease twice myself. This shows the vast difference between a rational, or com- mon sense practice and the practice of those empirical pretenders who want those tyrannical laws to protect the people from quacks. If the people were protected from quacks, there would not be one of them left in a few years to tell the horror of their quackery. Worcester in his dictionary, says, "a quack is a vain pretender to physic, falsely pretending to cure disease." The above is evidence enough to convince any sane individual, who are the vain or false pretenders, when men will pretend to doctor or cure a disease and lose one-third, one-half or two-thirds of their patients. If such evi- 46 dence would not convince an individual, I think their case hopeless ; or when men will treat a fever or any other disease for weeks, when they know that they are powerless to cure or control it. This shows who are falsely pretending to cure disease, are vain pretenders and are humbugging and deceiving the people. They know that their whole system is based upon a false basis, and rotten in the core. Prof. Bartholow, in the preface to his work on "Theory and Practice" says: "I may be criticised with the observation that in the progress of discovery, the doctrine at present received unreserv- edly, may be entirely overthrown, and very different views be substi- tuted ; it will be time enough however when the change comes, to adapt our opinions to the new order of pathological doctrines." Here he admits, that they have no foundation in truth or science, and no regular principles to govern them, but as one of their teacher says, that they7 are as the weather cock, ready to be waited about by every wind that blows, but false as it is, he says, that they will hold on un- til forced to yield. This shows, how much truth there is in their pre- tended love for the people; they must stick to a fallacy, because there is money in it, no matter about the vast amount of evil which they may inflict upon the people or how many lives are sacrificed. When men have the love of science and humanity at heart, they are always ready t© renounce an error and embrace the light of truth, but when they are governed by selfish motives and the almighty dol- lar, human life, health and happiness are small matters in their eyes. But, to further show you how much love they have for the wellfare of the people, I will give you a few more quotations from his work, page 62, when speaking of Cholera Infantum ; he says : "A guarded opinion should always be given, as the case may very unexpectedly take an unfavorable turn," they have no certainty, it is all guess work. On page 81 he says : "The course of Membranous Enteritus is irregular and the duration indefinite," that is, without control, yet they will pretend to treat it. Again on page 88, when speaking of Dysentery, he says : "Opinions must be expressed with caution in the early stages of Dysentery, for it is not then possible to estimate correctly the extent of the inflammation nor its form." Dr. Harts- horne says on page 181, "either form of Dysentery may be fatal, but the endemic or asthenic type is much more dangerous," yet they will attempt to treat it, and want laws to force the people to submit, un- der the pretense of protecting them from quacks; the devil would blush at such hypocrisy and audacity. I treated Dysentery through one severe epidemic, with the loss of but one case, when at the same time the mortality under those boastful pretenders was terrible. One of those would-be doctors, who boasted of a diploma and made great 16 pretensions, put 22 under the sod in one season, and in one neighbor- hood I have known them lose two or three out of a family, when at the same time I was treating it without a loss. This shows who are the boastful pretenders. On page 312, Bartholow says : "Pleurisy does not pursue a de- fined course, nor does it terminate in crisis, which is the normal mode for Pneumonia, but under favorable circumstances, the devel- opment is gradual and the return to health slow, its stages begin- ning in some one of the modes described. The fever regularly in- creases for the first four or five days and then continues for eight or nine days pretty constantly at uniform height." This shows posi- tively, they are powerless to cure or control the disease, yet they will pretend to treat it for twelve or fifteen days, when at the same time, they know that they are doing the patient no good, but are more likely to do them more harm than good. If the above does not con- stitute an empirical pretender, then there are no means by which we could detect such an individual; drugging a patient for days or weeks, pretending to cure an incontrollable disease, deceiving the patient and making it believe a falsehood, that they are benefitting or reliev- ing their suffering, when the patient would be better off without any of their interference. On page 336, when speaking of the treatment of Lung Fever, he says : "Accuracy in diagnosis, and skill in treatment, are such un- certain elements in the statistics of mortality under different plans of treatment, that but little reliance can be placed on the statistical methods, as applied to therapeutical questions. According to the more approved of the modern methods, the mortality ranges from five to twenty-five per cent." That is about one-fourth. When under ra- tional treatment, the mortality will not exceed three or five per cent. On page 338 he says. "As we have to deal with a self-limited disease, which terminates by crisis between the fifth and eighth day and we possess no specific, it is obviously our duty not to interfere too zeal- ously in natural processes and prevent by our injudicious handling a favorable termination." If the disease is self-limited and they possess no specific, where is the sense in their attempting to treat it, especially, as he says that they should be cautious about interfering with nature, and thereby prevent a favorable termination. How, in the name of common sense, are they to avoid interfering with na- ture, when their drugs are opposed to nature ? They are always more likely to do harm than good, yet they talk about quacks ruining the people, when they are the only dangerous class of quacks in existence. Dr Hartshorne called their founder Paracelsus the arch quack and true enough, he was. He formed an arch, large enough to cover all 47 the Allopathic, or regular, quacks in the universe, and they have been sailing under it for the last three hundred years. On page 848, Bartholow says, when speaking of Catarrhal Pneumonia, that "about one-half will die." The above mortality shows who are the enemies of the people. They are also violent enemies to all men who know more than they do and cure disease upon rational princv- ples. The mortality in the above, should not exceed 3 or 5 per cent., as I have never lost a case in over 40 years' practice. This is a differ- ence of over 40 per cent. On page 410 of same work, he says, when speaking of Croupous Bronchitis : "The acute cases may run their course in a few days, the fatal cases may terminate within the first week as early as the fourth day, and none continue longer than two weeks; about one-half of the cases terminate fatally." From the above mortality, the people should be protected. This is the kind of education our young men get, when they go into those so-styled regu- lar colleges. They go to those colleges, they stay 3 or 4 months and listen to a routine of such nonsense, get what they call a diploma, that is, an instrument to humbug and deceive the people with, so that they can multiply their diseases and increase their mortality, and when the people begin to see and understand their true inward- ness and refuse to be humbugged any longer, then they appeal to the legislatures for help, to force them into submission, under a fictitious pietense of protecting the people from quacks, when the truth of the matter is, they want to protect themselves from coming in competi- tion with a class of common sense men, who are far more successful in curing diseases than those boastful pretenders are, for they know that the whole thing is rotten and will not bear investigation before an intelligent community. As one of their eminent teachers very appropriately described it: "as a stable full of offals." Surely a glorious art to be thus described and to be practiced on the people. Such humbuggery, deception and imposition merits the just condem- nation of all friends of science and humanity. On page 423, Bartholow says, " Acute Laryngitis passes through its course in a week, if mild, but more severe cases may occupy three weeks or a month." They are powerless to control it, yet they will pretend to treat it and deceive the patient who is not aware of their deception. Again, on page 660, he says, "We possess no means of treatment to modify the course or shorten the duration of Small-pox. All specifics may be dismissed with the assertion that they have, one by one, proved worthless." When their treatment is powerless and worthless," certainly the biggest quack in the uni- verse cannot do any worse than they have clone, yet I have known those they call quacks to treat the disease with a loss of not over 48 I 5 or 10 per cent. So much they are behind those they call quacks. In success they remind one of the dog that lay by a piece of bread that he could not eat himself, but would growl at every other dog that came along, for fear he would eat it. On page 666, he says "Measles is a fever with catarrhal symptoms, self-limited." He also says on page 681, that "Scarlet Fever is a self-limited disease, and we possess no specific against it. Our treatment must necessarily be symtomatic, that is, treat symptoms, not cause; that is, shoot at the whistle of the bird in the bush. Thus they are blind leaders of the blind; yet in the overflow of ignorance and jealousy, they cry out "quack." They are like the boys running after a buggy, calling to the driver to whip behind. Now if they will whip behind, and whip themselves up with that class of progressive individuals that they want those tyrannical laws to suppress, when they will do this, then their conduct would be more rational and praiseworthy. If they will whip themselves up so that they can see the vast im- provements, then they will scientifically learn not to treat symptoms but how to remove the cause of the disease, by neutralising or an- tidoting the virus; as long as the virus is remaining in the system, so long will the disease remain. Symptoms are only an index to point out the location of dis- ease or its cause. Thus you see that they have the cart before the horse all the time. Consequently no sane individual could expect to have success, as they are blind men, armed with clubs, and are dangerous when they strike. As a sample of the danger, I have known them in Scarlet Fever, to lose 3 or 5 out of a family, and yet they would not stop striking. On page 684, he says of Erysipelas, " It is a self-limited disease." But if he were called upon, he would lift his club and strike as I have seen them do for weeks, without the least benefit, after which I have taken the same case and cured it in a short time, and I have never lost a case in over 40 years' prac- tice. On page 689, he says, "Typhoid Fever is a self-limited disease." Yet if he or his followers were called to a case, they would attempt to treat it for 3, 5, 9 or 11 weeks, to guide a self-limited and incon- trollable disease. This is making pretensions to skill, which they do not possess, and as Dr. Chapman says, "It is quackery, horrid, unwarrantable, murderous quackery." Now, I could fill several hundred pages with such inconsistencies, absurdities, contradictions and falsehoods, but, a few more and I will close. On page 445 he says, " the mortality in Diphtheria varies greatly in different epi- demics. In some epidemics nearly all have died. A mortality of one in three, one in seven and one in ten has been observed in vari- ous epidemics, yet, strange to say, they would still attempt to treat 49 it. Such men, if they had any soul or humanity in them, would blush when they talk about quacks ruining the people, unless they have reference to themselves. If so, they should say so and not de- ceive the people by falsely concealing the facts. In the year 1838, I witnessed an epidemic of Scarlet Fever. In one settlement there occurred 22 cases. Out of that number 2 only, survived, and all the rest were put under the sod; and they were treated by as skillful a regular pretender as there was in the country. The two that sur- vived took no medicine, but left the case to nature. I believe that they would have been numbered with the twenty, if they had re- ceived the same treatment. In the face of the above, and thousands of similar facts, they talk about quacks ruining the people. Shame, where is thy blush? Oh, green-eyed envy, where are thy bounds? I think I have given evidence sufficient to show who are the quacks or empirical pretenders, and that it is not the good or well- fare of the people that troubles their souls. It is to monopolize the business and force all men to bow to their dictation. When men are following a business based upon truth and justice they are not afraid to come honorably before the world with it. They are not afraid to be weighed in the balance, but they have been weighed and found wanting, and Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin, (that is, Your kingdom shall be taken from you and given to a more honorable class of men, who will hear the cries of the afflicted, and adminis- ter to their relief, without multiplying their diseases or adding to their malignancy, and who will do justice to all men, according to their ability.) Magna est Veritas et prevalebit. ( Truth is mighty, and will prevail.) There is a right and wrong way to everything, and the regulars have been on the wrong road for over three hundred years. There- fore we have offered them a little light and when they digest this, we will give them some more. I know that some will object to giv- ing so much medicine. If there was but one disease or pathological condition, then perhaps one or two remedies would answer the in- dications, but as long as there are so many pathological conditions to be met, it will require several different remedies to meet the in- dications. There is no disease but what will affect more than one oro-an, or function, and there are medicines designed to operate on the different organs, and as there is no disease but what all the or- gans are more or less deranged, consequently they require different remedies to affect the different organs. Sanative medicines were designed to aid each other in their operation. Two or three men are always stronger than one, and no rational individual would at- tempt to pull a six horse load out of a mud hole or up a hill with one 50 horse. So it i3 with medicine; one alus the other, and what one can- not do, five or six can. If we have to meet a powerful combination of morbid matter, we should combine our forces, so as to be able to compete with the morbid elements, which are opposing vital action. Cause, Symptoms and General Man- agement of Febrile Conditions. T lei e is no class of disease so frequently met with in some sections of country, as that of fevers, which is owing to the preva- lence of the cause in those localities, while other sections are almost entirely exempt from those diseases, for the reason that the cause is not propagated in those sections. It requires a certain combina- tion of circumstances or conditions to form a congenial atmosphere and soil, which consists of heat and moisture, sufficient to cause its germination, so that when it is sufficiently developed, it enters the air, and through the air into the blood. Here it multiplies its forces until it is able to produce an obstruction in the physiological laws, Ih -reby manifesting itself by, the obstruction of the circulation and derangement of the nervous system, and, muscular prostration, which precede the chill. No inanimate substance can produce such a diversity of symptoms as is manifested in those diseases. The cause being evidently a living germ or animalcule which has the power of so rapidly increasing or multiplying its forces, that it soon becomes Citable of resisting or overpowering the vital powers, then disease is the result, and morbid action reigns supreme. These germs can only subsist in a morbid element or on morbid matter, as a healthy organization is not congenial for their propagation. This accounts for the fact that all persons living in a malarial dis- trict are not affected with the disease at the same time, but only such as are susceptible of being acted upon, by having in their sys- tems congenial elements for their propagation. They may enter the system and remain dormant for weeks or mouths before their presence is manifested. When they enter the system, if there is a congenial spot, they locate there and then commence their work of devitalization and destruction, multiplying in numbers and en- larging their territory, until they are able to overcome or resist vital 51 action sufficiently to produce that peculiar condition, which is de- nominated a chill. Then, as a secondary consequence, there ensues a fever, which acts as an antagonistical force against the enemy, which lasts for a longer or shorter period, which is owing to the resisting power of the morbid material. Then comes the third, or sweating stage, this being the result of the second stage, as the second is of the first, after which there is an intermission in which both the contending forces appear to be resting for a renewal of the conflict. If the sec- ondary effect or fever, is a disease, the third or sweating stage is also a disease, and is one of nature's outlets, to rid herself of morbid and useless material. If the second and third stages are disease, then the enemy must assume three different forms of war- fare without any evidence of a resisting force of nature, or vital action. Two or three different diseases or pathological conditions cannot be produced from the same cause or virus, any more than the virus of measles can produce small-pox. Every thing must be accor- ding to its kind or nature. The cause which produces the first ob- struction, depression and chill, may, and often does result in death before there is any manifestation of the reacting force or fever, which is caused by the overpowering effect of the virus or destructive power of the enemy to vital action, which so frequently occurs in the congestive form, unless properly managed. But when nature or vital action is able to resist, then we have the reaction, or fever, which requires a separate treatment, which differs materially from the first stage. The first stage, or chill, is preceded by general debil- ity or depression, aching of the limbs and back, with lassitude ; the pulse becomes weak and intermittent; there is a disinclination to motion ; a disagreeable taste in the mouth, especially in the morning when arising; the appetite varies, at times morbidly craving, but more generally weak and capricious. The bowels are generally con- stipated, except when there is an inclination to typhoid fever; then the bowels will be loose and inclined to diarrhoea, with yellowish, watery discharges. These may continue for several days before the chill is manifested and the disease fully established. Then there is coldness of the extremities with a sensation of coldness passing up and down the back, with a general suppression of the circulation and nervous and muscular system. The system is now completely under the contaminating and controlling influence of the virus, which holds the supremacy, and terminates in a chill, more or less severe, owing to the extent of the virus It may last from a few minutes to two or three hours, owing to the severity of the attack. The transition from the cold to the 52 hot or fever stage is generally gradual. The first sensation is more agreeable than otherwise, but as the cold stage subsides, the heat increases, the pulse increases in frequency, there is more or less headache, the heat increases until the whole surface is in a glow of red, the mouth is dry, the tongue is coated white, with an intense desire for cold water, which, if indulged in too freely, will cause nausea or vomiting. When the stomach becomes irritable, attend- ed with vomiting, the matter ejected will often be of a greenish or bilious appearance, the bowels, usually confined, unless as before mentioned. If there is a diarrhoea, it will generally be worse in the morning. As the fever advances, or if it should continue several days, the appearance of the tongue will assume a yellowish or dark hue in its center, with a disagreeable taste in the mouth. At this stage the nausea and vomiting is more severe, the pulse becomes more full and frequent, running from eighty to a hundred, and when typhoid symptoms are present, it will frequently run as high as one hundred and twenty, and in severe cases it may run as high as one hundred and thirty. The urine is generally highly colored, and may be scanty or profuse, owing to the effect of the virus on the urinary organs. If left to nature, the disease generally runs its course in from five, seven, or fourteen days, when the patient will either die or begin to recover. The disease may be protracted by bad management for several weeks, but when properly treated it will terminate in a much shorter period. When the disease is about to terminate favorably, the fever will begin to subside, the pulse becomes less frequent, the tongue to clean, and become more moist and assume its natural appearance. The cleaning commences at the edges and terminates at the center. The appetite returns, and nature triumphs, and the natural func- tions are restored. GENERAL TREATMENT. This should be governed by the condition of the patient and the stage of the disease when called. In the cold stage or chill, the first indication, is to aid nature in establishing a reaction and ex- terminating the enemy. To accomplish this, warm applications should be applied to the feet, back, and limbs, and the patient made to drink freely of warm Composition and Nerve Tea made as follows: take equal parts of Composition powder and Nerve powder and put one large tablespoonful of the compound to one pint of boiling water. Steep it strong, then give the patient two or three table- spoonfuls of the tea, warm, every twenty or thirty minutes until re- action is established. If there is a tendency to the malignant form 53 or congestive, it should be more promptly met, and with the best and most reliable means. In addition to the above, the diaphoretic tea should be given alternately with the Composition and Nerve tea- Give them fifteen or twenty minutes apart, continuing the warm applications externally. The diaphoretic tea is made thus: Hoarhound leaves, ground, 1 oz. Blessed thistle leaves, ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal, ground 1 oz. Boneset leaves, ground 1 oz. Peppermint herb, ground 1 oz. Spearmint herb, ground 1 oz. Catnip herb, ground J oz. Mix well, then add one large tablespoonful, to one pint of boil- ing water; steep it for fifteen or twenty minutes, then strain and give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, as directed above. If the bowels should be costive, as soon as reaction is thor- oughly established, then give a dose of the anti-bilious physic. But should the bowels be loose or a diarrhoea exist, then give a dose of Castoi O.l and Spirits of Turpentine ; for an adult, one large table- spoonful of the Oil to twenty or thirty drops of the Turpentine. If this should not move the bowels thoroughly in three or four hours, give one-half the above quantity every hour until it does. The anti- bilious physic shou'd be given as follows: put one large teaspoonful of the powder to one or two tablespoonfuls of hot water, sweeten it well, stir it until it gets cold, then give grounds, and all. In twenty or thirty minutes after you give the physic, give a dose of the fever drops, 35 to 45 or 50 drops in a little water, and so continue the drops every three hours until the physic operates, giving the Composi- tion and Nerve Tea between each dose of the drops. The tea should be given warm and sweetened to suit the taste. As soon as the physic operates, then commence the following course of treat- ment : Give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, alternately; that is, each every three hours, and the Composition Tea between each dose of drops and powders, which will make three-fourths of an hour between each dose of medicine. The diaphoretic powders should be given in doses of 15 to 20 grains, or one-third to one-half teaspoonful, in a little sweetened water. The above treatment should be continued until the fever sub- sides, which will be indicated by the subsidence of the heat and the perspiration appearing. If there is severe pain in the head, use a mustard draught or 54 poultice made of equal parts of ground mustard and flour, wet with warm vinegar, until it will form the proper consistency, then spread on thin cloth and apply to the back of the neck. If it does not irri- tate sufficiently in a short time, sprinkle the surface of the poultice with mustard and apply it to the bare skin, and let it remain as long as the patient can bear it. Also give internally the tincture of Belladonna as follows : drop twelve or fifteen drops of the tincture in a tumbler, one-half full of cold water, or about four ounces of water, then take a teaspoonful of the mixture and drop the fever drops in it, and give it as often as you giv > the fever drops. If the above should fail, then put the patient's feet in a warm bath, made by taking one or two gallons of warm water, adding a handful of salt, and a shovel of embers. Bathe the feet for fifteen or twenty minutes, and keep constantly applied to the head, a lotion of equal parts of vinegar and water, and to every pint add a tablespoon- ful of salt. Let it dissolve, then saturate cloths, or brown paper, and apply constantly; as fast as one gets warm apply another, and continue until relief, or there is an intermission. As soon as this occurs, then omit the above and give the following course of treat- ment, which will nearly always succeed in preventing another par- oxysm. Give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, as already directed. Between each dose of drops and powders give a dose of the blue, or tonic powders, made as follows: Sulphate of Quinine 1 dr. Prussiate of Iron 1 dr. Salicine I dr. Leptandrin 40 gr. Sanguinaria 10 gr. Mix and divide into thirty doses and give three doses a day be- tween each paroxysm. If the intermission is but slight, the powders should be cautiously given so that they do not increase the fever. That is, if the fever should increase, then omit them until there is another intermission, then resume them again and so continue un- til the disease yields, treating each paroxysm of fever as already di- rected. Should the stomach become irritable and attended wir.h nausea or vomiting, then the following course of treatment should be adopted to relieve the irritation: Marsh Mallow root, ground l> oz. Peach leaves, ground i 0Zi Spearmint leaves, ground l oz. Peppermint leaves, ground 1 oz. Juniper berries, ground \ oz. Mix and add one tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boil- 55 ing water, let it steep strong, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, cool, not cold, alternately with the follow- ing anti-emetic and antiseptic powder: Charcoal, prepared 1-J dr. Elm, pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 30 gr. Mix and divide into twenty doses and give one dose every hour or two, until relief, and at the same time apply a large mustard draught or poultice over the region of the stomach, and let it remain until it irritates freely. If much acid should exist in the stomach, add a little soda to the powders. As a drink, let the patient use the water off of elm bark, or use a mucilage of gum arabic. If there is not too much irritation existing, the following will sometimes an- s wer the case admirably : Peppermint water 1 dr. Spearmint water 1 dr. Camphor water 1 dr. Cinnamon water i dr. Mix. Dose for an adult, i to 1 teaspoonful every hour or two, as the case may demand, until relieved. If the vomiting is caused by a preternatural quantity of bilious matter, or indigestible articles of diet, the quickest and most permanent relief will be obtained by giving a thorough emetic of strong tea of Lobelia and Boneset. Make a strong tea of equal parts of the two, and let the patient drink free- ly of the tea every five or ten minutes, until free and thorough vomiting is produced. After the stomach and bowels are thoroughly cleansed, the work is generally half done, or a good foundation is laid to work upon. The dose of the above tea for an adult, would be from two to three tablespoonfuls. In some cases the stomach will not readily respond to the action of the Lobelia. When this is the case, the patient should be given a tea of Composition and Nerve powder, which will generally cause free vomiting, after which the system will more readily receive the action of the medicine. To reduce the external heat, and cleanse and purify the surface, the patient should be thoroughly sponged or bathed all over with a combination of equal parts of good cider vinegar and water, made warm, adding a little salt. This acts as an antiseptic, removing the septic virus, which is thrown to the surface by the action of the in- ternal medicine. If the bowels are affected and there should be a diarrhoea, it should be met with mild astringents and mucilages. As an astringent, the following will generally answer the case: 5G Bayberry bark, pulverized 1 oz. Witch hazel leaves, pulv. 1 oz. Geranium Mac. root, pulv. 1 oz. 'Beth root, pulv. i oz. Cinnamon bark, pulv. i oz. Mix, add a tablespoonful of the above powder to one pint of boiling water. Let it steep for thirty minutes, then strain, and give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, three, four or five times a day, between the other medicines, or as often as may be necessary. Should hemorrhage occur from the bowels, which is sometimes the case, especially in typhoid fever, then a more prompt and energetic course should be resorted to. In addition to the above astringent tea, the following astringent powder should be given. Take : Tannin 10 gr. Capsicum 5 gr. Opium, pulv. 3 gr. Mix, divide into six powders and give one every hour or two, ac- cording to the severity of the case, but continue them and the astringent tea, until the hemorrhage ceases. If the hemorrhage should originate from a perforation of the bowels, the result will, more than likely, prove fatal. But it may arise, and often does, as a favorable turn of the disease. If so, the patient will soon show signs of recovery. If not, the patient will gradually sink, and death claim the victory. The above means should be tried with a hope of recovery. In those severer forms of fever, such as typhoid and ty- phus, the patient will frequently recover under very unfavorable circumstances. Consequently we should never relax our efforts, while there is life. In those cases there is hope, as I have cured scores after every other means had been tried in vain, and all hopes had been given up; but by the aid of proper means, they recovered, and many of them survive to-day, which, under the treatment of the disciples of the schools would have long since been numbered with the dead. About forty years ago, there was a severe form of continued fever, which prevailed in this country, and under the reg- ular treatment, one half or two-thirds of their cases proved fatal. I treated a large number, and took a number of their hopeless cases out of their hands, and cured them, which shows the vast difference between a rational system of practice, and one of lallacy, and guess- work. If the bowels were costive—and that was generally the case-- I first gave a dose of the anti-bilious physic, and had the feet bathed in warm water, adding salt and ashes. If the patient was 57 notable to sit up, I had the water placed by the side of the bed, and the patient turned across the bed so that the feet could hang down in the water. If not able to do this, I had him bathed or sponged all over thoroughly, with the following compound, which is both stim- ulant, relaxant and antiseptic : Good cider vinegar £ pt. Water \ pt. Salt 1 tablespoonful. Capsicum \ teaspoonful. Heat it until the salt is dissolved, then take a flannel cloth and saturate it with the solution, sponge the patient well ali over, first the lower extremities, then the upper, and lastly the body ; rub thoroughly. This I had done every twelve hours. If the stomach was loaded with bilious or indigestible matter, I generally gave an emetic of lobelia and boneset, and in some cases I resorted to the vapor bath, as follows : I put the patient in a split-bottomed chair, having the clothes all removed except the shirt, then surrounded the chair with a blanket, letting it extend from the neck to the floor, first placing a basin of hot water under the chair, and having a half dozen or dozen small stone heating in the fire, ready for use; every three or five minutes adding one of these hot stone' to the water, which would keep up a lively steam, until free perspiration was pro- duced. At the same time, give the Composition and diaphoretic tea, 15 or 20 minutes apart. Commence giving them one hour be- fore you put the patient over the bath. The patient's feet should be put into a warm bath, at the same time that he is undergoing the steaming process. As soon as this is over, or the patient perspires freely, then wipe dry and put to bed, and continue the treatment. If the case is a severe one, treat as follows : give the fever drops and the diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, alternately, and in thirty minutes after fever drops, give a dose of Composition and Nerve Tea, one or two tablespoonfuls, warm, then in thirty minutes after Composition Tea, give a dose of the diaphoretic tea. If there should be a severe headache with delirium, omit every other dose of the diaphoretic tea, and give the following powders in its place: Polymonium Reptans root, pulv. 1 oz. Dragon's Claw, or Crawly root, pulv. 1 oz. Pleurisy root, pulv. 1 oz. Cream of Tartar 1 oz. Virginia Snake root, pulv. i oz. Prickly Ash bark, pulv. $ oz. Lobelia seed pulv. i oz. 58 Mix. Dose, 30 to 35 grains in a little warm water, or it may be given in the diaphoretic tea, which I have sometimes done. This is giving medicine every half hour, but in ordinary cases it does not require it. It is only in those extreme cases that I have given med- icine this fast, or where they had been under the treatment of those boastful pretenders, and by so doing, have saved many valuable lives. Medicines which harmonize with nature, and sustain her, are not likely to do harm, though it may be given often. One dose aids the other, or holds what the other gained. Very often nature can be sustained by giving food in moderate quantities, which, if given in ordinary quantities, would do a material harm, not from its intrinsic nature, but from the quantity, or its improper ad- ministration. It is very different with those poisons ; they are in- imical to nature, consequently they do not harmonize with her laws, or functions. Then, as a natural consequence, if they cannot do good, they must do harm, when they give them in those fevers for three, five, nine or eleven weeks, and, at the same time, having no controlling power over the disease. Any sane man who will give his reasoning faculties full exercise, will readily see why those fe- vers run so long and why the mortality is so great. Nature cannot contend so long against their poisons, and starvation. It has noth- ing to sustain it, but is opposed by two powerful enemies—the med- icine, and the morbid matter—and they are aided by starvation. If any should doubt the truth of the above, if he will subject himself to the same diet and treatment, it will not take him eleven weeks to see why the mortality is so great, under their hands. Inflammation. This is a disease of frequent occurrence. Its form and location varies, selecting such parts or localities of the system as may best suit its purpose. Its primary cause being a vitiated state of the blood, or an obstruction to some law or function of the part, caused by falls, blows or bruises, or other causes which may produce an ob- struction to a physiological action in that part. When the laws of nature are performing their proper functions, disease cannot exist, but as soon as some irregularity or obstruction occurs, then the part is subjected to morbid action or disease, which cannot occur in a healthy organization, but as soon as an obstruction occurs, then pain and swelling is the result, which occurs as a result of the ob- struction. Inflammation occurs as a secondary consequence, and is always the result of a cause, and that cause may remain dormant 59 in the system for days or weeks, unless it should originate from bruises; otherwise, it may remain until a favorable opportunity pre- sents itself for a development of the lurking enemy. It always comes as a secondary consequence, consequently it is one of nature's methods of repair, and is characterized by pain, swelling, heat, and redness of the part affected. The swelling is governed by the part affected. If it should be located in some fleshy part, then it is apt to assume the phlegmonous form, which is deep-seated, and is more likely to terminate in ulceration. Common boils and tumors more generally partake of this form of inflammation, and are governed by the extent of the virus in the system, and the part affected. If it should be located in any of the large muscles, the inflam- mation will likely become more extensive, and deeper seated, and more painful. The redness will become more extensive, and the pain more severe. If suppuration is about to take place, it will be known by the pain and throbbing in the part, and as it advances to- wards the surface, it will cause the part to become more prominent, and soft; the hard feeling will give way to a soft and elastic feeling; the color changes to a light or yellowish hue. As soon as the matter is discharged, then the suffering is comparatively over. When the inflammation is extensive, and matter is forming, the patient will generally experience more or less of a chill, followed by fever, with increased heat. The pulse becomes accelerated, the tongue is more or less coated, and there is a general derangement of the whole sys- tem. The suppuration is the result of an effort of nature to extir- minate morbid material, so that a restoration may be established, and the antagonizing agent removed, but when it is located on some internal organ, it is much more dangerous, and there is no part ex- empt from its ravages. It may attack the brain, lungs, heart, stom- ach, liver, kidneys, bladder, or bowels. All these organs will receive proper attention under the head of each disease; my object being to present such parts as will lead to a proper understanding of the nature and treatment of the disease, and in this article to deal only. with its external form which so frequently occurs, but when properly treated, it is seldom or never dangerous. It may assume different forms, from that of a small boil, to the most severe scirrhus or indu- rated tumor, which may terminate in gangrene, if not properly treat- ed. When properly managed it will generally terminate in resolu- tion, and in severe cases it may terminate in ulceration, but seldom or never in gangrene. When the inflammation is about to terminate in resolution, the symptoms abate, the pain and redness subside, the swelling diminishes, and the patient feels great relief; but when it is about to terminate in suppuration, or the formation of pus or matter, 60 the pain and swelling increase, until it becomes in some cases almost intolerable until the matter is fully formed, which may be known by the tumor becoming soft, and white and yellow in a small spot. If the tumor is large, a fluctuation may be felt, if the pus is considera- ble, by making light pressure on the part. Tteatment. This will depend to some extent upon the cause and location. If it should be caused by splinters, nails, or any other substance which will give rise to an irritation, it should be removed if possib'e ; if not, a poultice of beef gall should be applied and kept constantly on the part, or the following salve : Rosin, pulv. 5 oz. Beeswax 5 oz. Melt them in an iron or tin vessel, then add the following: Sheep tallow 5 oz. Bar soap 5 oz. Beef gall 1 oz. Then stir constantly until all the articles are thoroughly melted and incorporated, then stir until nearly cold. Then spread on a thick cloth or sheep skin, about the thickness of a half dollar, and apply over the surface, change it once or twice a day, washing the surface of the sore well with soap suds. The above forms one of the most powerful drawing salves I have ever used. In cases of consumption, where there is matter on the lungs, this salve will draw the matter out through the chest, if applied for three or four days, so powerful are the drawing qualities, but if there is no internal matter, it will not show any on the surface of the plaster. This makes a valuable draw- ing salve for burns, inflammation, rheumatism, white swelling, scrofulous tumors, erysipelas, quinsy, and felons. If the pain, swell- ing, and inflammation should be severe, the most energetic treat- ment shoud be adopted. Give the patient a dose of the anti-bilious physic or a physic of two or three parts salts and one part sulphur, and as soon as it operates, then give the fever drops and fever pow- ders one hour and a half apart, alternately, and the following blood tea between each dose of drops and powders : Pleurisy root, pulv. 1 oz. Black Cohosh root, pulv. 1 oz. Elder flowers 1 oz. Burdock seed, ground f oz. Prickly Ash bark, pulv. i oz. Sassafras bark, pulv. \ oz. Blood root, pulv. \ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; let it steep for twenty or thirty miuutesat a moder- 61 *te heat, then strain and sweeten to suit the taste, then give the pa- tient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea as directed above. When the pain and inflammation is severe, I have found great advantage in using the following. First bathe the part well with the following liniment: Tincture of Opium 1 0z. Tincture of Belladonna 1 oz. Chloroform 10z. Tincture of Camphor l oz. Tincture of Arnica l oz. Mix, and apply with a feather until the surface is wet, let it dry in, then apply the following poultice : Elm bark, pulv. H oz. Stramonium leaves, pulv. 1 oz. Lobelia leaves, pulv. l oz. Mix with weak lye to the consistency of a poultice and apply. It should be changed as often as it becomes dry. If the disease is not too far advanced, the above course will scat- ter it, but if matter is already formed or forming, then it will hasten suppuration. The liniment should be omitted as soon as ulceration is established, then the part should be kept well cleansed with some astringent wash, such as a strong tea of wild Indigo root, Pond Lily root, and Witch Hazel leaves. Take equal parts of each, make a strong tea and wash the part once a day, and also wash with a suds made of castile soap; use one in the morning and the other in the evening, and after the parts are thoroughly cleansed, then apply the black or healing salve, which will generally cause the sore to heal rapidly. If the ulcers should be deep which is sometimes the case, especially in scrofula or white swelling, then the above wash should be injected into the cavity so as to wash it from the bottom, then make a tincture of Myrrh as follows: Gum Myrrh, bruised 4 oz. Balsam of Fir 1£ oz. Alcohol 1 qt. Mix, let it stand for a week or ten days, frequently shaking it up then strain off the liquor, and inject the sore twice a day with it; use as much as will fill the cavity. First wash the cavity out well with the above tea and then apply the Myrrh. In this way I have cured some of the most severe cases, which had been treated by sev- eral different physicians for years. In those chronic cases, the blood panacea should be given before each meal, one hour, and the anti- scrofulous syrup between each meal and after supper. Dose, i to 1 tablespoonful. 62 Inflammation of the Eye. The eye, as other portions of the system, is subject to various forms of disease, and is one of the most sensitive portions or organs of the entire system, and also one of the most essential, without which, our existence would be dark and dreary. It is the window of the soul and serves as an index to many forms of disease. It is not only essential to aid us in diagnosing disease, but is also essential to our worldly happiness in illuminating our march through life, without which we could not behold the beautifs and grandeur of nature, or the glorious works of the great author of our existence, without which our way would be truly dark. A part so essential should demand our greatest care and protec- tion from every cause which would be likely to produce inflamma- tion of the conjunctiva or ophthalmia. The membranous portion is so very sensitive, that the least portion of any foreign substance will cause pain, and if not removed, will cause irritation and inflamma- tion. It is frequently caused by dust or small particles of matter floating in the air, or other foreign substances coming in contact with the eye. But the great or primary cause of ophthalmia is a scrofulous diathesis or predisposition to diseases of the eye. Such persons are always troubled more or less with inflammation of the eyes, while other persons, differently constituted, are very seldom af- fected. When an individual is predisposed to diseases of the eye, they should guard as much as possible against all the causes which are likely to give rise to the disease. They should avoid exposure to colds, or overheating, working with the head down, or exposing the eye to strong rays of light, or straining the eye by reading small print by a dim light, which will strain the eye. Symptoms. The first sensation experienced is a sense of heat or itching of the eye. The eye soon begins to inflame and redden with a sensation as if there were sand or some other foreign substance in the eye. The eye soon becomes painful, the swelling is sometimes so great that the eye becomes closed, ana when the least light pene- trates the eye, it causes the most intolerable suffering. The patient instinctively shrinks from the light, as the least exposure augments their suffering. In severe cases the inflammation may affect the eye- ball or the nerve, and extend to the brain, causing delirium,with great prostration; the pulse generally becomes full, frequent, and hard, the tongue coated, and the bowels are mostly costive. Treatment. The first thing to be done, when possible, is to place the patient in a dark room, and then give a cathartic of the 63 anti-bilious physic, then bathe the feet in warm water, as hot as the patient can bear, adding a handful of salt and shovel of ashes. One hour after you give the cathartic, give a dose of the fever drops (85 to 4-5 drops), then as soon as the physic operates, give the following course of treatment. First give a dose of the fever drops in a little water, then in f of an hour give a dose of the Compound nerve tea which is prepared as follows : Pleurisy root, pulv. l oz. Blue Cohosh, pulv. 1 oz. Skunk Cabbage, pulv. 1 oz. Scull Cap herb, pulv. 1 oz. Lady Slipper, pulv. 1 oz. Catnip herb, pulv. 1 oz. Elder Flowers, pulv. l oz. Mix. Put one tablespoonful in one pint of boiling water, steep well. Give the patient 2 to 3 tablespoonfuls of the decoction three fourths of an hour after the fever drops, following it in three fourths of an hour with 15 to 25 grains of the diaphoretic powders. This treatment should be followed until the inflammation and swelling subsides. A moderate dose of salts should be given every other night, in order to keep the bowels regular, and prevent a determina- tion of blood to the brain. As a local treatment, I have found the following to be effective, after nearly all other remedies failed, aud it may be used in connection with the general treatment. Sulphate of Zinc 4 gr. Sulphate of Hydrastin 2 gr. Rose Water 2 oz. Mix. Drop one or two drops in the eve, twice a day, morning and evening. On tne patient going to bed. apply the ointment to the eye lids in small quantities, so that it will not reach the pupil. The ointment is prepared as follows: White Oxide of Zinc 1 oz. Sulphate of Morphia 14 gr. Benzoic Acid i dr. Spermaceti 2 oz. White Wax 1 oz. Olive Oil 8 oz. Melt the Spermaceti, White Wax, and Olive Oil well together, and then add the Benzoic Acid. Zinc and Morphia, stirring constantly un- til cold. Use as above directed. If the swelling and inflammation should not yield, then more energetic treatment should be resorted to. Apply to the temple and the back of the neck an irritant, pre- pared as follows: equal parts of Spirits of Turpentine, Croton Oil, 64 and tincture of Iodine. Mix, and apply with a feather twice a dayt being careful not to let any of the substance reach the eye. This course of treatment properly carried out, will generally cure any case of inflammed or sore eyes. If the case should be a severe one, great benefit will be derived from the following poultice : Elm, pulverized, H ounce; Lobelia, 1 ounce, and Stramonium leaves, pulverized, 1 ounce. Mix with weak lye to the proper consistency, and apply over the eye. In conclusion, I will give a case so as to illustrate the dif- ference between a common sense practice and one destitute of either science or common sense, which is practiced on the people at the present day, and is sacrificing thousands of lives annually. This is not the only case which I have taken out of their hands by the thousands, and cured after all hope was given up. Mr. H. being a man of about 45 or 50 years of age, and being blind in one eye, accidently got a splinter run into the blind eye, which remained for several days until active inflammation ensued. The eye had been blind for several years, which had been caused by a hurt. He had been for two weeks under the treatment of thi ee other physicians before I was called, which was after his case was consid- ered hopeless, and such I considered it after I had examined the case. But, to satisfy the friends of the patient, I concluded to give him a trial, as he did not know whether he was in the world or out, being entirely unconscious of any thing. There was active inflam- mation of both eyes, which had extended to the brain. His bowels were costive, not having moved for two or three days. To relieve the pain and inflammation of the eyes, I ordered a poultice of pul- verized Elm bark, 2 parts and pulverized Lobelia ht-rb, 1 part; mixed to the consistency of a poultice with warm wat u and applied over both eyes, to be changed every 5 or 6 hours and continued until the pain and swelling abated. To relieve the head, I had a large mus- tard poultice applied between the shoulders, extending up to the base of the brain ; also ordered a dose of anti-bilious physic, one large teaspoonful of the powder to 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls of warm water, to be sweetened well and drank, grounds and all, as soon as it got cold. Every time the poultice was changed, I had the forehead and tem- ples bathed with the Anodyne liniment, which is made as follows: Spirits Ether Sulphuric 1 o/. Tincture of Opium i oz. Gum Camphor, pulv. \ oz. Oil of Juniper \ oz. Chloroform \ oz. Oil of Sassafras \ oz. Oil of Cedar ± oz. 65 Mix and apply with a feather; let it djy in and then apply the poultice. Had his feet bathed every twelve hours in warm water, adding a handful of salt and shovel of ashes. B ithe for twenty or thirty minutes, the water to be set by the side of the bed and the pa- tient turned across the bed, keeping the head and shoulders elevated, until the physic operated. I ordered the fever drops given every 3 hours and the following diaphoretic and nerve tea given every 3 hours, alternately with the fever drop, that is, the tea and drops one hour aud a half apart. The tea is made as follows : Pleurisy root, pulv. H oz. Polymonium Reptans, pulv. 1 oz. Skunk Cabbage root, pulv. 1 oz. Ginger root jam, pulv. 1 oz. Blue Cohosh root, pulv, 1 oz. Scull Cap herb, pulv. 1 oz. Lady Slipper root, pulv. 1 oz. Catnip herb, pulv. 1 oz. Elder Flowers, pulv. 1 oz. Mix. Put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water and steep it strong ; then give 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls of the tea warm. As soon as the physic operated, I then ordered the following course of treatment: give a dose of the fever drops (35 to 45 drops) in a little water, then in three fourths of an hour 2 or 3 ta- blespoonfuls of the above tea; then, in three fourths of an hour after the tea, a dose of the diaphoretic powder, 15 to 20 grains, that is, give the medicine three fourths of an hour apart. I continued the above treatment for twelve hours and the patient became rational and the recovery was rapid, and in a week or ten days, he was able to be about. I had the counter irritation to the back of the neck continued; until all pain and soreness had left the head. When the irritation would become too severe, I had the plaster removed, until the irritation would subside, then reapplied. If the stomach should become irrita- ble, give the powders in peppermint tea, and apply a mustard plaster over the region of the stomach and let it irritate freely. I may be criticised by some for giving so much medicine, but to such I would say, that there is a right and a wrong way to everything, and the result shows which was rL,bt. 66 Intermittent Fever. Intermittent Fever, or Fever and Ague as it is more generally called, in certain localities, is one of the most prevalent forms of di- sease. Through the summer and autumn months it generally affects certain localities, and has ever been a terror to humanity, from the fact, that the common or regular practice has always been inadequate to the relief of the disease, and in many instances has proved more detrimental than curative. But such is not the case under a more rational and scientific practice, which is to remove the cause to get rid of the effect, or in other words, to neutralize or antidote the virus which is obstructing a physiological action, thereby giving rise to that peculiar train of symptoms so characteristic of the disease. There cannot be a cause without an effect, and, vice versa, there cannot be an effect without a cause, and that cause possesses the controlling power over the disease or morbid action, as to its peculiar form or symptoms. All diseases are governed by a specific cause, and that cause has the controlling power over its peculiar symptoms, consequently the cause which produces Intermittent Fever cannot produce Smallpox or Measles, but everything according to its kind or nature. So it is with morbid matter. It has a peculiar governing principle within itself, in forming that particular type or manifesta- tion of the disease. Consequently the specific cause which gives rise to such a diversity of symptoms must be a vital germ, or animalcule, or microbe, which is capable of multiplying its forces to such an ex- tent as to produce that peculiar train of symptoms which is char- acteristic of the various forms of disease or morbid action, and also to enable it to resist the efforts of nature to exterminate it from the system. As long as the vital powers are able to hold the supremacy over morbid action, disease cannot exist, but, on the other hand, as soon as nature loses that power then morbid action reigns supreme and disease is the result. Symptoms are not disease they are only the effect of a cause and indicate the point or location of the enemy. The morbid action to which the symptoms point, constitutes the dis- ease. Consequently, fever is the result and not the cause; it is on- ly a secondary action, therefore it cannot be disease neither is it the cause of disease. It is simply a manifestation of the resisting power of nature or a vital effort to exterminate disease. There are four separate conditions in all fevers. First, a debility, or general prostration; secondly, a spasmodic action called a chill'; thirdly, the fever or reactive stage, and fourthly, a sweating stage.' 67 Now to say that these several different conditions are produced by the same cause which produced the first or second effect or manifes- tation, would be preposterous in the extreme. The only rational il- lustration of the matter is that the morbid matter or germ entered the system and produced or created a pathological condition, mani- fested by the debility and prostration of the nervous, muscular, and circulating systems, or a derangement of the whole system, as mani- fested by the weak and intermittent pulse and general nervous and muscular prostration and the pain in the back and limbs. These are the first indications of the encroachment of disease and which con- , tinues to increase in violence until that peculiar condition known as the chills, is produced, which is caused from the virus spending its force on the nervous and muscular systems and varies in duration from a few minutes to two or three hours, which is altogether owing to the extent or malignancy of the virus. If the system is in a healthy condition with all the organs per- forming their proper functions, nature will generally be able to re- sist the encroachment of morbid material and when it enters the system, a healthy organism will prevent any deleterous effects from its action, or close the doors against its entrance. It may remain in the system for some time before its presence is manifested, in fact, I have known it to remain dormant in the system for months, wait- ing for a favorable opportunity to develope itself. No doubt that all this time that it was in the system, it was not idle, but germina- ting and gaining power aud multiplying its forces, so as to be able to resist or overcome the antagonistic power of nature. The extent or malignancy of the disease is governed by the extent or power of the virus. When the obstruction is great from a greater malignancy of the virus, the patient may die in the first or second stage of the dis- ease before the reaction or fever occurs. Under such circumstances it is evidently not the fever which destroys the patient, as death re- lieved the patient before any reaction occurred, the fever being the result of the reacting force which causes an increased action or effort to reestablish a healthy action by exterminating the enemy to vital action. Then it logically follows, that fever is not the cause but the result of a cause ; it is not disease but the result of other conditions which call it forth. The fever of itself is not detrimental, except when it is long continued. By continuing too long it may exhaust the vital powers and ultimately destroy life by the strain it imposes on the vital forces. Physical exercise is a healthy action, but if too long continued, it will exhaust the vital powers and death will re- sult; yet, a proper amount of it is essential to health, but overexer- tion will exhaust the physical powers. So it is with fever if too long 63 continued, it will prove detrimental. Fever being a vital effort, It should never be opposed but aided in her efforts to establish a healthy action, by giving such medicine as will antidote the virus and aid her in her efforts to exterminate the enemy, thereby aiding the fever in establishing a physiological action and thus curing the disease in a few hours or days, which, under the fallacy of the schools would run for weeks. How long, O, how long will intelligent beings close their eyes against truth and light, which so intimately concerns their physical and earthly happiness. Good health is the great promoter of physical and spiritual hap- piness ; without health there can be no enjoyment, life becomes a burden, yet thousands are dargging out a life of miserable exist- ence under ttie old fallacy of killing people to cure them; that is, of making one disease to cure another, or giving them the most violent poisons to cure them, which always weakens the system, and ever after, renders the patient more liable to disease, from the fact that it leaves the system in a morbid condition, which is congenial to the propagation of the germ of disease. As to the immediate cause or origin of Intermittent Fever, there is a great diversity of opinion, among medical men. Some attribute it to one thing, while others advocate a theory diametrically opposite- A majority, however, believe in its malarial origin, but as to the true origin of the cause, we have no satisfactory illustration, but supposition. Therefore, I will give an opinion which has been found- Gd upon a long experience in a malarial district. I have lived and practiced medicine for nearly fifty years in a malarial district, and have had ample opportunity of observing the true nature and effect of the disease, in different localities, and of watching the symptoms of the disease, in all its different stages, and grades of intensity, from its mild, to its most malignant form. And while it was a duty incumbant upon me, as a friend of science, to make every in- vestigation in my power to ascertain, as far as possible, the true cause of the disease, I therefore made every investigation within the power of a finite being, and after all the facts which I could attain, I am satisfied that it is a living germ, or animalcule, which is capable of multiplying its forces to almost any extent. This fever generally prevails in the latter part of summer, and early autumn, lasting until frost, which generally destroys the germ. This germ is not propagated by heat and moisture alone. There are three conditions which are essential to its propagation; that is: heat moisture, and a congenial soil, without which there can be no ma- larial germ. It is an evident fact, that it cannot live in an atmos- phere b«low 30 degeea, or the freezing point, yet an individual may 69 contract the disease in the malarial season and by improper treat- ment, it may run into cold weather, or the germ may enter the system, and remain dormant until a favorable opportunity to mani- fest itself, which may occur in cold weather, or it may remain in the system until the next spring, and then break out. As above stated, the conditions necessary for the propagation of the germ is a low, black, mucky soil, with heat and moisture, with a congenial soil, which is a portion of the year inundated with water, and through the hot season, is exposed to the rays of the sun. When thus situa- ted, these microbes propagate in such myriads that they give to the atmosphere a thin, bluish, or hazy appearance, which proves the truth of the old adage, that ague could be seen in the air. Long and close observation will enable any one to distinguish a malarial at- mosphere from a pure and healthy one. This can best be accom- plished by passing from a pure, healthy atmosphere, to an infected district, or to one where those circumstances are congenial for their propagation. As already described, the old theory that malaria is generated from the decomposition of animal and vegetable matter, is absurd, as there is the same decomposition of animal and vegetable mattor going on in localities where ague is seldom known. From long experience in those localities, I am convinced of the fact, that there are but two periods in the day, in which there is much liability to the influence of malarial matter, and that is from daylight until the sun is two or three hours high, and fiorn six in the evening until nine or ten at night. Those are the periods in which the greatest evaporation is taking place from the earth, as it warms up, and when it is cooling off in the evening. In the intervening portion of the day, or night, there is comparatively little danger. The morning and evening are the periods in which there is the greatest effusion of the virus, as the atmosphere is completely im- pregnated, as can readily be told by the smell, and the appearance of the atmosphere. The above I have thoroughly demonstrated by riding through those infected districts all hours of both day and night. My opinions are not the result of speculation, but founded upon long experience and observation, in which I have had every opportunity of testing facts. 1 am aware that the greater portion of the above will meet with the opposition of those schools, from the fact that it does not agree with their long cherished fallacies, but as I am not writing a book to suit their purpose, I shall give facts and my experience, so that the world may be benefitted thereby. I never could conceive the idea taught in the schools, that an inanimate or lifeless substance could have the power to produce so many differ- ent forms or modifications of disease, and such a diversity of symp- 70 roms, or possess a controlling power over the morbid conditions, causing them to as>ume so many different forms. All poisons have their specific actions, and cannot produce another or different class of symptoms. If fevers and other diseases were produced by inani- mate substances, we would not be likely to have so many different forms of disease, or but one or two forms of fever, as there is no possibility of an inanimate substance transforming itself into such a diversity of symptoms or actions. The idea was so absurd that I rejected it over forty years ago, and then began to lay the founda- tion for a more rational theory and practice. All things are made and controlled by certain laws, peculiar to their nature, hence we have Intermittent, Bilious, Typhoid, Typhus, Congestive, etc., all gove ned by a specific cause, separate and distinct, which gives it its p >culiar type or form, and its severity is governed by the malig- nancy of the septic virus, which governs the symptoms, and indi cates the form or type of the disease. Symptoms. These are characterized by the paroxysms and in- termissions which are peculiar to the disease. The premonitory symptoms are debility, dullness of feeling, loss of appetite, lowness of spirits, dullness of intellect, attended with pain and aching in the back, head and limbs, with more or less dizziness of the head, with a bad, or disagreeable taste in the mouth. The tongue is coated white, the pulse is generally below natural standard, and weak or inter- mittent; the bowels are generally costive, yet they may, in some cases, be inclined to diarrhoea; the countenance becomes pale. These symptoms may continue a day or two, or longer, but sooner or later, the disease manifests itself by a regular and distinct chill. The first sensation of coldness is generally experienced in the back, which soon extends over the whole system, which soon increases until there is a chill, wbich, in severe cases, amounts to a shake. The whole system becomes agitated, the breathing becomes interrupted and impeded, the patient will complain of universal coldness, and may want to get close to the fire, or be covered up in bed. so as to prevent the sensation of cold air, which seems to be passing over the body. The hands and feet become cold, the skin shrivels, the nails look blue. In this condition the patient may remain from a few minutes to one or two hours. As the chill subsides the coldness becomes less severe, with an occasional sensation of heat, which at first is more agreeable than otherwise; but as the chill subsides, the heat con- tinues to increase, until the patient feels uncomfortably hot. He now feels an entire ehange. The patient now complains of exces- sive heat, the pulse increases in fullness and frequency, the headache alee inoreauis, the tongue beyomes «L;y wifch more er less tkirat, U&t 71 countenance is changed from a paie to a bright red. If the fever is severe the tongue becomes more heavily coated and dry; the tongue is at first white, but as the disease advances, it assumes a yellowish hue. The patient will call for cold water, which, if indulged in to freely, will cause nausea and vomiting. The pulse now becomes full and frequent, the temples throb, the headache increases, and in children predisposed to nervous disease, convulsions may result. Sometimes there is an eruption which appears on the skin, but it generally subsides on the subsidence of the fever; the fever may last from two to twelve hours. As it declines a slight perspiration appears, first on the forehead and gradually extends over the whole body ; at times the perspiration becomes copious, which is owing to the temperament of the patient. The urine is highly colored and often deposits a sediment, the skin now becomes cool, the mouth moist, and the headache subsides, the pulse becomes soft and more natural. The patient may now sleep calmly and upon waking feel free from pan or disease, but the weakness and debility tells him in language not to be misunderstood, that the enemy is yet lurking in his vitals and is only resting and preparing for another attack, which will be in a few hours or days, which will be owing to the severity of the attack, or the malignancy of the virus, or the type which it may assume. The intermission may last from twenty-four hours to forty-eight or seventy-two hours. When it returns in twenty-four hours it is called quotidian, and when in forty-eight hours or every other day it is called tertian, and in seventy-two hours it is called quartian or third day ague. When it returns every other day, the paroxysm is generally short, lasting but a few hours, and when it assumes the quartian type, the paroxysm is generally short and consists of a cold stage and a mild fever, which shows that the virus is not able to make a more powerful resistance. There are other modifications of the disease which will sometimes occur, such as having a double paroxysm, that is, two chills in one day, or it may assume the form of a dumb ague. In this form there will be a fever or reacting force without any perceptible chill, or it may attack the head and face in the form of Neuralgia with regular paroxysms. Prognosis. In uncomplicated cases under proper treatment, the disease is always curable. Tkeatjhent. If called to the case in the early or premonitory stage, before the disease is fully developed, the proper course to pur- sue, is to commence a prophylactic course, that is, a course of treat- ment to prevent the further progress of the disease. First give a cathartic of the anti-bilious physic, which is made as follows: 72 Alexandria Senna leaves, pulv. £ lb. Jalap root, pulv. k lb- Cloves, pulv. £ oz. Mix. Dose for an adult, one teaspoonful in two or three table- spoonfuls of warm water, sweeten it and stir until it gets cold, then drink grounds and ail. If this should not operate in five or six hours, then give one-fourth of a teaspoonful every hour until it does operate. It should be mixed, as the above, in warm water, and con- tinued until the bowels move thoroughly; and at the same time, give the fever drops every three hours, and the blue powders every three hours, alternately with the drops. As soon as the physic operates, then give the following course of treatment. This should be given during the intermission, or between the paroxysms of fever. Give a dose of fever drops in water, for an adult 35 to 50 drops; the blue powders three-fourths of an hour after the fever drops. They should be given in syrup or molasses in doses, for an adult, of eight or ten grains, then three-fourths of an hour after, the blue powders Give a dose of the diaphoretic powder, fifteen to twenty grains, in a little warm water or peppermint tea, that is, give the medicine three- fourths of an hour apart. Should the chill appear, notwithstanding the above treatment, or should you be called in during the chill, then the following course of treatment should be adopted. If the case is severe, put the patient to bed and cover warm, and apply hot stone or brick to the feet, back and limbs, and at the same time give every fifteen or twenty minutes two or three tablespoonfuls of a strong tea made of equal parts of Composition and nerve powder; as soon as the chill subsides and the reactive force, or fever, is es- tablished, then give the following course of treatment. First give a dose of the fever drops, thirty-five to forty drops. The Fever Drops are made as follows : Tincture of Pleurisy root 12 oz. Sweet Spirits of Nitre 12 oz. Tinct. of Skunk Cabbage root 8 oz. Tinture of Black Cohosh 8 oz. Tincture of Gelseminum 10 oz. Tincture of Blood root 4 oz. Tincture of Digitalis 3 oz. Tincture of Aconite leaves 1$ oz. Tincture of Belladonna £ oz. Mix well. Dose as above directed. In three-fourths of an hour after the fever drops, give a dose of the Composition and nerve tea, and three-fourths of an hour after the tea, give a dose of the dia- phoretic powders. Tluy aie prepared thus; 73 Pleurisy root, pulv. 10 oz. Crawly root, pulv. 8 0^ Nitrate of Potassa, pulv. 8 oz. Camphor Gum, pulv. 2 oz! Ipecac, puiv. 1 oz'# Opium, pulv. ^ oz* Mix well. Dose fifteen to twenty-five grains, or from a fourth to one-halt teaspoonful. The medicine should be given three-four Ls of an hour apart and continued until the fever subsides or there is an intenmssion; then commence again the prophylactic course so as to prevent another paroxysm or chill, that is, giving the fever drops, blue powders and diaphorectic powders three-fourths of an hour apart Continue the blue powders until you give three doses then omit them, but continue the drops and diaphoretic powders' giving the Composition and nerve tea between the fever drops and diaphoretic powders in the place of the blue powders until the 'next morning, then omit the tea and give three doses of the blue powders as directed above, and so continue, alternating the tea and blue pow- ders, until every vestige of the disease is eradicated. The Blue Powders are prepared thus: Sulphate of Quinine 3 dr. Prussiate of Iron 3 dr. Salicine 13. (jr> Leptandrin 2 dr. Sanguinaria 20 gr. Mix dose as above directed. The above course of treatment if properly administered, will soon break up the disease and leave no injurious effect, of either the disease or medicine. The Nerve Tea is prepared as follows: Pleurisy root, pulv. 10 oz. Skunk Cabbage root, pulv. 8 oz. Blue Cohosh root, pulv. 8 oz. Lady Slipper root, pulv. 8 oz. Scull Cap herb, pulv. 8 oz. Catnip herb, pulv. 8 oz. Peppermint, pulv. 8 oz. Mix. This forms a valuable nerve and diaphoretic compound, especially when given in connection with the Composition powder Add one large tablespoonful of the above powder to one pint of boil- ing water, steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then strain and give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, warm; it should be given in connection with the Composition powder (unless when given to children) as'above directed. When the surface is dry and inactive, 74 the patient should be thoroughly bathed or sponged all over witn warm water, adding a little soda to the water. This relaxes the surface and aids perspiration. As soon as perspiration commences and the fever begins to subside, then omit the Composition and nerve tea, and give three doses of the blue powders as already directed. In addition to the above, the patient's feet should be bathed every night in warm water for fifteen or twenty minutes, adding a hand- ful of salt and a shovelful of embers. Should the stomach become irritable and reject everything, as is sometimes the case, then the following course of treatment should be pursued. First apply a large mustard draught over the region of the stomach and let it irritate freely. It should be made as follows: take two parts mustard, pul- verized, and one part flour; mix with warm vinegar until it forms the proper consistency for a poultice, then spread on cloth, five or six inches square, and apply it over the stomach and let it irritate freely. If it should not be strong enough, sprinkle the surface of the poul- tice with mustard or capsicum; at the same time give internally the following powder: Charcoal, pulv. li dr. Elm, pulv. 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix and divide into fifteen or twenty doses and give one dose every two hours alternately with the following tea: Marsh Mallow root, pulv. 1 oz. Peach leaves, pulv. 1 oz. Spearmint leaves, pulv. 1 oz. Juniper berries, crushed £ oz. Mix. Add a tablespoonful of the above to one pint of boiling water, steep it fifteen or twenty minutes. Dose, one or two table- spoonfuls, cold. Give the tea and powder one hour apart alternate- ly, and continue until the stomach is relieved and will retain the medicine. Should the disease attack the head or face in the form of Neuralgia, it should be treated as a regular intermittent with blue powders, fever drops, and diaphoretic powders, and the anodyne liniment should be applied over the region of the pain with a feather freely. Then apply a hot flannel cloth to the part, bathing the fee** as directed in the treatment of Intermittent Fever. If enlargement of the spleen or liver should occur, which is seldom or never the case under the above treatment, but is of frequent occurrence under the fallacy of giving poisons to cure disease, or of making one disease to cure another. If they should occur, treat them as directed for those diseases. 75 Bilious Fever, Or as it is more generally called, Remittent or Bilious Remittent, in its premonitory symptoms, very closely resembles that of an Intermittent Fever, only differing in severity. It generally prevails in the same localities which are affected by the malarial germ and generally manifests its presence in the latter part of summer, and autumn, though cases may occur at other periods, which may be the result of virus remaining in the system, waiting for a favorable op- portunity to develop itself. The presence of Bilious Fever is not always an evidence that the district or locality is infected, as an in- dividual may live in an infected district for years and escape the dis- ease, but changing to a healthy locality the disease may manifest its presence, which is owing to the fact, that nature attempts to free herself from the lurking enemy which has been lurking in her do- minion ; this effort arouses the enemy to make a last desperate effort to "hold the fort." The cause of Bilious Fever being essentially the same as that of an Intermittent, only having a different grade of intensity and affecting more severely certain portions of the system, such as the liver, spleen and biliary organs, which is indicated by the general symptoms and appearance of the patient. Persons living in an infected district where there is low, marshy soil, should build their houses as much as possible on an elevated portion of ground and surround them with timber, and as much as convenient, with ever greens, which should be mixed in with the forest trees. But they should not be placed so as to obstruct the rays of the sun from the house or from the earth, but planted so as to let the sun through a part of the day, striking the earth sufficiently to dry up all moisture, which is essential to health. The trees not only affords a pleasant shade, but in the summer absorb the heat and malarial virus, there- by affording a great protection against both the heat and the virus. The trees not only afford a protection in summer against the heat, but also afford a protection in the winter against the chilling winds, and absorbing the cold, thus not only adding to our health but also to our comfort, both in summer and winter. In new and thinly set- tled countries where the timber is thick and the sun seldom reaches the earth, these fevers seldom appear, but as the country becomes cleared up and the timber removed, then the sun has a greater power on the earth and causes a more rapid evaporation from the earth and affords the necessary heat to aid in the germination or propagation of the fever germ; consequently, the more a country becomes cleared 76 up, the greater will be the liability to these fevers. Therefore all pools or ponds of water should be removed, or, where this is not pos- sible, trees should be planted aro und them, not only to absorb the virus but to prevent too rapid evaporation, by preventing the heat of the sun from having too great a power over it. By proper care and protection a large amount of suffering could annually be pre- vented, and add greatly to our comfort as well as health. Symptoms. The premonitory symptoms of this form of fever are very similar to those of the Intermittent variety, but are general- ly more marked in their character, as there is a greater prostration of the whole sv stem. The patient feels weak with a dislike to mo- tion or exercise. Sometimes the disease makes its attack without any previous warning. The first thing the patient is aware of is a slight chill, which may last from twenty to thirty minutes, or in se- vere case? it may last much longer, but more generally the patient will complain of a general weakness, with pain in the head, back, and limbs, with loss of appetite, and with fullness in the epigastric region, with restlessness, especially at night, causing disturbed sleep. The mouth is dry and attended by a disagreeable taste, which is attended with nausea or vomiting ; the tongue is first coated white which gradually becomes of a yellowish or brownish hue as the dis- ease advances, the patient becomes weak and languid, especially in the morning, with a disagreeable taste in the mouth, with more or less headache; the bowels are generally costive, but in some cases they may be inclined to diarrhoea, which may be owing to a previous condition of the bowels, or the disease may be inclined to a typhoid condition. These symptoms may precede the chill from one to sev- eral days. But there are instances where the patient is attacked without any premonitory warning. The first evidence of the ap- proach of the disease is a chill. The chill in this as in the intermit- tent type may continue for only a few minutes, but as it may par- take more or less of the congestive type, the chill may last from thir- ty minutes to an hour or longer; the average duration may be esti- mated at about one or two hours. The chill is generally not as se vere as in the intermittent type, but the fever is more intense and of longer duration and the intermissions are shorter and affords the pa- tient less time for recuperation. In some cases the remissions are very short, scarcely perceptible, when reaction again occurs or the fever stage, thus causing a continuous strain on the vital forces. As the fever rises the patient again complains of heat and thirst the skin becomes hot and dry and assumes a yellowish hue. The con- junctiva, or white of the eye, also exibits a yellowish appearance in- dicating a inoroid condition of the Liver and biliary organs. The pain 77 in the head, back, and limbs becomes more severe, the face is flush- ed, the pulse becomes more frequent, full and hard. The mouth is dry, the tongue becomes more heavily coated, and changes from a white to a yellowish or brown coating. The thirst becomes more intense and the bowels more confined and tender. The urine is sometimes scanty and highly colored. The temples throb, which indicates a de- termination of blood to the head. Delirium may frequently occur in persons of a sanguine nervous temperament, or in subjects predis- posed to nervous diseases. At this stage of the disease the stomach becomes more irritable, with nausea and vomiting, emitting a bilious substance. The patient becomes more restless and when not deliri- ous, will complain of the severe pain in the head, back, and extremi- ties. These symptoms may cortinue from ten to twelve or eighteen hours, unless made to yield to treatment, when a slight perspiration will appear first on the face, which gradually extends over the body and extremities. The fever now subsides, the pulse diminishes in fullness and frequency, the delirium disappears, and the irritability of the stomach subsides. There is now another remission, just as the previous, but if the disease is about to terminate favorably, the remission will be more distinct and the perspiration more copious, the pain in the head, back, and extremities will subside, the pulse more soft and less frequent, the urine more free, and the tongue will commence to clean, and the appetite slowly return. But should the disease continue, the intermissions will be less perceptible and the disease will assume more or less of a typhoid form with increased suffering. The pulse becomes more frequent and may run as high as one hundred or one hundred and twenty, the prostration becomes more severe, and if suffered to continue, the vital powers will suc- cumb to the powers that be or the malignancy of the virus. When the disease is let run until it assumes those severe forms, then the case becomes more critical. As the intermissions become less percepti- ble, the fever assumes a more continuous form, the patient is in- clined to lay on the back with more or less delirium, the mind is wandering with a low muttering delirium, picking at imaginary ob- jects, the countenance assumes a darker hue, the pulse becomes more feeble, the tongue 's more heavily coated, the eyes are fixed or wan- dering, which indicates the last struggle of nature, the skin contin- ues dry and harsh at this stage, the bowels not unfrequently become loose and tympanitic. If the disease continues the symptoms as- sume a more unfavorable tendency, the skin becomes of a darker hue, tlu abowels more irritable, the discharges more frequent and watery and sometimes of a greenish color and very fetid. The head symtoms increase, there is tinitis aurium (ringing in the ears). At 78 thie stage of the disease the vital powers yield rapidly. When the disease is let run its course, it generally terminates in from five to seven or fourteen days, but under proper treatment, it maybe caused to yield in from three to seven days. I have lived and practiced in localities where these fevers have prevailed, for over fifty years, and my practice has been very exten- sive in these fevers, and I have never met with a case, where I was the first physician, which I have not been able to cure or control, in from three to seven days. Neither have I ever lost a case of bilious or intermittent where I have been the first physician, and I have never lost but five or six patients with any kind of fever; and they were tskenout of the hands of other physicians when it was too late. I do not make the above statement of facts out of any boastful or egotistical spirit, but that my readers may know the facts and see the vast difference between science and error. When I look back over my past success and count the many valuable lives which I have saved, who would have been mouldering beneath the sod had it not been for the curative power of those God-given remedies to man over all others, and for all my labor and research, and the vast im- provements in the treatment of disease which I have made, I have reaped as a reward the cursing and slander from the profession, who should have been my friends and hailed with joy every ray of light which might be brought to bear upon a profession which is so far be- hind in the vast improvement of the day. But there is a class of men which are bigoted and self-conceited, who are not willing that other men should have the right or power to exercise the God-given talent, which God has given, for fear it might conflict with their ignorance or self-interest. If a man will take their leading works and sit down and read them impartially and then compare it with the treatment laid down in this work, they will readily see why it is that those fevers and other diseases have to run so long, and such fatal consequences so often result from their practice, and that their antipathy against other men who are more successful than they are, is for the purpose of preventing those common sense men from coming into competi- tion with them, thereby keeping the people from seeing the vast difference between them and those men they despise, or those who cure disease upon rational principles, without letting the disease run its course, and without those fatal consequences. They are following a system conceived in fallacy, and brought forth and raised in superstition and self-conceit. Its fallacy has slain its millions but I am thankful to the God of science that I am able to offer to the world a system founded on truth and science, and one which will 79 avert those dire consequences which have always resulted from the common practice. If the directions I have given are closely ob- served, those fevers will be divested of their terror, and death robbed of nine-tenths of its victims. When the world will become eidightened to their interest and reject those long established falla- cies of giving the most violent poisons to make one disease to cure another, then we will see no more mercurial sores, toothless gums, glandular swellings, and all the train of morbid action which so frequently result from the action of those mineral poisons. A favorable turn of the disease may be anticipated when the following symptoms appear : a slight perspiration, or a mild diarrhoea, which indicates that nature is about to throw off the disease- the pulse becomes less frequent, the tongue to clean, and the patient assumes a more natural appearance, the fever gradually subsides, and health is restored. There is another complication which some- times occurs in this fever, and which is more likely to happen when there is a general tendency to a high grade of inflammatory action in the atmosphere, which only occurs at certain seasons, as it is not of frequent occurrence. But at certain seasons, it will be found that those fevers are more or less inclined to a high grade of action, as they are disposed to assume an inflammatory action which will add to their malignancy. At other seasons they will be inclined to as- sume a low grade, or have a strong tendency to typhoid condition, which will greatly augment the patient's suffering, and will require great skill and judgment on the part of the physician as well as care by the patient. The physician should always be on the alert, ready to meet any modification or complication which may arise. The salvation of the patient, as well as his reputation, will often depend upon his promptness and skill in the management of those complica- tions, which will cause no trouble if he understands the general prin- ciples of medicine, that is, to remove, as far as possible, the cause of those complications, by administering the proper antidotes, and then aid nature in eliminating it from the system. When the dis- ease assumes an inflammatory form, then there will be a great tendency to the brain, which should be promptly met and averted, as directed under "Disease of the Brain." Anatomical Appearance—The most frequent lesions found, are inflammation of the stomach and bowels; the membrane of the brain frequently exhibits signs of inflammation and congestion ; the liver not unfrequently shows signs of being in a morbid condition; the liver and spleen will both be found more or less enlarged and morbidly affected. Complications—The most frequent is inflammation of the 80 brain, stomach and bowels, yet there may be others, such as dysen- tery, when that is prevailing in the country. Where the liver and spleen are deranged they should have special attention, and the liver pills given every night, or small portions of Podophlin Leptan- drin and Sanguinarin, as follows: Leptandrin 10 gr. Podophylin 4 gr. Sanguinarin 4 gr. Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every night, unless the bowels should move too freely. At the same time bathing the sides and back well with the liniment. If dysentery should appear, treat it as directed under the head of "Dysentery." Prompt treat- ment should be brought to bear against all those complications. Treatment—The treatment of this form of fever, should be very similar to that of intermittent, as the primary cause is so near- ly similar. The treatment should be of the same antiseptic charac- ter, only more energetic, as the force of the enemy is more powerful. So our remedies should be directed to meet all emergencies which may arise, as a skillful general watches closely the movements of the enemy, and aid nature in strengthening her fortifications. If the bowels are constipated, give a cathartic of the anti-bilious physic, or if they are inclined to diarrhoea, then give a dose of Castor oil with twenty or thirty drops of Spirits of Turpentine, so as to clean the stomach and bowels of all morbid material. If the first dose should not move the bowels sufficiently in five or six hours, then give broken doses every hour until it operates sufficiently. The dose of the physic should be, for an adult, one teaspoonful in two or three tablespoonfuls of hot water. Sweeten well and stir until cold, then drink it, grounds and all. Dose of the oil should be one tablespoon- ful with the above amount of Turpentine. As soon as the physic operates, then commence the following course of treatment: First, give a dose of the fever drops, for an adult, 35 to 45 or 50 drops in a little catnip or peppermint tea, and in one hour and a half after you give the fever drops, give a dose of the fever powder, thatis, give the fever drops and fever or diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, alternately, that is, each every three hours, and a dose of the Composition and Nerve tea, half way between each dose of the fever drops and diaphoretic powders that is, give the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart; that is, give a dose of the fever drops, in three- fourths of an hour after the drops, give a dose of the Composition and Nerve tea, and three-fourths of an hour after the tea, give a dose of the diaphoretic powders. The Composition is prepared as follows : 81 Pleurisy root, pulverized 12 oz. Blue Bell root pulv. (Polmoniuna) 8oz. Blue Cohosh root pulverized 8oz. Black Cohosh root pulverized 8 oz. Skunk Cabbage root pulverized 8 oz. Ginger root pulverized 8oz. Bayberry bark pulverized 8 oz. Prickly Ash bark pulverized 4 oz. Sassafras bark pulverized 4 oz. Cloves pulverized 2oz. Capsicum pulverized ioz. Mix thoroughly, and pass through a fine sieve; then take equal parts of it and of the compound nerve powder, one large tablespoon- ful to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty min- utes; sweeten, if desired. Dose, two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, warm, as above directed. (For formula of Nerve tea, see Inter- mittent Fever.) As soon as a remission occurs, then give the medi- cine as follows : Continue the fever powders and drops as above directed, and omit the Composition and Nerve tea, and give in its place three doses of the Blue or Tonic powders. Give them between each dose of the drops and fever powders, until three doses are given then resume the Composition and Nerve tea, until the next inter- mission occurs, then omit the tea again and give as above, three doses of the Blue powders, and so continue, until the fever yields, which will generally be about the third or fifth day. The dose of the Blue powders for an adult should be eight or ten grains, in syrup or molasses. The patient's feet should be bathed every night for fif- teen or twenty minutes, in warm water, adding a shovel of ashes and a handful of salt. Should there be a severe pain in the head it may be relieved by applying a large mustard poultice to the back of the neck, letting it remain until it irritates freely. In addition to the above, apply cold to the head, as follows : Take equal parts of good cider vinegar and cold water, and to a pint of the above, add a large teaspoonful of salt. As soon as the salt is dissolved, then satu- rate a cloth with it ahd keep it constantly applied to the head, changing it as fast as it gets dry or warm. Should the stomach be- come irritable, attended with nausea and vomiting, then apply a large mustard poultice over tne region of the stomach, and give in- inwardly, the following anti-emetic tea: Marsh Mallow root, grouud 1 oz. Peach tree leaves, 1 oz. Spearmint herb, ground 1 oz. Juniper Berries, crushed i oz. S2 Mix, and to one large tablespoonful of the powder add one pint of boiling water. Steep it twenty or thirty minutes, then strain and give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, cold, every hour or two, and should the irritation not at once subside, and should the above not afford relief, give the following antiseptic and anti-emetic powder: Prepared Charcoal H dr. Elm Bark, pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix, and divide into 20 or 25 doses, and give one every hour or two, in the above tea. This course of treatment will seldom fail in affording relief. If there should be severe pain in the back, use the anodyne liniment freely over the region of the pain. If the liver should be inactive, as indicated by a dry, furred tongue, with a dark color in the center, with the skin and eyes yellow, the urine scanty and highly colored, and the stools of a clay color, and the bowels cos- tive, the following Liver Pills will give the desired result: Leptandrin 1 dr. Hydrastin 40 gr, Podophylin 20 gr. Sanguinarin 15 gr. Capsicum 15 gr. Mix, and make into sixty pills with simple syrup, and give one or two every night, or sufficient to keep the bowels regular, and rouse the liver, being careful not to move the bowels too much, as irreparable mischief is often done in those fevers by giving drastic cathartics, and causing irritation of the bowels. A large majority of the typhoid fevers in this country are caused by drastic cathartics and other injurious drugs, giveu in this and the intermittent form. If the above treatment is faithfully carried out, the cases of typhoid fever in this country, will be comparatively few. 8b Infantile Remittent Fever. Children, from birth to the fifth or sixth year, are liable to at- tacks of this fever. Its attack may be similar to that of adults, but generally it is more gradual in its approach when it attacks children, yet it may commence without any perceptible warning. The first evidence being a fever, more or less severe, but more generally its approach is manifested by premonitory symptoms, such as the fol- lowing. The child is fretful and thirsty, the breathing becomes short and frequent, the lips are dry and parched, the hands are hot, the head is hot and painful, and the pulse frequent, often as high as one hundred and twenty per minute. The sleep is disturbed, the patient is restless, and where there is a predisposition to nervous disease, the patient will have convulsions. The appetite is generally deficient, yet a child will often nurse the breast greedily, but it is not from hunger, but to allay the thirst. The bowels are generally cos- tive, the tongue is coated, at first white, which as the disease advan- ces, may assume a yellowish hue. In some cases the bowels may be inclined to a diarrhoea, with slimy, mucous discharges. If the child is of a sanguine, nervous temperament, it will be inclined to be drow- sy, or to a morbid drowsiness. There may be paroxysms and remis- sions, the same as that affecting adults. As the disease advances, each paroxysm becomes more protracted and severe, the heat becomes more intense, the thirst more urgent, the pulse increases in frequency, often running as high as 140 per minute; the face becomes more flushed, the head symptoms increase, and the child will pick at its nose or lips. The bowels become more irritable, the discharges more frequen,t either greenish or dark colored, or in some cases, the dis- charge may be mixed with blood, and more or less fetid, or there may be worms in the discharge. The stomach frequently becomes irri- table, with nausea and vomiting. In some instances, the remissions are distinct; in other instances they are of short duration and fol- lowed by fever, which always increases as night approaches. In some cases the child becomes dull or stupid. If the disease is suffered to continue, the brain will become affected, which will be manifested by the child tossing its hands above its head, and occa- sionally screaming, with intolerance to light or sound. The scream- ing is of that peculiar nature that when once heard, it can readily be recognized ever after. The remissions may occur twice a day, morning and evening, when the patient may become comparitively cool, and feel tolerably comfortable, but only for a short durations when all the previous symptoms will again be realized. The 84 paroxysms are always more severe at night, and may be attended with more or less delirium. In some instances the child may lay in a morbid drowsiness or semi-conscious state, from which it is not easily aroused. Causes—The causes of this fever are similar to that affecting adults, but may be roused into action by the irritation of teething or worms, or indigestible food may cause the lurking enemy to rouse up. Great care should be exercised in discriminating this from Inflamma- tion of the Brain. Prognosis—In this disease, when properly treated, the progno- sis is most always favorable, and will generally yield to treatment in a few days, unless there are some complications or previous ailments which may render the case more critical, but in all cases the treat- ment should be adapted to the peculiarities of the case. Treatment— The treatment should be governed by the age and condition of the patiemt. If the patient is three or four years old, and the bowels are costive, the treatment should be commenced by giving a dose of Castor Oil and Turpentine. If the child is four or five years old, give a teaspoonful of oil and 4 or 5 drops of Turpentine. Give it with a little simple syrup, and should it not move the bowels thoroughly, in three or four hours, then give broken doses every hour until it does; then treat the case as directed for adults. Give the Fever Drops and Diaphoretic Powders one hour and a half apart alternately, that is, each every three hours, and a dose of the Com- position and Nerve tea between each dose of the drops and powders; that is, give the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart. The dose of the medicine should be in proportion to the age of the patient. For a child of the above age, should be as follows: The dose of the drops should be from six to eight drops in a little water, or warm catnip, or peppermint tea. The dose of the powder should be from three to four grains in either of the above teas, sweetened, or in a little warm sweetened water. The dose of the Composition and Nerve tea should be from a teaspoonful to two-thirds of a tablespoon- ful. This should be given warm also. As soon as there is a re- mission of the fever, then omit the tea, and give three doses of the Blue powders. Give a dose between each dose of the drops and powders, the same as the Composition tea. As soon as the three doses of the powders are taken, then resume the tea again, and con- tinue until the next remission, then give three doses of the blue powders as directed, and so continue, until the disease is subdued. If there should be a determination to the brain, add 10 or 15 drops of tincture of Belladonna, to four ounces of water, and give the fever drops in one-half teaspoonful of the solution, and apply warm mus- 85 lard poultices to the feet and all along the spinal column, and let them irritate freely, or as long as the patient can bear it, with cold applicatons to the head, as follows: Take equal parts of good cider vinegar and water. To a pint of the above add a large tablespoonful of salt, then saturate cloths with it, and keep constantly applied to the head, changing it as often as it gets warm. The bowels should be kept loose, by giving a cathartic every other day, if necessary. If the Composition and Nerve tea should be too hot or strong for the patient, then omit the Composition and give the Nerve tea alone, or give the following tea : Pleurisy root, pulverized li oz. Skunk Cabbage root, pulverized 1 oz. Black Cohosh root, pulverized 1 oz. Blue Bell root, pulverised 1 oz. Prickly Ash bark, pulverized i oz. Sassafras bark, pulverized i oz. Virginia Snake root i oz. Mix, and to one tablespoonful of the powder add one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then sweeten, if desired, and give as directed for the Composition and Nerve tea. 86 Enteric or Typhoid Fever. This disease is known or called by a variety of names, such as Enteric Fever, Typhoid Fever, Typho-Malarial Fever, etc., each author adopting a name to suit his peculiar views of the disease, or according to its symptoms or locality. In some localities and some seasons of the year, it is of frequent occurrence, and it has carried terror and dismay wherever it has made its desolating visitation, bid- ding defiance to the combined efforts of the so styled Regular, or common practice, to stay its progress or moderate its ardor. In a majority of .the cases, the treatment has been worse than useless, from the fact that in many instances it has protracted the case, and rendered the disease more malignant, as the patient's constitution had to fight both the disease and medicine, which accounts for the great mortality which has always attended that practice. Under such circumstances it is a natural consequence that it would cause humanity to quake at the thoughtof such a relentless monster, which alike attacks the rich and the poor. All are subject to its desolating power, while the profession have been as useless spectators, power- less in the hands of the enemy., which has traversed the country like the giant of iron, with grim and sullen majesty, sparing neither age nor sex, but grinding under its iron heel all with which it comes in contact, and dealing its deadly blows to all within its grasp. It has sent to premature graves its thousands, and tens of thous- ands, annually, and yet, in the face of this terrible truth, those men, who boast so much about their great skill, and that they have learned from the fountain head of knowledge, are powerless. They are not only powerless, but a great detriment to the sick, as their treatment aids the disease in its work of death, by opposing vital action. Thanks be to the God of science that he has not withheld the light of science from those that would receive it, and that he has opened its portals to the wise and prudent, and to those th*fc would seek truth for the benefit of suffering humanity, and not for selfish or despotic motives. Science came unto her own, but they received her not; their eyes were closed by false teaching, so that they could not see the light; their ears were closed against hearing the truth, and con- sequently they could not hear; their hearts were closed against the plaintive cries of the suffering, who looked to them for aid and com- fort, a thing they were often powerless to give, and their mental horizon was so obscured by false teachings and selfish motives, that they could not hearken to the teachings of science. The patient has got to submit to a certain routine of treatment, because their books 87 and teachers say so. Right or wrong, the clique has got to be sus- tained, no matter how many lives are sacrificed by it. Their conduct towards other men who are more successful in relieving suffering humanity than they are, demonstrates the above fact beyond the pos- sibility of successful contradiction. As soon as a man's soul becomes moved by the cries of the afflicted, and he determines to seek light and learn lessons from the school of common sense, and the light of science, and begins to cure disease upon rational principles and with- out letting it run its course, thereby greatly reducing the mortality. As soon as those bombastic pretenders learn the fact, they array themselves against him and brand him with their own name, Quack, and say all manner of things against him which they dare not meet honorably and publicly, but like the superstitious Jew, they cry, "Away with him, our craft is in danger; he will lead the people away from us, and our fallacy will be exposed, and our kingdom will be taken from us." Those common sense men and women who are curing the people must be suppressed. We must have despotic laws to prevent them from practice, and codes of ethics to prevent our disciples from meeting them in consultation, lest they should learn of those disciples of science, and their eyes should become open and they renounce our craft. Therefore we must resort to every means within our power to crush those individuals out, by appealing to the legislature to aid us, and have tyrannical codes; and if that should fail, then as a last hope, personal invec ive, and slanderous accusa- tions must be brought against them, to blind the eyes of^the people, and ruin the reputation of any individual who will dare toinjuire our craft, or expose our fallacy or true inwardness." Now any rational individual whose intellect i,-j not entirely obscured by prejudice, will readily see that something is wrong, or they would come out and compare success with us before the world, and let the people learn the truth, and know why it is that they resort to such contemptible conduct. We have always been ready to meet any of those boastful pre- tenders in an open, fair and honorable comparison of sience or success. Now, that my honest readers may more fully understand the reason of their conduct, I will, by way of comparison, give you a sample of my success and of their bad success. I have never lost a case of this fever, in all my practice, which has been as extensive as any man's in the country, where I have been the first physician, and I have cured hundreds, taken out of the hands of those boastful pre- tenders, after they had doctored them for days or weeks, the patient gradually getting worse all the time, until their case was considered hopeless, before they would send for me. But by the light of science, 88 and the aid of nature's remedies, ninety-nine out of every hundred, were cured, and the disease controlled without running its course. It has never been my misfortune to meet a case oi this or any other form of fever, which I have not been able to control, and cure, in from one to seven days, or in its most malignant form, from seven to fourteen days; not one in a thousand running over from three to seven days. Prof. Bartholow, in his work on the practice of medicine, page 689, says, ' Typhoid Fever is an acute febrile affection, self- limited." Dr. Wilson, in his wjrk on Fevers, page 213, says, "The mean duration of Enteric Fever is from three to four weeks." On page 234, he says the treatment is based upon the knowledge that en- teric fever, like the other acute, infectious diseases, is of definite du- ration, and cannot be cut short, that is to say, cured by therapeutic measures." Again, on page 227, he adds, "There is no medi- cine or method of treatment by which Enteric Fever can be arrested, at present known." And P.of. Tanner says, " YTou may doctor a fe- ver, you cannot cure it." Oh, how these boastful pretenders love the people, but their money much morel Such humbuggery, deception and hypocrisy can not be found in any other class of men under the canopy of heaven, to want tyrranical laws to force students into their colleges, to learn how to humbug and deceive the people by keeping them ignorant of the facts, and pretending to doctor them for weeks or months, when, at the same time, they are powerless to cure or control the disease. They are aware that the people will get light, and not always stand such humbugging, consequently they are compelled to resort to such means to sustain themselves against more successful rivals. A thing having within itself the powers of truth and science, will be able to sustain itself against all opposition without tyranni- cal laws or codes to sustain it. In the succeeding pages I am offer- ing to suffering humanity a course of treatment, which, when properly applied, will disrobe the disease of its terror, and death of nine-tenths of its victims. Cause—The cause of this, as all other forms of fever, is a living germ, having a disease propagating power within itself. This will become evident when we examine the facts relative to its nature and origin. It may be, and frequently is, connected with a malarial ori- gin, especially when it prevails in a malarial section of country, but it may, and often does prevail, independent of any malarial matter, as it frequently prevails in seasons of the year, or in localities where a malarial atmosphere does not exist. When it is connected with a malarial cause or virus it has received the name of Typho-Malaria which is a combination of two separate Pathological Conditions! 89 The element of all germ life is morbid matter, without which, no germ matter can propagate or exist, as it cannot exist in healthy tissue, but where it finds a congenial element, there it locates, and there remains until it is sufficiently powerful to resist the vital powers; then we have that peculiar manifestation of symptoms known as Typhoid Fever. When the vital powers are performing their proper functions, then life and health are the result, and this accounts for certain individuals living in a malarial district for years, and never having the disease or being subject to contagious diseases, and resisting their influence. Those most susceptible of the disease are those whose constitutional powers are weak or sus- ceptible to morbid impressions. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms which warn us of the approach of this disease, are a sense of uneasiness, languor, general debility, a slight headache in the morning, with a general dullness of feeling and intellect, with a dullness of memory and general disin- clination to motion or exercise. The tongue is coated with a white fur, which gradually assumes a yellowish hue. As the disease advances, the appetite is deficient. Generally there will be more or less diarrhoea, especially in the morning. These symptoms may continue for several days before the patient experiences a chill. The chill may be very slight or it may be severe, owing to the malignancy of the virus, but it is invari- ably followed by a fever of more or less severity. The pulse increases in frequency until it reaches ninety or a hundred, and in severe cases, may run as hi?h as one hundred an! twenty. But as a general rule it runs from ninety to a hundred or a hundred and ten. The headache increases as the disease advances ; the eyes become dull and heavy and listless in expression. Pains are experienced in the back and limbs, with restlessness at night and disturbed sleep. There is sometimes bleeding at the nose. At this period or stage of the dis- ease the diarrhoea increases with a yellowish watery discharge; as the disease advances the symptoms become more marked. The pulse increases in frequency; is stronger and exhibits more of an inflam- matory action. The skin becomes hot and dry. The tongue is dry and red at the tip, the fur in the center begins to change from a white to a brown color. The bowels become tympanitic with pain in the right illiac region, which often gives a gurgling sound on pressure. Symptoms of pulmonary inflammation generally appears about this time; also an eruption appears on the abdomen about the eight or ninth day of the disease, consisting of small rose-colored spots which disappear on pressure. About the same time small vesicles will ap- pear upon the neck and chest, called sudamina. At this stage of the CO disease, the symptoms become more violent and in persons of a san- guine, nervous temperament, or those predisposed from formation of head to nervous disease, delirium will be present, with ringing in the ears. The eyes are red, the tongue dry and often cracked in the cen- ter and peels off, leaving the surface raw. The teeth become covered with a dark sordes. At this period of the disease the symptoms become changed and assume a more unfavorable aspect. The pulse becomes more feeble and frequent, with a low muttering delirium. The patient is inclined to slide towards the foot of the bed, there is subsultus tendinum (twitching of the tendons;, with involuntary discharges from the bowels. There may also be hemorrhage from the bowels, which greatly prostrates the patient. Petechia and vibices (small red and purplish spots,) are apt to make their appearance on the skin, about this stage of the disease, and in severe cases may terminate in ulceration. But when the disease is properly treated, many of these symptoms will not appear, and if the disease is properly man- aged, a favorable change will take place from the fifth to the seventh day, in ninety-nine out of every hundred cases. When about to terminate favorably, the countenance begins to brighten, the tongue to clean, the pulse becomes less frequent, soft and regular, and per- spiration appears, first on the forehead and neck, then extends to the body. The discharge from the bowels is less frequent, and more natural. When the disease is suffered to run its course, about the second or third week, symptoms of abdominal inflammation may occur, which is frequently caused from a perforation of the intestines, and the escape of their contents into the cavity of the abdomen, which is indicated by the severe pain in the abdomen, bilious vom- iting, and small, fluttering pulse, syncope and coldness of the ex- tremities. When the above symptoms manifest themselves, the case generally terminates fatally. Diagnosis—It may generally be detected in its approach by the diarrhoea, the dusky hue of the countenance, bleeding at the nose, coated tongue, stupor, and in some cases delerium and the rose col- ored eruption, the gurgling in the right illiac fosse, tympanites and the peculiar mus ,y smell when the skin is dry, and an acrid smell when moist. Prognosis—Mild cases, when properly treated, are generally free from danger, neither should the more severe cases be considered as necessarily fatal, as the patient will often recover when the case looks very unfavorable. What may generally be considered as un- favorable symptoms, are a constant delirium, a deep coma, or mor- bid sleep, stertorous breathing with nervous prostration, and 91 hemorrhage from the bowels. This should not always be considered a fatal indication, as the disease may often terminate favorably by hemorrhage from the bowels, as I have witnessed in several instances. When a fatal symptom, the pulse becomes feeble and intermittent, the bowels become tympanitic, with severe pain. All, or a greater portion of these symptqyns may occur and yet the patient recover. Treatment—There has been a vast amount written on the subject cf Typhoid Fever, and with the exception of what has been said in relation to the symptoms and pathological conditions of the disease, but little has been advanced giving any true light on the proper treatment of the disease. The greater portion of it has been guess work, and the world would have been vastly better off without it. The theories advanced have mostly been erroneous and have had the effect of blinding and misleading the student, and deceiving the peon'e. instead of taking a common sense view of the subject, and trf atinr it rationally. They have mystified the subject so as to blind tho understanding of their followers from seeing the right. They have'always considered it as being among the severer and most dangerous forms of disease, and the mortality which has always at- tended their practice, would naturally lead any one to believe it to De a very severe and fatal disease ; but notwithstanding their bad success, they have still continued to stick to their old fallacies, and denounce all who would honestly differ from them and seek the light of truth. If it were the good of humanity that actuated their conduct, they would have long since forsaken their fallacies and em- braced the light of science. But prejudice, bigotry and self-interest have ever held them bound unto their idols, the gods of error, which have always obscured their reasoning faculties against the light of truth. But notwithstanding their determined opposition against all liberal men who would have the soul to resist the ignorance and despotism, many sought the light, and became the benefactors and not the destroyers of their fellow men. Not being governed by the dictations cf any school or led by any clique, I have determined to publish facts, having the interest of humanity in view, and not the approbation or interest of any sect. My object is to give to the world the benefit of my long experience in the search of truth, that the afflicted may be benefitted thereby. The treatment should be governed by the condition of the patient. No harsh or drastic cathartics should be administered in a majority of cases. The only physic necessary, is a dose of Castor Oil and Spirits of Turpentine : for an adult, give a tablespoonful of the oil with 25 or 30 drops of Turpentine. This generally operates in three or four hours, but should it not operate, then give broken doses ©very 92 hour until it does; about a teaspoonful as directed abt ^ until the desired result is produced. At the same time, give a dose of the fever drops every three hours, 35 to 45 drops, and the Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of the fever drops, until the bowels move thoroughly. As soon as this is accomplished, then give the medicine as follows : Give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour apart, alternately, that is, each every three hours, and the Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders. Dose of the powders, 15 to 20 grains; that is, give the medicine three- fourths of an hour apart. Give the powders in warm catnip or peppermint tea. The patient's feet should be bathed every night, in warm water, as hot as he can stand it, adding a handful of salt and a shovelful of embers. Bathe for fifteen or twenty minutes. The dose of the Composition tea should be from one to two or three tablespoonfuls. It should be given warm and sweetened if desired. This course should be continued promptly until the fever abates, then as soon as there is a remission, omit the tea, and give three doses of the Blue powders in the place of the Composition tea. As soon as the three doses are taken, then resume the Com- position and Nerve Tea, until the next remission, then give three doses of the Blue powders, as directed above, and so continue until the disease is removed. Continue the above course for three days, then omit the Blue powders for three days, then give them three days, unless the disease should yield. If the above treatment is properly carried out, forty-nine out of every fifty, will yield about the fifth or seventh day. When the fever is high and the surface dry, the patient should be sponged all over with warm water made alkiline by the addition of one-fourth to one-half teaspoonful of soda. The surface should be thoroughly cleansed. This should be contin- ued every day until the fever or disease is removed. This should not be done when the patient is sweating, or the surface in a moist per- spiration, as the patient would be likely to take cold. If the stomach is irritable and rejects the medicine, then the following course of treatment should be adopted. Give the patient freely of the follow- ing Antiseptic tea. Marsh Mallow root, ground 1 oz. Peach leaves, ground 1 oz. Spearmint leaves, ground 1 oz. Peppermint leaves, ground 1 oz. Juniper berries, crushed $ oz. Mix. Add a large teaspoonful of the powder to one teacupful of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, twenty minutes from 93 the Composition and Nerve tea, and give the Diaphoretic powders in this tea. Thus, give a dose of the fever drops. In thirty minutes give a dose of this tea, one or two tablespoonfuls, then in thirty min- utes a dose of the Composition and Nerve tea, and in thirty minutes give a dose of the diaphoretic powders, that is, give the medicine thirty minutes apart. Where there are several different diseases 01 pathological conditions, different remedies will be required. If the above tea should not relieve the irritation and the nausea, and vomit- ing should continue, give the anti-emetic or black powder three 01 four times a day as directed in the treatment of Bilious Fever. Con" tinue this treatment until the disease is subdued, or if it should not yield to the above which, very seldom fails, but should it fail and the disease assume a more inveterate form, and the bowels become pain- ful and tympanitic, the tongue becomes covered with a dark browr fur and very dry and the patient is inclined to be delirious, then apply a large mustard poultice over the region of the stomach and bowels, and when it has irritated the surface freely, then remove it and apply a large poultice made of hops and bran" mixed with hot vinegar and water in equal parts. Change it as often as it becomes dry. The patient should be sponged once or twice a day with the fol- lowing stimulating and antiseptic wash, omitting the soda wash as above directed. Good Cider Vinegar ■£• pint. Water \ pint. Common Salt 1 tablespoonful. Capsicum, pulv, \ to \ teaspoonful. First heat the vinegar and water together, then add the salt and pepper, and let it simmer over a slow fire until the salt is dissolved, then take a sponge or flannel cloth, and dip it into the solution. Use it as warm as the patient can bear, or if the indications are unfavor- able, the patient should be thoroughly sponged every twelve hours, until relief is obtained. This constitutes one of the best stimulants, and antiseptic washes known. Should there be severe pain in the back or spinal column, this liniment should be applied two or three times a day, with a feather, thoroughly, over the region of the pain : Aqua Ammonia, strong 4 oz. Spirits Ether Nitrate 4 oz. Gum Camphor, pulverized 2 oz. Oil of Juniper 4 oz. Oil of Sassafras 4 oz. Oil of Cedar 4 oz. Chloroform 1 oz. Mix. Keep it in a well corked bottle, and apply as above direct- 94 ed. Should the bowels continue irritable, notwithstanding the treatment, and the tongue continues heavily coated and dry, I have seen the most marked relief from the use of the following. Under its use the tongue cleans off and becomes moist, and the irritation subsides, and the patient feels greatly relieved : Mucilage of Gum Arabic 1 oz. Balsam of Fir 1 dr. Mix, and shake well together. Dose for an adult, one-half to one teaspoonful; it should be given three times a day. Give it in the place of the anti-emetic tea. Give one dose in the forenoon, one in the afternoon, and one at bed time. If hemorrhage of the bowels should occur, either from ulceration of the bowels, or perforation of the intestines, prompt treatment should be brought to bear against it, and the following will afford relief in all cases where a cure is possible: Witch-hazel leaves, pulverized 1 oz. Bay berry bark, pulverized 1 oz. Geranium Mac root, pulverized 1 oz. Beth root, pulverized 1 oz. Licopus Yirginicus herb, pulverized 1 oz. Cinnamon bark, pulverized i oz. Mix. Add a large tablespoonful of the compound to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give one or two tablespoonfuls every half hour, or hour, until the hemorrhage ceases. At the same time give a dose of the Oil of Erigeron Cana- densis, eight or ten drops in a little sweetened water, or in some of the astringent tea. It should be given every half hour, or hour, as the case may require. The patient should be kept perfectly quiet, until the hemarrhage ceases. Sometimes a favorable turn of the disease is announced by a hemorrhage from the bowels, which will only require perfect quiet, to be enjoined with the above medicine, less frequently given. When it occurs from perforation of the in- testines, the result is generally fatal. Typhus Fever. This is a form of fever differing materially from the former type of fever, it being more of a nervous character, and is essentially a disease of the nervous, muscular and circulating systems, while Ty- phoid Fever is more generally a disease of the bowels, as well as of the nervous and muscular system. The first symptoms of Typhus are, a general prostration of the muscular and nervous systems; the patient will generally be conscious for several days previous to any further manifestation of the disease, of great nervous and muscular weakness. The pulse will be slower than natural, with a sensation of general prostration, or weakness. These are mostly the first symp- toms of which the patient will complain for several days, until a reaction occurs; but in the aged and enfeebled the reaction or fever may make only a slight or feeble resistance. Such patients may, at times, have a slight fever,'the reaction never being fully established unless by powerful stimulants. If the vital powers are not sustained nature will gradually yield to the powers that be, and the patient dip without further manifestations of the disease, but when it attacks the healthy or vigorous, it generally makes its regular appearance. Several years ago, we had an epidemic of it in this country, which proved very fatal under the so called Regular treatment. I treated quite a number of cases, including several hopeless cases, taken out of the hands of those regular quacksalvers, which I treat- ed with entire success, when, at the same time, the loss under those quacksalvers was from one-half to two-thirds of their cases. They were powerless in the hands of the disease; they could not stay its progress, or check its force. Under their treatment, few, if any, recovered, unless they had vital force sufficient to resist both their medicine and the disease. When they did recover, they generally lay from six to eight weeks, and in some instances as high as ten and eleven weeks, and a majority of those that did get up, did so with ruined constitutions, which was not the case with my patients. They had no disease left to remind them of my quackery, like the patients of those boastful pretenders or quacksalvers. I took the disease, myself, in one week after being called to save two of their hopeless cases, after they had been treated for six weeks, by two or three of those boastful pretenders. These cases had assumed an inveterate form; the smell was sickening, and my system became thoroughly saturated with the virus. In eighteen hours after the attack, my vital powers became so depressed that the organ of taste was so paralyzed that I could not taste the strongest tea of Lobelia, or Composition; I could drink it without experiencing the least nau- 96 sia, or other unpleasant sensation from it. The first intimation of the disease was a severe cutting pain in the knees. This soon ex- tended to my back, and was almost intolerable. In about twelve hours after the attack, the fever made its appearance, after which the pain subsided to some extent. I first thought of taking a cathar- tic, but from the severity of the attack, I soon came to the conclusion that it would be too slow, and that my case required more prompt means, so I concluded to take an emetic, so I commenced taking a strong tea of Lobelia and Boneset, alternating it with a strong tea of Composition and Nerve Powder. After taking it for several hours, I found that it would not reach the case, as it had no effect, the sen- sibilities being so blunted that it was powerless. I then determined, as a last hope of rousing the dormant powers, to take a vapor, or steam bath, which was soon put into operation as follows: I took one of the old-fashioned split bottomed chairs, and had a basin of hot water placed under it, first having a half dozen, or dozen small stone, heated hot. I then got into the chair, having on nothing but my night clothes, then had it surrounded with a blanket up to my neck, so as to confine the steam to my body, and every three or five minutes had one of the hot stone put in the basin of hot water. When the steam first struck my body, it felt very disagreeable, but as soon as a free perspiration commenced, I felt greatly relieved, aud that the vital power was again about assuming its controlling power. I used the Composition and Nerve tea freely while in the bath. As soon as perspiration was thoroughly established, and re- action took place, I was wiped thoroughly, all over, with a coarse towel. I then went to bed, and again took the Lobelia and Boneset tea, which soon caused thorough vomiting, which was continued until the stomach was relieved of all bilious matter. I then took a dose of the anti-bilious physic, which relieved the bowels, and roused the liver into action. After the emetic and cathartic had done their work, I was relieved of all pain and fever, and the obnox- ious odor had departed also, which had been very disagreeable. I rested well that night, and next day was able to be up and about, and made a speedy recovery. I did not let it run its course, as was the case under the Regular treatment, neither did I furnish the un- dertaker a job. Thus I disproved, by numerous cases, the utter fal- lacy taught in the schools, that it is a self-limited disease, and must run its course. Cause-This disease is evidently of germ origin, as neither heat, cold, filth, nor the decomposition of animal or vegetable matter can produce it. They can only act as auxiliary agents or feeders, but they have an independent origin. If it was not so, we would be 07 more or less liable to it all the time, which la not the case. Yet there may be an occasional case, which may appear from the pa- tient living in a filthy atmosphere, and being predisposed to that class of fevers. There is no doubt that it is carried in the air, and only locates where it finds a congenial element for its existence. Prophylactics—The only rational means of preventing its attack, is proper cleanliness, and keeping the system in as pure and healthy condition as possible, and avoid living in crowded and filthy apartments, and when exposed to the disease, use freely of the fol- lowing stimulating and antiseptic preparation : Good Cider Vinegar 4 oz. Common Salt, f to 1 teaspoonful. Capsicum i teaspoonful. Mix, and take one-half to a teaspoonful or more, three or four times a day, and if the patient's tongue is heavily coated, and dark, give three or four doses a day, until the tongue is clean, but do not give it close to the fever drops. Disinfectants should be used in the room where the patient sleeps, such as the Chlorate of Lime, or it is said, a few red onions cut in slices and kept in the sick room, will disinfect the room. They should be removed and buried every six or eight hours. Symptoms—The disease may make its attack suddenly, but more frequently it is preceded by premonitory symptoms. These consist of lassitude, or dullness of feeling, unpleasant taste in the mouth in the morning, with a dull headache, and more or less pain in the back and limbs, which is followed by a slight chill, which is generally of short duration. As the chill subsides, the fever makes its appearance; the skin becomes hot and dry, the heat is of a pun- gent, biting character, the pulse is full, and as a general thing, easily compressed, the tongue moist and covered with a white or yellowish fur. At times there may be nausea and vomiting; the bowels are generally costive; the face assumes a peculiar aspect, of a dusky hue, and inexpressive; the eyes are dull, yet expressive of suffering. As the disease progresses, the symptoms become more violent, the heat of the surface increases, the pulse becomes more frequent, ranging from 100 to 120, and never to 140, but in extreme cases it may run higher than 120. The respiration is feeble, and imperfect, as the back and lower part of the chest is dull on percussion. From the fourth to the eighth day, an eruption appears upon the surface, varying in color from a dusky, reddish brown, to purple or black. It is not elevated, neither does it disappear on pressure. It is of a petechial character, (livid spots). The tongue assumes a brown hue, and soon becomes dry and cracked open; the gums are 93 covered with a dark sordes; the urine is scanty and highly colored; the discharge from the bowels often becomes dark and very offensive A peculiar ammoniacal odor is exhaled from the body. About this time, nervous symptoms begin to manifest themselves, especially if the patient be a nervous subject, such as dizziness, confused vision, and deep stupor, which increases as the disease progresses. At times there will be violent delirium, which will take the place of the stupor. The patient becomes restless and sleepless, with great prostration; the patient more generally lies insensible, in a low, mut- tering delirium, picking at the bed clothes, or at imaginary objects. There are often twitching of the muscles, hiccough, and in some cases, involentary discharges from the bowels; insensibly sliding towards the foot of the bed. When these symptoms occur, the pa- tient may be considered in a very critical situation, and death gen- erally closes the scene, the patient gradually sinking. Evidence of recovery—When this takes place, it is generally announced by a discharge from the bowels, or some other organ; the fever will gradually decline, the pulse become more soft and regular; the countenance assumes a more natural appearance, the skin will become moist, and the patient more natural, with evident signs of returning health, which will generally take place about the fifth or seventh day, if the case is properly treated. Treatment—In treating this disease, great care should be taken to avoid all means which would weaken or debilitate the pa- tient, by medicine or any other means. In the management of this disease, there are several indications to be met. The first rational step is to thoroughly cleanse the stomach and bowels of all morbid matter. The second is to neutralize the remaining morbid material, which may remain in the system, and the third, is to aid nature in restoring a healthy action. To fill the first indication, we should give a thorough emetic of a strong tea of two parts of Boneset, and one part of Lobelia. As soon as this has operated thoroughly, and the stomach settled, then give a cathartic, and none will fill the in- . dications better than a dose of the anti-bilious physic; for an adult, give one teaspoonful of the powder in two or three tablespoonfuls of warm water, sweetened well. Let the patient drink grounds and all. Should it not operate sufficiently in five or six hours, then give one-fourth of a teaspoonful of the powder, mixed in a little water, every hour until it does. Caution should be exercised in giving an emetic to some patients, as there are certain individuals whose con- stitutional peculiarities cause them to be very hard to operate by an emetic. Such patients should drink freely of warm water, or warm Composition and Nerve tea. Where the patient objects to &J taking an emitic, or where they are too weak, in such cases, when the patient is full of morbid matter, I have pursued the following course of treatment, with excellent results : First, administer a ca- thartic of antibilious physic, then, in severe cases, continued by first giving a dose of the Fever drops, 35 to 45 drops in a little water, and then in thirty minutes, a dose of the following Diaphoretic tea: Hoarhound leaves, ground 1 oz. Blessed Thistle leaves, ground 1 oz. Boneset leaves, ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal leaves, ground 1 oz. Peppermint leaves, ground 1 oz. Spearmint leaves, ground 1 oz. Catnip leaves, ground 1 oz. Mix thoroughly, and add one tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, warm, then in thirty minutes after the above tea, give a dose of the Composition and Nerve tea, two or three tablespoonfuls warm; thirty minutes after this tea, give a dose of the Diaphoretic powders, and so continue until the stomach is filled with the medicine, which will frequent- ly cause the patient to vomit freely, without the aid of any other medicine; but should it not be sufficient to unload the stomach, then to every other dose of the Green, or Diaphoretic tea, add one-third to one-half teaspoonful of the Sudorific powders, which are prepared thus: Pleurisy Root, pulverized lioz. Blue Bell Root, pulverized 1 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root, pulverized 1 oz. Crawly Root, pulverized 1 oz. Cream of Tartar 1 oz. Prickly Ash Bark, pulverized i oz. Virginia Snake Root, pulverized i oz. Lobelia Herb, pulverized i oz. Mix. Dose as above directed. After the patient vomits freely, then only give three doses a day, but should it fail to produce free vomiting, then give it every time the Green tea is given. As soon as the desired effect is produced, then only give it three times a day, or in ordinary cases, it may be omitted altogether. But when the pa- tient is prostrate and delirious, then it should not be omitted, as it will aid greatly in equalizing the circulation and removing the delir- ium. I have restored many patients to consciousness in a few hours after all hope was given up. If the liver should become locked, give a dose of the Liver pills at night, omitting the Diaphoretic and 100 Sudorific powders, until the pilla operate, then resume them again. The patient's feet should be bathed every night, in warm water, as hot as the patient can bear, adding a handful of salt and a shovelful of ashes. Where the patient is too weak for this, then put a large mustard draught to the feet and ankles, and also along the spinal column; let them irritate freely. The patient should be thoroughly sponged, twice in every twenty-four hours, with the above antiseptic wash. - The above treatment I only used in those desperate cases which I took out of the hands of those quacksalvers. I had one case which lay unconscious, with the death hiccough, for forty-eight hours. I pushed those medicines until they caused thorough vomit- ing, and then gave the patient, in connection with the Composition and Nerve tea, equal parts of Capsicum and Lobelia seeds, pulver- ized, every three hours. I gave it in six to eight grain doses, which had the desired effect, after all other means had failed. The pa- tient was a man about 65 years old, and of feeble constitution, yet those means rescued him from the jaws of death. In ordinary cases I do not treat the case so energetically, but give the emetic aa above directed, if necessary, and a cathartic; then after they have operated, I give the fever drops and Diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, alternately, and the Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of powders and drops, and if a remission should occur, I then give the Blue powders as in any other case of fever. Meeting the indications as they arise, the above will cure all ordi- nary cases. Typho-Malarial Fever. This is a complicated form of Typhoid fever and Intermittent, or Malarial fever connected. It generally prevails in malarial districts, or when the atmosphere is highly impregnated with malarial germ, which gives rise to the combination. But as the symptoms partake of both Typhoid and Intermittent, the disease can readily be recog- nized, and it will not require a separate description. The only ma- terial difference being in the Malarial symptoms, which give to the disease more of a periodical character, with other symptoms indica- ting the nature of the disease. There is no disease but what is more or less under the law of periodicy, and governed by the law of posi- tive and negative action, which governs all animated nature ; conse- quently the only essential difference is, it assumes a little more of a periodical character, and will require a little freer use of anti-periodics. Fever is always and essentially the same, the result of a cause, a reactive or antagonistic force, and is governed or controlled by 101 that force or cause. Morbid matter is the same, only differing ac- cording to the cause or agent producing it. It is the opposite of health and opposed to vital action, consequently the indications in all cases, are the same, that is, to neutralize the virus or septic matter which is obstructing a physiological law or function; therefore the treatment should be strictly antiseptic in its nature, thereby aiding nature, and not opposing her. Morbid or septic matter can not exist in a healthy organization, and multiply, without something to subsist upon. By the above principles I have been governed for over forty years, and my success has been without a parallel in the history of medicine, therefore I am not doing as most other authors, giving a supposition, or guess work, but reliable facts, such facts as will give a success if properly carried out, which has never been at- tained before. I have endeavored to be as plain as possible, in giving directions, so that any person with ordinary judgment could manage those cases. Treatment—This should be essentially the same as Typhoid fever, only a more careful watch for Periodic symptoms, which will require to be met by the Blue or Tonic powders, and in some cases, if the bowels are loose, it will be necessary to give a dose of Castor oil and spirits of Turpentine, to remove morbid accumulations in them. Inflammatory Fever. This is a grade or form of fever, differing from all others in some particulars, in being of a higher grade of action; it generally comes on suddenly, attended with great irritation and vascular action, and prevails mostly in the winter and spring seasons, when the weather is changeable. It is not of frequent occurrence, yet I have known it to prevail very extensively in certain sections of country, and when under what is called the Regular practice, it proved very fatal, when, at the same time, I was treating it without a loss. Symptoms—The attack generally comes on with some of the same premonitory symptoms or warnings which precede the other forms of fever. Its approach is announced by a chill or sense of coldness, with lassitude, debility, etc. The premonitory stage is always short and followed by a universal heat of the whole system. There is a headache, with more or less pain in the back and limbs; the pulse is full and strong, ranging from 80 to 100 per minute; the face is flushed and turgid ; the eyes are sometimes red, and sensitive to light { Vie temples and carotid arteries throb; the breathing is hurried and labor- ious; the mouth and throat become dry, and the desire for cold water 102 almost intolerable; the skin is hot and dry, and of a reddish hue; the tongue is covered with a white fur in the center; there is a ringing in the ears, at times; the bowels are generally costive, the urine scanty and highly colored. There are remissions in this as in all other forms of fever, but less perceptible and of shorter duration. The pa- tient will generally feel better in the morning, and worse toward evening or at night. If this fever is properly treated, it will gener- ally terminate in from three to seven days. Certain temperaments are more liable to this form of fever than persons of a different tem- perament, the sanguine and nervous being most subject. In such subjects, the inflammatory symptoms will generally run high. In such patients there will be a strong tendency to delirium, especially at night. It is a natural tendency of all diseases to get worse at night. Causes—The causes which generally give rise to this fever, are colds and sudden changes in temperature, high solar heat, too free use of alcoholic stimulants, excessive labor, especially in hot weather, drinking too much cold water when the body is overheated by exer- cise or violent passions. Injuries are among the general causes, but the most frequent among the causes are colds and exposure to a se- vere, cold, damp, chilly atmosphere, hence it generally prevails through the winter and spring seasons, yet there is no period in which an individual is not liable to the disease, or exempt from it, provided there exists a congenial atmosphere, or they are exposed to the general causes likely to produce it. But all of these are only exciting causes, and can not produce the disease of themselves. There is a primary cause back of all the above causes, which is a living germ. The above causes only derange the functions or laws of health, which affords a favorable opportunity for the latent enemy, or living animalcule to develop, or manifest its power. None of the causes of themselves are capable of generating the disease. If such were the case, the disease would be of more frequent occurrence, but it requires a combination of causes to produce it, as germ life cannot exist, only in a congenial element. Treatment—The first indication in this form of fever is to cleanse and relax the system, and equalize the circulation. In the first place, if the bowels are costive, give a cathartic of the antibil- ious physic; bathe the feet well every night in warm water, adding the salt and ashes. At the same time give the Fever drops and Composition and Nerve tea ; give them one hour and a half apart, alternately, until the physic operates, then give the Fever drops and Diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart, alternately, and the Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders. The cause of all fevers being essentially the same in nature, that is 103 a septic matter, or poison, the treatment should be antiseptic, or such as will neutralize or destroy that septic poison. This is the grand secret, and the key to a successful treatment of all forms of fever. If the patient should complain of a severe headache, apply a large mustard plaster to the back of the neck, and to the feet and ankles. If there is nausea or vomiting, give the Compound Peach Leaf tea aud Charcoal powders, as directed in the treatment of other fevers. With the above course of treatment, varied to meet the in- dications, I have never failed to control this form of fever in from three to seven days. The bowels should be kept regular, and if the liver is locked, as indicated by the yellowish appearance of the eye and skin, then a few doses of the liver pills should be given to arouse it. As a tonic, give the Blue powders in the intermission, as direct- ed under the treatment of other forms of fever. Continued Fever. This name is used to designate a form of fever, not common in this country of late years, but there is an occasional case. In a strict sense of the word, there is no such a thing as Continued fever, as all fevers are more or less paroxysmal, having paroxysms and re- missions, but the remissions are less distinct in this form than any other; it runs a more continuous course, which has given rise to its name. As a distinct form of fever, I have known it to prevail al- most as an epidemic, in certain localities, affecting a number of the inhabitants. Under the so called Regular treatment, where Calomel was made the sheet anchor, it proved very fatal, but under a more rational and common sense treatment, it was not difficult to treat. I have always treated the disease with complete success, and I have taken a large number of cases from the hands of those boastful pre- tenders. Two wrongs can never make one right; the disease being opposed to nature, and an enemy to vital action, and their treatment also being opposed to life and health, the patient has two enemies to contend against. Under such circumstances, any rational individual could not expect success to crown his labors, but for the undertaker to reap a rich reward. Such results will not follow a rational practice, and the treatment recommended in this book being in harmony with the physiological laws, and common sense, the result of the treat- ment will be vastly different, and success will attend in all curable cases, and cure thousands where the others fail. Causes—The causes which give rise to this fever are of a spe- cific character, and differing in some respects from all other causes; 104 consequently we have this peculiar type called Continued Fever. It may be both of a malarial and germ origin, but it may, and often does prevail where there is no malarial atmosphere. Symptoms—The term Continued, as being applied to this or any other form of disease, is a mis-nomer. As already stated, there is no disease but what is governed by the law of periodicity; that is, it is governed by paroxysms and intermissions. In some forms of the disease the paroxysms are not as distinct as in others, yet they can be easily distinguished, as there are regular exacerbations and re- missions, at certain periods of the disease ; the remissions occurring generally in the morning, and the exacerbations in the evening, or at night. The premonitory symptoms which indicate the approach of this fever bears a strong resemblance to other forms of fever; the pa- tient feels weak and languid; tl ere is a general apathy and dullness of the whole system, a disagreeable taste in the mouth in the morning, a dull headache, with more or less aching in the back and limbs. These symptoms may continue for several days, until the disease is fully announced by a chill or a sense of coldness, lassitude, restless- ness and tension, with confusion of the brain, oppressed and anxious breathing, a fullness and frequency of the pulse. The tongue is covered with a white, clammy coat, the stomach is generally deranged, which is indicated by the nausea or vomiting. This condition may exist from a few minutes to an hour or two, when the fever mani- fests itself; first by flashes of heat, continuing to increase until it becomes universal. The pulse becomes more frequent, full and strong, the face is flushed, and the temporal and carotid arteries throb. The patient now complains of excessive headache, and in- creased thirst. The tongue soon changes from a white to a dark, or brown coat, the skin is hot and dry, the urine is highly colored, the bowels mostly costive, differing in this respect from Typhoid fever. The patient often experiences intolerance of lij.ht and sound. As the disease advances, delirium supervenes; there is great prostration of muscular power, and an almost unconsciousness of passing events, which may be alternated with a morbid drowsiness; at other times there may be an unusual wakefulness. When the disease is not properly treated, it may run several weeks, or until the vital powers are exhausted. Treatment—The first thing to be done is to cleanse the stomach and bowels from all morbid matter by giving a cathartic of the anti- bilious physic, or a dose of the Liver Pills. As soon as the bowels are thoroughly moved, then treat this as all other forms of fever. The same principle that governs in one, should guide us in all. After the physic operates, or before, put the patienfs feet in warm water, as hot as he can bear it, adding the salt and ashes, letting the feet 105 remain in the bath for twenty or thirty minutes. At the same time grive the Fever Drops, and Composition tea, until the physic oper- ates. Give them one hour and a half apart, alternately. After the physic operates, then give the Fever Drops and Fever Powders, one hour and a half apart, alternately, and Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of the drops and powders, until there is a remis- sion, then give three doses of the Blue Powders, one hour and a half apart, in place of the Composition and Nerve tea. As soon as they are taken, then give the tea again until the next remission then give the Blue Powders again, as above directed, and thus con- tinue for three days; then omit the Blue Powders for three days, but continue the other medicine; after which give the Blue Powders three days, and so continue until the disease yields. The bowels should be kept regular with Castor oil and Turpen- tine, given every other night. The patient should be bathed once a day with the Antiseptic wash of vinegar, salt and pepper, which will cleanse and stimulate the surface. The wash should be made thus: Take equal parts of good cider vinegar and water, one pint; of salt, a tablespoonful; Cayenne pepper, one-half teaspoonful; heat it until the salt is dissolved, then wash the patient all over the lower extremities, then the arms and the body. This will both stimulate and cleanse the surface, and invigorate the patient, and through its antiseptic properties, ic will neutralize the virus which is thrown to the surface. I h*v* ai.:o had the patient to use it internally, where the tongue was dry aid heavily coated with a dark or yellowish fur, this would stimulate *".he salivary gland ; for this purpose I have made it as fol- lows : tak<* equal parts of good cider vinegar and water one teacup- ful, add one-fourth to one-third teaspoonful of Capsicum, and one teaspoonful of salt, stir until the salt is dissolved then give the pa- tient one-half to one teaspoonful of the mixture three or four times a day. This will not only stimulate the glands but relieve the thirst— It should not be given close to the fever drops, but it can be given fif- teen or twenty minutes from the other medicine, as it is not incompati ble with any of the other medicine. I have been called to see patients with this disease after they had been drugged until they scarcely knew whether they were an inhabitant of this world or some other planet. In such cases, I commenced the treatment by first giving the fever drops, 35 to 40 drops, followed in thirty minutes by the Sudorific or Green tea, then in thirty minutes a dose of Composition and Nerve tea and then in thirty minutes a dose of the Diaphoretic or fever powder, that is, I ordered the medicine to be given every half hour, and had the pa- tient sponged every twelve hours well with the antiseptic wash, and applied hot applications to the feet, and mustard plasters along the 106 spinal column until it irritated freely. If the patient was delirious I alternated the Sudorific powder with the Green or sweating tea; that is, I give the powders every three hours in the place of the Green tea. But in some severe cases I give the Sudorific powders every three hours in the Green tea, warm. This would sometimes cause vomiting, greatly to the relief of the patient. In those inveterate cases, the medicine should be given every half hour. With the above treatment, I have saved scores which would evidently have passed from time. If the bowels are costive move them with cas- tor oil and turpentine. Relapsing Fever. This form of fever seldom occurs in this section of the country. I have seen a few cases which throughly resembled it, and as this work will in all probability circulate in sections of the country where it does prevail, I have thought a description would not be out of place, as this work is intended as a reliable guide both for th profession and the people. In my description I will quote from Dr. Potter's Compend of Practise. He says: that "This disease arises from a specific cause and is characterized by a succession of periodi- cal attacks of fever, apparantly alternating with complete con- valescence." Symptoms, Course, etc.—The attack is generally sudden, when the patient is in health. He is seized in the morning, or in his daily avocation, with rigors, more or less severe chilliness, attended with flashes of heat of the skin. After a time the rising fever is accom- panied with a severe Frontal or Occipital headache, with pain in the back and limbs, and a frequent pulse. The tongue is dry and covered with a slight milky looking fur, the bowels are generally costive, though a diarrhsea is sometimes one of its first symptoms. The urine is highly colored, no appetite, and considerable thirst. The breath- ing is fuller, stronger and more frequent than natural. The coun- tenance depressed, often anxious, and the sleep either disturbed or entirely gone. In the second stage all the symptoms are aggravated, the skin hot and dry. The pain in the back increases and the patient com- plains of severe muscular soreness, so that he refuses to change his position; for fear the pain will be augmented. The tongue has a brown coat in the center while the tip and edges are parched and red. The heat of the skin increases to 100 and sometimes to 107, indicating great inflammatory action. By the second or third day the heart beats 100 or 120 and sometimes as high as 130 to the minute in adults which is highly characteristic of the disease, the urine is scanty and 107 highly colored and often voided with difficulty. The thirst is urgent, nausea and vomiting of a greenish substance are among the symp- toms. Epigastric tenderness is constant and pressure over the region of the spleen shows tenderness of that organ. There are slight eve- ning exacerbations, and morning remissions very perceptible. A sweating comes on after a period varying from five to ten days, which is preceded by a high exacerbation of fever, and the patient sweats very profusely twelve to thirty-six hours. The fever appears to have entirely abated and the patient feels himself perfectly well. This is a most remarkable change; in the morning the pulse may have been 130, the skin hot and dry, the head throbbing. In the afternoon the pulse is reduced to 60, with a cool skin and the patient is entirely free from pain. The next day the patient appears well, has an appetite, the strength improves and all things denote a perfect convalescence. From the fifth to the ninth day from the sweating crisis, the patient is again suddenly seized with severe vomiting of a green, bitter fluid with headache, followed quickly by a hot skin, rapid pulse, furred tongue, confined bowels, and perhaps delirium precisely as he was at first. After this condition continues from two to five days, he is again bathed in a very profused perspiration, and the next day convales- cent. Thus the patient may suffer from three to seven of these at- tacks, the third attack may and often does prove fatal. Complications—Gastric irritation is the most frequent. This of- ten amounts to a little more than nausea or slight vomiting, with occa- sional tenderness at the Epigastrium. Sometimes the nausea and vomiting are excessive and constant for several days when anything is swallowed, and pressure over the stomach is intolerable. At first the Egesta is mere fluid taken to allay the thirst, afterward bile, blood and black vomit. Jaundise is another complication peculiar to this fever appearing on the third or fourth day. It lasts from one to two weeks without interfering with the progress of the fever. This bile, however produced, is not occasioned by obstruction or congestion and the billiary apparatus, for the stools retain their natural color, of the urine is frequently loaded with bile. Moreover the post mortem shows that the Ductus Communis is open in all cases where jaun- dise is present at death. Catarrhal symptoms are common in winter, and among children Pneumonia and Pleurisy occasionally accompany the relapse. Pete- chia (purple spots) are now and then present, an eruption resemb- ling flea bites is sometimes seen, different from that of typhoid by being flattened, and readily disappearing under pressure. Comatose symptoms supervene in old people in whom there is suppression of urine. Delirium is now and then observed after critical discharges. Anatomical Character—None have been pointed out. The 10S most constant lesion is enlargment of the spleen. Pale, yellowish, pink masses of variable size and firm to the touch, friable with a slight granular fracture are found in the spleen. A slight excess of scum is found beneath the arachnoid membrane, and in the lateral ventricles of the brain the blood is rarely found fluid,generally buffy. The liver is generally large, and the gall bladder contains consider- able thick dark bile. Cause—This, like all other forms of fever, has a cause peculiar to itself, and is governed by that cause. The cause being a specific virus which has the controlling power over morbid action, and forms the peculiar type of the disease. There is considerable resemblance in many respects between this and all other forms of fever. Yet in other respects they differ materially in their location and effects, The specific cause being a living animalcule or germ, which has the power of obstructing a physiological action, thereby generating disease and shaping it according to its own peculiar nature or character. Treatment—The great principal which should govern us in the treatment of this as all other forms of disease, is to remove the cause by first neutralizing its septic power and aid nature in exter- minating it from the system, and in reestablishing a healthy action, as morbid material cannot exist and multiply in healthy tissue. To fill the first indication, if the bowels are costive, give a dose of the an- tibilious physic which is made as follows: Take Best Pulverized Senna, 2 oz. Julap Pulverized, 1 oz. Cloves Pulverized, 1 dr. Mix dose for an adult, one teaspoonful of the powder to two or three tablespoonsful of warm water, sweeten it well, let it get cold and then drink growns and all. If this should not operate in five or six hours, then give the fourth of a teaspoonful of the powder mixed in a little water sweetened as above every hour until it does; at the same time give the fever drops every three hours in 35 to 45 drop doses, or in some cases it may be given 40 to 50 drops in a little water; also give the nerve and composition tea every three hours alternately with the fever drops until the bowels move freely. Then give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, that is, give each every three hours and give a dose of the nerve an 1 composition between each dose of the drops and powders. The nerve and composition tea should be prepared thus: Take equal parts of nerve and composition powders and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give two or three tablespoon- fuls of the tea, warm as directed above. If there should be much 109 gastric irritation, give the fever powders and fever drops in the compound peach leaf tea, and let tne patient take the following Antiemetic powder: Take Prepared Charcoal 2; ar. Elm Bark Pulv. 1 ar. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix and divide into 15 or 20 doses. Give them in the peach leaf tea also; this powder is both antiemetic and antiseptic. At the same time apply a large mustard poultice over the region of the stomach and let it irritate freely. Sponge the patient off once a day with the antiseptic wash of vinegar, pepper, and salt as heietjfore directed, and bathe the feet every night in warm water, adding salt and ashes. As soon as there is a remission give the blue powders as di- rected in the treatment of intermittent fever, and so continue until the first paroxysm is over; then resort to prophylactics or pre- ventatives, so as to prevent a recurance of the disease. The fol- lowing will be found to answer the purpose admirably: Take Comp. Tincture of Cinchona 2 oz. Tinct. of Black Cohash 1 oz. Tinct. Gelseminum 1 oz. Elixir Viteral £ oz. Sulphate of Quinine 1 dr. First mix the quinine and elixir together until the quinine is dis- solved, then add the other articles. Dose for an adult, 35 to 40 drops in water four times a day, one hour before each meal and on going to bed. To aid in restoring the liver and digestive organs give the black or digestive powder in half-teaspoonful doses well mixed in cold water three-fourths of an hour after each meal, and the following tonic tea three times a day between each meal, and after supper, one hour after Black or digestive powders. The tonic tea is made as follows: Take Black Alder Bark ground 1 oz. Golden Seal Root ground 1 oz. Colombo Root ground 1 oz. Wild Cherry Bark ground 1 oz. Bayberry Bark ground 1 oz. Yellow Poplar Bark ground 2 oz. Solomon Seal Root ground 1 oz. Mix, add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint or boiling water, steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then take two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea cold three times a day as directed above; the above forms a valuable alterative and tonic compound. Should the liver not respond to the above, as indicated by theyellow- ishness of the eye a,nd y«llow or brownish color of the tongue, then 110 give a few doses of the Liver Pills at night. The above course will restore a healthy action and aid in neutralizing the virus. Should the disease return treat it as directed in the first paroxysm, and so continue until the disease ia eradicated from the system. Congestive Fever. This is one of the most fatal of all forms of fever when not prop- erly treated, but under rational treatment the mortality is greatly diminished. The septic poison penetrates every portion of the sys- tem, sapping life at its foundation. The malignancy of the virus is often so great that the vital powers never react from the chill, the patient dying in the cold stage. The patient may die in the first chill but death occurs more frequently in the second chill. If they survive the first and second chill the third almost invariably proves fatal. Therefore every effort should be made to neutralize or destroy the septic poison at the commencement of the attack. The chill may last from one to three hours, when properly treated reaction or the fever occurs. It is not uncommon for intermittent fever to run into or assume the conjestive form when it is improperly treated or suffered to run its course; when this occurs the patient may die in the first chill or it may follow billious fever in a few days after the patient is convalescent. There are certain seasons or conditions of the atmosphere, when the septic poison has a greater tendency to assume the congestive form which is owing to the increased prevalence or malignancy of the virus in the atmosphere. When the atmosphere is known to be contaminated with a more malignant form of the virus the physician should always be on his guard ready for any emergency, as he knows not what minute an intermittent may assume a more malignant form and the life of his patient be sacrificed. When the air is impregna- ted with a more malignant form of the virus all forms of fever will have more or less of a tendency to assume a more malignant form and will not so readily yield to treatment, but will require a more vigerous and energetic course of treatment. Cause—The cause of this form of fever is evidently a septic poi- son homogeneous in its nature to that of intermittent fever, only more malignant in its character; it may exist independently of in- termittent, or may exist with it or follow an intermittent or remit- tent fever. Symtoms—The premonitory symtoms of this form of fever are nearly the same as precede all other fevers, but it may attack sudden- ly without any premonitory warning, or without giving any notice of its approach. The first indication of an attack is a sensation of Ill coldness, which soon extends over the whole system and rapidly in- creases until it results in a chill. The face and hands assume a livid hue, the features are shrunken and pinched, the expression anxious. the extremeties trunk, and even the breath is cold; the patient will complain of a deathlike coldness involving the entire system. There is a general sinking of the vital powers, at times there is a loss of consciousness rendering the patient unable to realize his condition; at other times there is great restlessness, the patient will walk the floor and complain of nothing but a feeling of uneasiness which will not permit him to rest, and a difficulty of breathing. With some pa- tients there will be great nervousness and muscular prostration. I once witnessed a case which followed an attack of billious fever. Several days after the fever had subsided and the patient conva- lescent I was called to see the patient again; upon entering the house I found my patient walking the room; he complained of nothing but a tightness across the chest and difficulty of breathing. The pulse had ceased to beat, there was a death like palor of the countenance, the extremeties were cold, and a general coldness per- vaded his whole system. In this condition I think he would have continued walking until the vital spark had withdrawn. I had him lie down as quickly as possible and surrounded him with hot applications and administered stimulents internally with friction to the surface; but it was all to no avail, in a little over thirty minutes the vital powers were extinct. This shows the uncertainty in the at- tack of this disease when it is prevalent in the air, therefore the phy- sician should always be on the alert ready to meet any emergency. In some instances the skin, instead of being cold and dry, will be bathed in a cold clammy perspiration. The tongue is mostly cold and dry, there is considerable tenderness in the epigrastric region with an intense desire for cold water. The pulse is generally small and irregular and sometimes corded, at other times it is feeble and fluttering or intermittent and frequent, sometimes running from 120 to 160 per minute. Reaction is generally slow or comes on gradually; at first the cold is alternated with a sensation of heat which is at first more agreeable than otherwise. The heat increases as the cold sub- sides until reaction is fully established. The fever or reactive stage may continue five or six hours and in some instances longer, the fever then slowly subsides as in an ordinary intermittent fever; as the fever declines perspiration appears first on the face and neck, then gradually extends to the body and extremities. This intermission may last eight or twelve hours, and if the treatment has not been ef- fectual the paroxysm will return with increased vigor, and do its work of death more effectually. Treatment—The indications to be met in this fever are plain. 112 The first thing to be done is to antidote the virus and render it powerljas, so that the vital powers may assume control and restore a physiological action; to do this, if called in the cold or early stage, at once pk.cs the patient's feet in a warm bath or put the patient in a warm bed and surround him with warm stones or brick, also put wcrm brick to the feet and legs, back and bowels, so as to convey as much heat as possible. The stone or brick should first be hot, and then wrapped in damp cloths; apply them hot as the patient can bear, at the same time give internally the composition and nerve tea every twenty or thirty minutes until the cold stage or chill is past. After the chill has subsided then bathe the entire surface, first the lower extremities then the entire surface. Continue the hot applications and composition and nerve tea until reaction is thoroughly establish- ed. The composition is made thus: Pleurisy Root Pulverized 12 oz. Blue Belle Root Pulv. 10 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root Pulv. 10 oz. Black CohO,sh Root Pulv. 8 oz. Bayberry Bark Pulv. 8 oz. Ginger Root Pulv. 8 oz. Sassafras Bark Pulv. 5 oz. Prickly Ash Bark Pulv. 4 oz. Cloves Pulv. 2 oz. Capsicum £ oz. Mix thoroughly. Infuse one large tablespoonful of the powder in one pint of boiling water, let it steep for twenty or thirty minutes and then give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm between each dose of the fever drops and fever or diaphoretic powders. The diaphoretic powders are prepared as follows: Pleurisy Root Pulverized 10 oz. Crawly Root Pulv. 8 oz. Nitrate of Potassa Pulv. 8 oz. Gum Camphor Pulv. 2 oz. Ipecac Pulv. 1 oz. Opium Pulv. i oz. Mix. Dose for an adult 15 to 20 grains every three hours and give the fever drops every three hours, that is one and one-half hours apart alternately, and give the composition and nerve tea between each dose of the powders and drops. Tnis course should be pursued after reaction is established until there is a remission, then give three or four doses of the blue powders between the fever drops and fever powders, omitting the composition and nerve tea until the blue pow- ders are given, then resume the tea again and continue the drops, tea and powders as above until the time for the chill is past, but 113 should the chill return, which will seldom be the case >f the above course of treatment is energetically carried out, but should it occur, then treat it as directed for the first chill. Should the patient fear the return of the chill, let him go to bed an hour or two before the time for the chill and wrap up warm with hot applications around him, and give the composition and nerve tea and the green or sudor- ific tea; give the medicine one-half an hour apart, that is, give a dose of the fever drops and in thirty minutes a dose of the composition and nerve tea. In thirty minutes after the composition give a dose of the green or sweating tea; then in thirty minutes after the sweat- ing tea give a dose of the diaphoretic powders, and so continue until the paroxysm is past, but should it return treat the case as above directed until there is another remission, then give the blue powders and treat the case as in the first remission. If the bowels should be constipated give a dose of oil and turpentine. Puerperal Fever. This is an inflammation of the peritoneal covering of the abdom- inal viscera and often involves the uterine organs. It is mostly con- fined to child-bed women yet it may effect those who have never been pregnant, but it is mostly confined to the puerperal state, and when it does prevail under the so styled regular treatment it is one of the mo3t fatal diseases to which child-bed women are subject, but under a more rational treatment it will seldom be fatal, as I have never lost a female in child-bed in all my long experience. This disease may often originate in the womb and extend to the bladder and peritoneal membrane, which I have often seen it do, thereby adding to the se- verity and danger of the disease. Cause—The cause, which generally gives rise to this disease, is im- proper management at confinement or from the want of proper care on the part of the nurse or attendant, or the patient herself during her critical period, or it may arise from taking cold during the men- strual period, or from strains, injuries or overexertion. If proper care and attention is given the patient previous to and during con- finement, the cases of this disease will be few and far between, as I have never met with but one or two cases where I was the attending physician. The cases which I have mostly had to treat come from the hands of other physicians. If women and nurses were properly educated as they should be and physicians understood their business, or the true principles of medicine, the cases or deaths of this disease would be few and far between. Symptoms—As a general thing the first symptom of this disease 114 Is a chilly sensation, followed in a few hours with a slight fever with pain and soreness in the region of the womb. When it follows con- finement the pain and fever indicate the approach of inflammation, and as the inflammation progresses the pain increases, the bowels be- gin to swell and become tense, the pulse increase in frequency, ran- ging from 90 to 100 per minute, which is owing to the extent and du- ration of the inflammation. The skin becomes dry, the face red and the tongue covered with a white fur, the eyes are red, the appetite is diminished, the patient is restless and wakeful, the breathing is short and nervous, there is nausea and vomiting, at times there is severe pain in the head, with aching in the back and limbs, the bowels are generally costive, but in some cases diarrhea may set in, which adds to the intensity of the disease, and greatly increases the suffering of the patient and adds to the danger of the disease. Those complications should be met promptly and skillfully to avert danger. As the disease advances the pulse becomes more frequent and full, the bowels continue to swell and are more sensitive and tender, the patient will generally lie on her back with the knees drawn up to prevent the pressure of the bed clothing. The urine is scanty and highly colored with more or less trouble in urinating. The pulse con- tinues to increase and becomes hard and wiry, the restlesness in- creases and the tongue is coated with a yellowish or brownish fur. Delirium now manifests itself; the mind is wandering, the patient picks at imaginary objects; the discharge from the bowels become dark and offensive and sometimes involuntary there is also hiccough, which greatly annoys the patient. When these symptoms are present the patient may be considered in a critical condition, and should be promptly and rationally treated. When the disease assumes a favor- able turn, the pain and fever abate, the skin becomes moist, the tongue begins to clean, the pulse less frequent and the swelling sub- sides and the mind becomes more rational, and the patient once more realizes the fact that nature and science have triumphed over the disease. Treatment—This is another one of those diseases which has ever bid defiance to the skill of those boastful regulars to cure or stay its progress, as is evidenced by the great mortality, which has always characterized that practice. Under the following treatment the mor- tality will be greatly reduced if properly administered. In the first place if the stomach is deranged and there is considerable nausea and vomiting of a bilious matter the administration of a mild emetic of lobelia and boneset will fill an important indication, that is of re- lieving the stomach of all septic matter and rousing the liver to ac- tion. After the stomach is cleansed, then if the bowels are costive give a dose of the antibilious physic, or of castor oil and turpentine 115 then as soon as the physic operates continue the following course of treatment until the disease yields: Put the patient's feet in a warm bath, as hot as she can bear, adding the salt and ashes as hereto- fore directed; but should the patient be too weak to sit up then ap- ply warm stono or brick to the feet and legs. Internally give the fol- lowing course: First give a dose of the fever drops, 35 to 45 drops, in three-fourths of an hour; after the fever drops give a dose of compo- sition and nerve tea, warm; in three-fourths of an hour after compo sition and nerve tea give a dose of the diaphoretic or fever powders, 15 to 20 grains in sweetened water or warm catnip or peppermint tea. Should the stomach continue to be irritable put a large mustard plas- ter all over the region of the stomach and bowels, and let it irr tate freely and give internally the anti-emetic or compound peach leaf tea; give it fifteen or twenty minutes after the composition and nerve tea and alternate it with the black or antiemetic powder of charcoal, elm and bismuth. The region of the bowels should be first irritated with the mustard poultice, then kept covered with a poultice made of hops and bran stewed in equal parts of good cider vinegar and water, changing it as often as it gets cold or dry. The bowels should be moved every other day with castor oil and spirits of tur- pentine adding 20 or 25 drops of the turpentine to one tablespoonful of the oil. Should the lochial discharge be stopped, which is mostly the case, give the following tea, which I have always found effectual in restoring the discharge. Take Blue Cohosh Root Pulverized i oz. Carpenter's Square Root Pulv. } oz. Mix, add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, steep it for 20 to 30 minutes, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea, warm. Twenty or thirty minutes after the composition and nervetea give it thus: give the fever drops, then in thirty minutes the composition, then in thirty minutes the blue cobjsh and carpenter's square root tea, then in thirty minutes the diaphoretic powders and continue until the disease is removed. Spotted Fever. More recently this disease has been called cerebro spinal menin- gitis but inappropriately, as the term implies an inflammation of the brain and membranes which enclose the spinal marrow. Spotted fever may exist independent of any disease of the brain or spinal membranes but may attack other portions of the system, remote from the brain or spinal column, as the foot, shoulder, lungs, stom- ach and bowels; it may attack the brain and not affect the spine, so it may attack the spine and not affect the brain, it is not particularly 116 confined to any particular spot or organ, but it more generally at- tacks the head and spinal column than any other portion of the sys- tem, in fact there is no portion of the human system exempt from its ravages ; it may appear as an epidemic and more generally does, sel- dom appearing in any other form. Spinal meningitis may prevail at any time, place or season as its causes are entirely different from that of spotted fever; it may be caused from colds, injuries or strains while spotted fever is a living germ or animalcule which floats in the atmosphere, and is liable to attack all ages or sex with a relentless hand. I witnessed an epidemic of this fever in the year of IS66-7. The mortality, under the treatment of the so called regulars, was terrible, amounting to fifty or sixty per cent, of their cases. I treated an equal number of cases with any of them without a loss, with the exception of two second-hand cases, to which I was called too late, and I treated a number of cases taken from the hands of those boast- ful pretenders without a loss, except the above named cases. I was attacked by the disease twice; the first time it made its attack on my shoulder, the pain was almost intolerable'to bear; it felt like some- thing was tearing the flesh from the bone; it drawed me to one side, and owing to the contraction of the muscles I could not straighten for several hours, until there was a relaxation. The second attack was in the brain and upper part of the spinal column; this was, if possible, more severe than the first and lasted longer. In twenty- four to forty eight hours I had the disease under control so that I could be up again. When the disease spends its force on the spinal column it c?Tietes a spasmodic contraction of the muscles, and in severe cases draw ie patient almost in a bow, and in a large majority of the cases where they were neglected or improperly treated the result was fatal in from twelve to twenty-four hours. When it attacked one of the extremi- ties it continued several hours or days longer. When the lungs were selected for its attack the symptoms were very similar to those of a regular lung fever, only much more severe and of shorter duration. When not properly treated the result was invariably fatal. I have also seen it spend its force on the stomach and bowels causing the most excruciating pain, with vomiting and purging, similar to the most severe cholera morbus. It is no respector of persons or parts; it locates where ever it is most congenial or susceptible of its action; it differs from most all other forms of disease, as it generally con- centrates its forces on some particular portion or part of the system; it is merely local until it gets its forces well organized then it makes its attack more general. During the course of this disease no one who has never witnessed the disease can form any idea of the intense suffering a patient has to endure. In some cases the pain is terrible ta in the extreme, so much so that if not relieved it soon prostrates the vital powers. It more generally prevails through the winter and spring seasons while the weather is cold and changeable, and usually subsides with the advent of warm weather. Dr. Hand says, when speaking of the disease: "Perhaps there is no disease which so soon causes the tongue to falter and the knees to totter, locks up the senses, alienates the mind and with unconquer- able weakness saps the very basis of our life, as spotted fever. It is not confined to any season and it has not been observed to choose any peculiar aspect of atmosphere, but visiting the Black Hills and the banks of the clear streams." It may possibly prevail at other portions or seasons of the year, but I have witnessed no well marked case of it, only as stated above. The disease made its first appearance in this section of country, Miami County, Ohio, in the winter and spring of 1866-7, and has not appeared since. This formidable disease first made its appearance in 1806. Sub- sequently to that period it has occasionally been witnessed as an epidemic in various parts of the New England States. In the state of New York and on the borders of Canada, in the year 1810, it prevailed with mortal rage; in Worcester, Massachusetts, in the autumn of 1812, and in the winter of 1813 the same epidemic visited the army of the United States stationed at Greenbush, and at other stations where its desolating power has scarcely been exceeded by military slaughter. Under such fearful mortality those men must have cheeks of brass or brains of gum elastic to want laws to force students into their colleges, to learn a thing or practice which has ever been attended with such a fearful mortality. It also prevailed in Connecticut and Vermont, and a number of fatal cases occurred also in Boston, both among the citizens and the soldiers quartered in that metropolis. It has usually occurred during the cold weather of winter and spring and its continuance has been extended in some in- stances until May. The profession has always been powerless to stay the progress of the epidemic or to check its severity. If bombastic pretentions, or high sounding phrases, or technicalities would have done it they would have long since had them banished from the land. But all this is powerless, science alone can do the work and that is something they never possessed, which is evident from their bad suc- cess with such facts stairing them in the face. They have had the audacity to ask our legislative bodies to exact laws to force students into their colleges to learn a routine of bombastic nonsense, which has always been the bane and disgrace of healing art, as they have aided disease in its work of death; for proof of this see the Chapter on dis- eases and its mismanagement. 118 Cause—The exact cause of this disease has never been fully as- certained, but of one thing we are certain and that is as to its origin, that it is a septic poison, which is from atmospheric origin, which en- ters the system and produces an obstruction to vital action, thereby causing an abnormal condition or morbid action, which causes the morbid train of symptoms characteristic of the disease. Symptoms—The symptoms indicating the disease vary in differ- ent individuals, which is governed by its location, and also by the malignancy of the virus. In some cases it is very mild but it gener- ally makes its attack in full force, often taking the patient from time to eternity in a very few hours. It is not as already stated confined to any particular part or organ, but may locate on the brain, lungs, stomach, and bowels, or the back, shoulder, arms, hands, or feet, which ever is the most susceptible of its action, as indicated by the severe pain. When it spends its force on the brain and spinal col- umn, the first symptom indicating its approach is a severe pain in the part affected, which increases in severity until the patient is drawn backward almost to a semi-circle. There is a sensation of coldness, which in some instances amounts to a chill and continues from a few minutes to an hour or two. The pulse is feeble, frequent, and irregular. In some cases the pulse may be slower than natural but where the patient survives the first attack, reaction ensues with more or less fever. Sometimes a rose-colored eruption appears with the reaction which may extend over the whole body. If the eruption comes out red and continues so, the patient under proper treatment will recover; but should the eruption assume a dark color or recede, then the case is critical, unless the eruption can be restored to the surface. The bowels are generally costive, except when it attacks the stomach and bowels, then there will be severe vomiting and pur- ging, which will be attended with intolerable pain in the region of the stomach and bowels similar to that of cholera morbus. If the dis- ease is not promptly checked, it will soon terminate the existence of the patient, let it locate upon whatever portion of the system it may. Great prostration will follow, and in some instances where it has at- tacked the extremities, mortification has soon followed. In some in- stances reaction never takes place, the patient dying from the over- whelming malignancy of the virus. The patient complains of pain and coldness in the stomach as if a heavy cold weight was pressing upon it. The coldness continues, the pulse fails, and death soon closes the scene. Treatment—In treating this disease we should keep constant- ly in view the fact that the cause is a septic poison, and that the remedies should be an antiseptic or an antidote to neutralize the poi- son and render it inert, and then use tonics and restoratives to aid 119 nature in eliminating it from the system. If the course of treatment and the direction here given are followed, the death rates will be few —not more than three or five per cent. I speak from actual experi- ence and not from guess work, but based upon facts. When I have been called in the early stages, I first give a dose of the antibilioua physic, then put the patient's feet in a warm bath prepared as hereto- fore directed. After the physic has been taken twenty or thirty min- utes I order a dose of the fever drops, then in thirty minutes a dose of the composition and nerve tea, dose two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm ; then in thirty minutes give a dose of the Sudorific or sweat tea, dose the same as the above ; then in thirty minutes af- ter the Green tea give another dose of the fever drops in a little warm water, or warm catnip or pennyroyal tea. At the same time bathe the affected part with anodyne liniment and let it dry in, then apply hot flannel cloths to the part, renewing them as often as they get cold. The liniment should be applied three times a day with a feather. As soon as the physic operates then give the following course of treatment: give a dose of the fever drops (thirty-five to forty-five drops), then in thirty minutes a dose of the Green or sweat tea, then in thirty minutes a dose of the composition and nerve tea, then in thirty minutes a dose of the diaphoretic powders, and thus continue the medicine thirty minutes apart, giving the Fever drops every three hours and the fever or diaphoretic powders every three hours, that is, one hour and a half apart alternately, and the two teas thirty minutes apart between each dose of the drops and powders, that is, give medicine every half hour until the disease begins to yield. The sweat or Green tea is prepared thus: Hoarhound Leaves, ground 1 oz. Blessed Thistle (caud renedie), ground 1 oz. Boneset Leaves, ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal Leaves, ground 1 oz. Horsemint Leaves, ground 1 oz. Spermint Leaves, ground 1 oz. Catnip Leaves, ground 1 oz. Mix well and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, steep it for twenty or thirty minutes and give it warm as directed above. If the disease should be located in the back or spinal column, first apply a large mustard plaster four or five inches wide, and long enough to reach the whole length of the spinal column. Let it irritate freely, then remove it and apply the hot flannel cloth. If the case is a severe one, I do not wait for the ope- ration of a physic, but commence the above course of treatment when first called and continue it until the disease is controlled or the patient relieved; then I order a dose of castor oil and turpentine but 120 continue the Fever drops and the tea as first directed. As soon as there is%, remission I omit one of the teas and give two or three do- ses of the Blue powders. I have the patient sponged every twelve hours with the antiseptic wash as hot as he can bear it. lithe disease attacks the stomach and bowels, omit the green tea and give the black or compound charcoal powders as directed elsewhere and the anodyne or antiemetic drops thus: Take Tincture of camphor 1 oz. Tincture of opium 1 oz. Essence of peppermint 1 oz. Essence of cinnamon 1 oz. Mix. Dose, 25 to 40 drops in a little water. Give it ten or fif- teen minutes after the black powder, also apply a large mustard poultice all over the stomach and bowels and let it irritate freely, then remove and apply a large poultice of hops and bran, stewed in equal parts of vinegar and water; apply the liniment along the spinal col- umn freely. Miliary Fever. This disease generally affects paturient females, and is the re- sult of bad management, or from improper diet, or from the want of proper cleanliness, or proper attention to the bowels, and the im- proper use of stimulants, or too rich diet or a bad or vitiated atmos- phere, or it may originate from a general debilitated condition of the patient. Anything that will weaken the system or vitiate the blood, may give rise to it. Consequently when the system is in a healthy condition with all the organs performing their natural functions, there is but little possibility for this or any other form of diesase manifesting itself. Consequently the system should be kept in as healthy condition as possible. Symptoms—This disease generally manifests itself by a chill, which is followed by more or less fever and an acrid perspiration, oder somewhat resembling that of rotten straw. There is a sup- pression or diminution of the secretion of milk as well as the lochia. The skin becomes rough with a pricking or itching sensation, and frequently there are aphthous ulceration of the mouth and throat. In a few days minute round vesicles about the size of millet seeds appear upon the neck, breast, and back, and also on the forehead, and gradually extend over the body and limbs. These vesicles are usually distinct, having a slight inflamed base and seldom appear on the face. In about thirty hours the vesicles assume a white or pale appearance and in a few days dry up, leaving scabs or scales which fall off. The tongue is coated white with red edges and promi- 121 nent papilla. As long as the fever and sweating continues, the pa- tient will be liable to frequent attacks of the eruption. Treatment—This should be treated as any other form of fever by regulating the bowels, by giving a Cathartic, if the bowels are costive, of either antibilious physic or oil and spirits turpentine, then give the Fever drops and Diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, and the Composition and Nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders. It some cases it may be necessary to give a few doses of the Blue powders. For the mouth trouble use the wash as directed for ulcerative sore mouth, or a wash of golden seal, bayberry and borax. Yellow Fever. This is a disease of warm climates, having for its origin a spe- cific poison or germ which cannot propogate in a cold climate. It is confined to the warm season and begins to subside as soon as the weather begins to cool or frost makes its appearance. The frost neutralizes or destroys the germ, consequently it seldom or never appears in cold or temperate climates, unless transported by infected individuals. In the United States it seldom prevails as an epedemic north of 38 degrees of latitude. In districts congenial for its propo- gation it generally breaks out from the middle of June to the first of August, and continues its desolating power until the first of Novem- ber, and in the latitude of Central Florida it may continue until the middle of December. As a rule however it begins to subside as soon as the cool air of fall brings its neutralizing effects upon it. Cause—The cause of this form of fever is evidently a specific virus or septic poison peculiar in its nature, and possesses a control- ling power within itself, which is its peculiar characteristic symp- toms and indicates its character. If we had but one cause we would have but one form of fever. But each form has its own peculiarities differing in some respects from other forms, but in their primary symptoms there is a great similarity, but in other symptoms they differ materially, so much so, as to give to each its distinguishing symptoms or character. We do not claim to have fully solved all the essential causes or peculiarities connected with fevers, but we claim to have discovered enough to lead to a more rational and suc- cessful practice, which, if properly administered, will disrobe those diseases of their power and rob death of nine-tenths of its victims. The cause being a poison or morbid agent, the indications to neutralize the virus by using such agents as will harmonize with nature's laws, and not such poisons as will make another disease. One poison or disease cannot antidote another. 122 Symptoms—The first symptoms indicating the approach of this disease are a giddiness with a sensation of coldness, sometimes amounting to a shake or chill, with severe pains in the back or limbs, which may last for a longer or shorter period. As the chill subsides the fever appears or reaction occurs. The patient now begins to complain of heat and severe pain in the back and limbs. The skin becomes hot and dry with intolerance to light and sound. The eyes are red and watery, respiration is hurried and spasmodic. There is great thirst at first, the tongue is moist and covered with a white or pale yellowish fur. The pulse is variable, it may be slower than natural, at other times it may run up to 120 or 130 per minute; either extreme indicates danger. There is often uneasiness, with tender- ness in the stomach, with nausea and vomiting. The bowels are gen- erally constipated, and as the disease advances, the pain in the back and limbs becomes more severe, especially in the lower extremities. This stage may continue for a period varying from a few hours to three days, and the severity of the disease is in proportion to its limited duration. In the second stage or remission, all the symptoms abate except the vomiting, and the patient appears to be conva- lescing. But this condition is only a calm before the storm. It is only a silent harbinger of a tornado of pain and suffering, which soon exhausts the vital powers, so that nature fails to be able to call forth sufficient resisting power to eliminate the septic poison from the domain, which has shipwrecked the nobler part of God's creation. The symptoms all indicate the supremacy of the enemy. In this con- dition nature demands all the aid which can possibly be given her; There is no time for trifling, the enemy must be attacked both front and rear and met with a bold and fearless hand. The stomach now be- comes more sensitive and irritable. At this period of the disease one of the most prominent diagnostic symptoms fully manifests itself, that is, the yellowish hue of the skin ; the urine also becomes tinged with yellow. The pulse becomes depressed and all the former symptoms much increased. The second stage, or remission, continues from twelve to thirty- six hours and at its termination the vomiting becomes more severe and the black vomit ensues. In this condition the patient's situation becomes more critical. The tongue becomes brown and chapped, the prostration is extreme. At this time hemorrhage is apt to occur, the pulse sinks rapidly, the respiration is attended with sighing, the bowels discharge a green or black matter, the color of the skin is darker ; there is more or less delirium, with hiccough, coma insensi- bility, and where persons are predisposed to nervous diseases, there may be convulsions. Anatomical character autopsy shows in the stomach traces of inflammation, its mucus membrane is thickened 123 and red or corroded. The peculiar substance known as black vomit is probably caused from a vitiated state of the bile coming in contact with acid in the stomach. The brain shows signs of congestion, the liver is altered in color and consistency, being darker and harder than natural. Diagnosis—In some instances it is difficult to distinguish the premonitory symptoms of this fever from the severe symptoms of bilious fever, but by close observation and discrimination, the dis- ease may be detected. The severe pain in the back and limbs, with the great irritability of the stomach, will indicate the nature of the disease. When tne orange color of the skin appears accompanied with the black vomit, there need be no longer any doubt as to the nature of the disease. Prognosis—The prognosis may generally be considered favorable if the disease is met promptly in its incipient stage with the proper antidotes. The mortality can be greatly diminished, but under the fallacious teaching of the schools and the treatment which has been used, not only in this but in all other forms of fever by those boastful pretenders, we could not rationally expect anything else but for death aud devastation to result from their practice. I am happy in being able to offer something to the world more rational and success- ful ; a system which will stand investigation and meet the indica- tions of nature. j Treatment—The treatment of this fever does not differ ma- terially from that of bilious fever, except in meeting the gastric symptoms, and these require special attention. In the first place the stomach being loaded with bilious matter of a vitiated character, it should if possible be removed by an emetic, and none perhaps will answer the purpose better than the following: bone set leaves, pulver- ized, 2 parts, and lobelia leaves and seed, pulverized, 1 part. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the compound to one piat cf boil- ing water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea every fifteen or twenty minutes until thorough vomiting ensues. If the medicine does not operate prompt- ly give the patient a strong tea of composition and nerve powder. Mix, and add one tablespoonful of the powder to a pint of b&uling water, steep it as directed for the lobelia, then give one or two ta- blespoonfuls of the tea alternately with the lobelia tea. This pro- duces the desired result. When the stomach is relieved of its mor- bid contents, then give a cathartic to relieve the bowels. Tne ca- thartic should be mild and unirritating, such as the antibilious physic or a dose of castor oil and turpentine, 25 to 30 drops of the turpen- tine to one tablespoonful of the oil. After the cathartic operates, then commence the following course of treatment: first give a dose 124 of the fever drops, for an adult 35 to 45 drops, in a little peppermint or pennyroyal tea. In three-fourths of an hour after the drops, give the composition and nerve tea, then in three-fourths of an hour after composition and nerve tea give the diaphoretic powder, that is, give the drops and powders one hour and a half apart alternately, and the composition and nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders; that is, give the medicine every three-fourths of an hour until there is a remission, then give a dose of the Blue Powders fifteen minutes after each dose of the Fever Drops and thus continue giving three doses a day of the Blue Pow- ders every three hours until three or four doses are given ; then the next day, should the remission last which it generally does from twelve to thirty-six hours, then give three doses more of the Blue Powders, from 8 to 10 grains in simple syrup. Should the fever arise with increased pain in the head, back and limbs, omit the Blue Pow- ders. If there should be much irritation of the stomach with nausea and vomiting, it should receive special attention, first, by giving the antiemetic or compound peach leaf tea and give the drops and pow- ders in the tea warm at their proper time, but let the patient drink of it at any time. If this should fail then give three or four doses a day of the black or Antiseptic powder, which is prepared as follows Charcoal, pulv. 1J dr. Elm bark, pulv. 1 dr. Subnitrate of bismuth 20 gr. Mix, and divide into twenty doses and give one dose every three hours in a little water until the irritation is allayed. At the same time apply a large mustard draught over the region of the stomach; let it irritate freely but not blister. At the same time apply the lini- ment as reccommended in the treatment of typhoid fever along the spinal column twice a day. Sponge the patient all over twice a day with the antiseptic wash of vinegar, water, salt, and peppermint. The feet should be bathed every night as directed in other forms of fever. If the patient is thirsty, give small pieces of ice to be held in the mouth and swallowed and give no water, as that will increase the irritation. The antiemetic tea should be prepared as follows: Peach Tree Leaves, ground 1 oz. Marsh Mallow Root, ground 1 oz. Horemint Leaves, ground 1 oz. Peppermint Leaves, ground 1 oz. Spermint Leaves, ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal Herb, ground 1 oz. Catnip Herb, ground 1 oz. Juniper Berries, crushed i oz. iliac. Add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of 125 boiling water. Steep it for fifteen or twenty minutes, then give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea three, four, or five times a day, ten or fifteen minutes from the other medicine. There is no incompati- bility between it and any other medicine. Th9 patient's system should be kept under the influence of medicine so as to prevent the disease from getting supreme control. The above tea should be given freely through the whole course of the disease. Lung Fever or Pneumonia. This is another one of those aelf limited diseases, which under the treatment of those so styled regulars «r boastful pretenders, has to run its course, and in som.8 seasons it hxs proved very fatal, and the death rates have been lyiyp, bu*; when rationally treated the deaths are faw and for between, not baing ever one or two per cent. My loss has not been one per cont. and I have never met with a case which I have not been able to control. This is the difference between science and bombastic boasting, or giving poisons to make another disease. Under my treatment I have never had a case of consumption to follow or result from a case of lung fever, which I have ever treated and which so often follow or result from the treat- ment of those regular boasters or poison mongers, who want those despotic laws to sustain their craft. Lung fever is an inflammatory condition of the lun^s, and prevails mostly in damp cold weather through the fall, winter &nd spring month?, yet it may occur from cold and exposure at any season of the year. Persons predisposed to consumption, or having weak lungs should alwajs bs careful to protect tne lungs in damp or cold weather by wearing a necklace or comfort urouad the peck and over the mouth a.id nose, which will protect tha lungs fend throat from the chilling effect of the cold air. Causes—Of all the causes which predisposes to lung fever there is none so potent as a natural or hereditary weakness of those or- gans. Persons saving this defect should always be on the alert leady for any change of weather or temperature so as to protect them- selves by proper clothing. Individuals who aru bLssod with a well developed chest and sound lungs are seldom, if ever, troubled with any lung affection, especially if the chest is well covered wiuh a coat- ing of hair. Such individuals seldom if ever dio with consumption, or any throat or lung trouble. The beard cud hair was givsn to us for a protection; the hair on the head fox the puipose of protecting the brain and nerves of the head; they act as reserves to retain elec- 126 tricity as well as a coyering. The beard on tin upper lip serves the purpose of protecting the eye, and that on the chin and throat to protect the throat and upper part of the lujgs. Persons having a heavy suit of this appendage are seldom troubled with any disease of the lungs. Symptoms—Tim disease frequently commences as a common cold which continues until it terminatas in lung fever, which is announ- ced by a slight chill and difficulty of breathing with a dull, heavy pain in the chest, with more or less cough, which is accompanied with fever as the disease advances; the ccugh bscomes more severe, the fever increases, the pain also increases, the piJse becomes more frequent, full and hard, the skin soon becomes hot and dry, expecto- ration is at first scanty and of a whitish color, and may be occasion- ally tinged with blood; but other times the expectoration is of a brownish hue. When these symptoms are present the disease is as- suming a more inveterate form and the treatment should be prompt. As the disease advances the pain and difficult breathing advance, the fever increases, the cheeks become red or assu jaa a purple hue, the bowels are inclined to costiveness, yet in some cases they may be in- clined to diarrhea. The coat on the tongue changes from a white to a brown or yellowish hue. At this J stage the symptoms become alarming. The cough appears deeper seated and more prostrating, the pulse more frequent, full and hard; the patient is restless, the mind is wandering. At this stage suppuration is likely to ensue which is indicated by a subsidence of the pain, a slight chill or shiver- ing. When this stage ensues the case becomes more critical and doubtful. With proper treatment there is no necessity for the dis- ease assuming this condition. If the disease is properly treated be- fore these severe symptoms make their appearance the disease will seldom arrive at this stage, but a favorable crisis will occur about the third or fifth day, which is indicated by the subsidence of the severe symptoms with a moderate perspiration; the pulse becomes less frequent, the tongue begins to clean and the patient becomes more comfortable, with indications of returning health. A large amount of consumptions in this country originate from the improper treatment of this and other forms of fever. In proof of the aboye fact I have never had a case of consumption to follow or result from a case of lung or any other form of fever which I have ever treated. When death occurs it is generally from an effusion of blood in the cellular tissue of the lungs causing suffocation, or from gangrene, or mortification. Treatment—The first thing which should be done in the treat- ment of this disease is to put the patient's feet in a warm bath as hot as he can bear it, adding the salt and ashes; bathe for fifteen or 127 twenty minutes and apply a large mustard draught over the breast, at the same time commence the internal treatment as follows: Give a dose of the fever drops, 35 to 45 drops in a little water, then in three- fourths of an hour give a dose of the composition and nerve tea, warm, and in three-fourths of an hour give a doss of the diaphoretic powders, 15 to 20 grains in a little sweetened wa^r, At night give a dose of the antibilious physic, omitting the diaphoretic powders until the physic operates, then continue the powders with the other medicine as above directed. But should the disease not yield readily to the above, then treat the case as follows: Give the fever drops aad in three-fourths of an hour give the composition and nerve tea, then in three-fourths of an hour the diaphoretic powders, and in three- fturtha of an hour after the diaphoretic powders a dose of the expectorant drops. So continue the treatment alternating the expectorant drops with the composition and nerve tea; that is, give the composition and nerva tea in one interval between the drops and powdeic, and the expectorant drops in the next interval, and so continue the internal treatment until the disease yields. The excernal treat- ment should also have proper attention; as soon as the patient can no longer tolerate the mustard draught then take it off and apply a large mush poultice all over the breast. The poultice should be made out of corn meal the same as ordinary mush; this should be spread on cloth large enough to cover the entire chest and be spread about a quarter of an inch tnick and applied as hot as the patient can bear and changed every five or six hours, and every time it is changed the chest should be bathed with the comp. stillin- gia liniment, put it on thoroughly with a feather, let it dry in, then apply the poultice, and so continue until the disease yields, which will generally be in three or four days, seldom or never lasting longer than six or seven days. The expectorant is made as follows: Take Seneca Snake Root ground 8 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root ground 8 oz. Indian Turnip Root ground 6 oz. Blood Root ground 6 oz. Lobelia Herb ground 6 oz. Put the above into a suitable jar or vessel and add alcohol suf- ficient to cover, then let it stand for twenty-four or forty-eight hours, then transfer to a percolator and add liquor until one-half gallon of tincture is obtained, then return the liquor to the drugs and let it pass through the drugs two e^ three times, then set it to one side and add to the drugs one quart of good cider vinegar, let it pass through the drugs*, set it to one side and add another quart of good vinegar, let it pass through theu by gentle hea^ reduce it down to one piat and 128 then add the other quart of vinegar tincture to the pint while hot, then add two pounds of white sugar and one pound of honey; when the sugar and honey is dissolved th«n remove it from the fire and strain and bottle for use, adding the tincture to the syrup. The above forms one of the best expectorants known. Dose for an adult one-half to one teaspoonful; this should b us, which may be streaked with blood. If the disease extends to the bronchial mucous mem- brane, this is more likely to be the case in forty-eight to sixty hours, the pain becomes less severe or may cease entirely, indicating that effusion has taken place, which will never take place to any great ex- tent where the disease has been properly treated, and in time, in se- vere cases the pain may continue after effusion has taken place. Treatment—In a practice of over forty years I have never lost a patient with pleurisy, and I have treated as many cases as any physician in the country. The first object in the treatment is to sub- due the pain, produce perspiration and equalize circulation, which will promptly relieve the inflammation. To accomplish this a large dose of diaphoretic or fever powder should be given in doses of from 20 to 25 grains in warm water, or in a tea of pleurisy root and catnip. In three-fourths of an hour give a tea made of equal parts of comio- sition and nerve powder made by putting one large tablespoonful of the compound to one pint of boiling water and steeping it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm, and in three-fourths of an hour after the tea give a dose of the fever drops, 35 to 45 drops, and so continue the medicine alternately, every three-fourths of an hour, that is give the powders, and in three-fourths of an hour after the powders, give a dose of the tea, and in three-fourths of an hour after the tea, give a dose of the fever drops, at the same time apply the anodyne liniment freely to the side and over the region of the pain, and then apply a warm flannel cloth to the part as hot as the patient can bear, also bathe the patient's feet every night in warm water as hot as the feet can bear, adding a handful of salt and a shovel of ashes. If the above course should not relieve in a few hours apply a mustard plaster to 160 the side and let it irritate freely. It should be made as follows: take two parts of ground mustard and one part flour, mixed to the con- sistency of a poultice with hot vinegar. Should it not be strong enough to irritate freely take it off and sprinkle the surface with equal parts of mustard and capsicum. As soon as the patient can not tolerate the plaster any longer take it off and apply a warm mush poultice made of corn meal, or it may be alternated with a poultice of bitter herbs, of tansy, hops, wormwood, etc., boiled in good vinegar and applied warm. At bed time give a dose of the anti- bilious physic, omitting the diaphoretic powders, until it oyerates, but continue the other medicine; that is, give the drops and tea. As soon as the physic operates thoroughly, then give the powders and other medicine as before directed, and so continue until the disease is subdued. If it should be complicated with pneumonia, or lung fever, then, in addition to the above, give the croup antidote or compound syrup of seneca snake root (for formula see croup), and extend the poultice over the chest. If there should be any tendency to periodicity, or an intermittent, give the blue powders. Give them fifteen or twenty minutes after the fever drops, in the intermission of the fever. Splenitis, or Inflammation of the Spleen. This may attack the peritoneal covering of the spleen, or the structure of the organ, or both, in its uncomplicated form. Itis not of as frequent occurence as that of the liver, yet it does occur, and is more frequently met with in malarial sections where fevers prevail, but it may exist independent of their causes in persons of a nervous and hysterical temperament. Causes—It may be caused by external injuries, such as falls, or blows, or from suppression of some habitual discharge, or over- exertion, or cooling off suddenly when the body is overheated. The same causes which give rise to liver complaint may cause disease of the spleen. If either organ is affected the other as a general thing is more or less likely to be affected. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms which indicate the ap- proach of this disease are such as generally precede the attack of all inflammatory actions, such as a chill more or less severe, followed by 151 reaction or fever, which, as to severity, is governed by the extent of the disease. There will be heat, thirst and other symptoms indica- tive of the disease, such as soreness in the region of the spleen ; there will be fullness and tenderness in the left side; the pain is increased by pressure; there is a dull aching pain felt in the organ and most all the time varying in severity ; the pain frequently extends through the whole abdominal region, or shoots through the diaphragm, and extends to the left shoulder ; there may be a dry cough present,which will greatly augment the patient's suffering; the patient generally avoids taking a full inspiration, or lying on the left side, or turning, or moving, or changing position, which will generally cause pain. Sometimes, through the swelling or enlargement of the spleen, the affected side will become considerably extended ; the skin is hot and dry, the tongue coated white ; when the liver is involved, which is frequently the case, the tongue is yellow or dark in the centre ; the pulse is much accelerated and harder than natural; there is more or less nausea and vomiting, especially if the case is severe; the bowels are generally costive or inactive, but in some cases there may be a tendency to a diarrhoea, the discharge may be dark, and the urine scanty and high colored; there may be more or less weakness and wakefulness, with occasional delirium ; at other times there may be fainting and bleeding from the nose, this disease may be attended by a great variety of symptoms, such as lowness of spirits, dullness of feeling. There is no disease which preys upon the nervous system to the extent as that of diseases of the spleen, especially in nervous subjects. The unfortunate victim will be haunted day and night by those gloomy forbodings and horrid feelings of despondency, which characterize those subjects ; they are always anticipating something wrong, or magnifying their feelings, and having a thousand and one complaints to make, especially in the chronic form. There is no dis- ease, to which human flesh is heir, that so completely depresses the nervous system as those of the liver and spleen, and if there is dys- pepsia to aid those in their dire effect on the already shattered ner- vous system, and if the subject has small vitativeness under such cir- cumstances suicide may be the result, and if the organ of insanity is large then insanity is certain to be the result, those two organs having a controling power over the subject will controll or govern the actions of the unfortunate victim. The existence of those organs gives a logical reason why all persons affected with those diseases do not commit suicide, or become insane. No individual who does not possess the organ of insanity is not a subject of or liable to become insane. Tor an illustration or description of those organs see second volume of this work. 152 Treatsient—The treatment of this disease should be very nearly similar to that recommended for acute Hepatitis, using the epirit vapor bath, emetics and cathartics when necessary, applying the liniment and warm applications over the region of the pain, such as mustard plasters, hot fomentations, giving the diaphoretic pow- ders every three hours, and the fever drops every three hours alter- nately, and the composition and nerve tea between each dose of powders and drops, and bathing the feet every night, and as a tonic give the blue powders, two or three doses a day, give them in the re- mission of the fever. If there should be a diarrhoea give a dose of castor oil and 20 to 25 drops of spirits of turpentine, and if there is pain and tenderness of the bowels apply the liniment and warm fo- mentations over them. If there should be nausea or vomiting give • the black or anti-emetic powder, which is made thus: Take Charcoal pulverized 1£ dr. Elm pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix, and divide into 15 or 20 doses, and give one dose every hour or two, as may be required. Inflammation of the Liver, or Hepatitis. This inflammation may be confined to the liver, or to the perito- neal covering of the liver, or to the substance, or a part of it. As a general thing the inflammation does not involve the whole liver, but only a part, of it, and it may be acute or chronic. There are but few dib Oil of Origanum 1 0z. Mix and apply as above directed two or three times a day. As internal treatment to allay the nausea and vomiting, give a dose of the anodyne drops, which are prepared thus: Tincture of Opium 1 0z. Tincture of Camphor 1 oz. Essence of Peppermint 1 oz. Essence of Cinnamon \ oz. Mix. Dose 35 to 40 drops in a little water. One-half hour after the anodyne drops give a dose of the life drops as directed. For cholera- morbus one-half hour after the life drops give a dose of the anti-col- ic drops, which are prepared as follows: Take Tincture of Russia Castor 10 oz. Etherial Tincture of .Valerian 10 oz. 'Tincture of Assafcetida 8 oz. Tincture of Opium 3| oz. -Gum Camphor pulverized 2 oz. ^ Oil of Horsemint | oz. Oil of Peppermint $ oz. Oil of Amber, rectified ■£ oz. Oil of Cajeput £ oz. Oil of Hemlock i oz. The tincture of assafcetida should be made in best alcohol and add the oils to the tincture of assafcetida. Shake well together; then add the camphor to the tincture of opium, castor and valerian; then add the tincture of assafcetida and oils. Let it stand for a week or ten days, and it is ready for use. Dose for an adult i to 1 teaspoon- ful in a little sweetened water. Give the anti-colic drops and ano- dyne drops one hour and a half apart alternately and the life drops half way between each dose of anodyne drops and colic drops; that is, give them three-fourths of an hour apart. To control diarrhoea give the patient a dose of the diarrhoea cordial, as recommended for diarrhoea. Give it fifteen or twenty minutes after the anodyne drops. Give it every two or three hours. If the stomach should continue irritable and the patie it complain of an increased burning and thirst, give no water, but small pieces of ice. Let him hold it in the mouth until he can swallow it, so as to let it dissolve in the stomach. Also mix equal parts of pulverized charcoal and elm, and add two or three teaspoonfuls of the mixture to a tumbler of water and let the patient take a teaspoonful of it every half hour or hour. Keep the stomach irritated with the mustard alternated with the hot applications, which should be made thus: Take capsicum i teaspoonful, salt a 174 large teaspoonful, and vinegar and liquor equal parts one pint; heat it until the salt is dissolved; then saturate flannel cloths with it as hot as the patient can bear. First bathe the stomach and bowels with the liniment. Let it dry in; then apply the hot cloths at the same time. If the extremities are cold, apply hot application. The patient should be kept as quiet as possible. The diet should be light and of easy digestion, such as boiled milk and rice, light bread toast- ed with butter, or baked or roasted potatoes, or milk and crackers. After convalesence the patient should avoid undue exercise, heat or sudden changes of weather. A relapse of the disease may easily be brought on, which is always more severe than the first. Bilious Colic. This is a very severe disease and frequently causes the most se- vere suffering and, when not properly treated, may cause death. It is mostly caused from eating improper and indigestible articles of diet, which, by remaining in the stomach, causes an irritation, and the stomach makes an effort to expel it, which is attended by severe pain and vomiting. Like cholera or cholera-morbus it most gener- ally makes its attacks during hot weather, which is often owing to the weakened condition of the digestive organs caused from the hot weather and the amount of green and indigestible articles eaten at that season of the year when such things are plenty. The disease may occur at any season from over-indulgence of the appetite or from constipated bowels. SY31PTOMS—The symptoms by which it is manifested are a sense of fullness or a disagreeable sensation in the region of the stomach. which, if unchecked, soon increases to actual pain and cramping,with more or less vomiting of a bilious character, which is frequently mixed with indigestible particles of diet, which affords temporary relief, but it is of short duration. The pain and vomiting returns with increased energy and severity. The bowels are generally con- stipated, which is owing to the obstruction of the liver and digestive organs. The eyes exhibit a yellow hue; the tongue is more or less coated with a yellowish fur; the urine is generally highly colored; the pulse at first is but slightly deranged, but as the disease advances it becomes more frequent and tense. There is tenderness in the re- gion of the stomach on pressure, especially if the disease is permit- ted to continue any length of time. The stomach becomes more sen- sitive, irritable and swollen. The swelling may extend to the bowels and result in permanent obstruction. 175 Prognosis—The prognosis of this disease is most aiways favor- able, if properly treated, and will generally yield in a few hours and the patient be restored to his usual health. But when the disease is unskillfully treated much trouble is likely to ensue. The patient is often left in a weak and feeble condition from which he slowly re- covers. This is generally the result under the common practice. Treatment—In the first place, if the stomach is loaded with bilious and indigestible matter, administer an emetic of a strong tea of lobelia and boneset leaves until the stomach is relieved of its mor- bid contents; then apply a mustard poultice over the region of the stomach; let it remain as long as the patient can bear it; then remove and apply hot applications over the region of the pain and give a dose of the anodyne drops as directed under cholera-morbus. Dose 30 to 35 drops twenty or thirty minutes after the anodyne drops. Give 15 or 20 drops of the life drops. Give this in a little sweetened water in thirty minutes after the life drops. Give a dose of the anti-colic drops in dose of one-half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful in a little water and thus continue the medicine every thirty minutes until the pain is relieved and the vomiting ceases; then give a dose of the an- ti-bilious physic. As soon as the pain and vomiting are relieved, stop the above medicines, all except the cathartic; continue it in broken doses every hour until the physic operates, providing the first dose should not operate in five or six hours. As soon as the bowels are relieved, then tone up on tonics, such as the restorative bitters and black or digestive powders. Flatulent Colic. This trouble is sometimes termed enteralgia and occurs as most other forms of colic from indigestible food, or constipation of the bowels, or indigestion. Treatment—Although, at times, Tery painful and annoying, it seldom proves fatal under rational treatment. It most generally affects dyspeptic subjects, and especially children, who are nursing. The" pain may commence in the stomach or some portion of the bowels with a sensation of twisting or griping about the nav- el. The pain is severe, but intermits more than that of bilious colic and is, to some extent, relieved by pressure. There is more or less fullness or distention of the abdomen, attended by constipation and rumbling of the bowels. There is sometimes nausea and vomitingi with coldness of the extremities. The pain frequently shifts from 176 one part of the bowels to another, and is considerably relieved by an escape of wind from the stomach or bowels. The pulse is not much changed, but may become more frequent. If the trouble is not re- lieved, it may terminate in inflammation of the bowels. It may be distinguished from inflammation of the bowels by being relieved by pressure. In inflammation of the bowels pressure increases the pain. Great care should be exercised in distinguishing inflamma- tion from the above disease as the treatment of the one is not indi- cated in the other, but would be dangerous. Treatment—If the trouble should occur from the stomach be- ing overloaded with indigestible matter, an emetic is strongly indi- cated and the trouble should at once be relieved by removing the cause by a gentle emetic of a strong tea of lobelia and boneset given freely until the stomach is relieved. It should be given warm. If an emetic is not indicated, first give a dose of castor oil with 20 or 25 drops of turpentine and 6 or 8 drops of essence of peppermint in it. This will generally afford relief, but should it fail then give the fol- lowing course of treatment: First give a dose of the following ano- dyne drops: Tincture of Assafcetida 1 oz. Fluid Extract Dioscorea 1 oz. Tincture of Camphor 1 oz. Tincture of Opium i oz. Essence of Peppermint 1 oz. Essence of Anise 1 oz. Mix. Dose for an adult 40 to 60 drops in a little water every half hour or heur until relief. Should the above not be sufficient then give the following course: First give the above anodyne drops; then in thirty minutes give a dose of the anti-colic drops in dose of £ to | of a teaspoonful and thus continue thirty minutes apart alternately until relief. At the same time apply the anodyne liniment over the stomach freely with a feather; then apply a hop poultice as hot as the patient can bear. If it results from dyspepsia or indigestion treat the case as directed for dyspepsia in second volume. If children should be troubled with gripings, as manifested by their crying, the following will give prompt relief: Tincture of Blue Cohosh $ oz. Tincture of Assafcetida , \ oz. Tincture of Cramp Bark £ oz. Tincture of Dioscorea £ oz. Essence of Peppermint £ oz. Essence of Anise £ oz. Mix. Dose 6 to 8 drops or more, according to age, in a little wa- ter. 177 Lead or Painter's Colic—Colica Pictorium. This disease is caused by the inhalation or absorption of lead in- to the system in such quantities as to obstruct or derange the func- tions of nature, as all poisons do more or less, and the subjects most liable to this disease are those that work in lead mines or follow painting; they are the individuals likely t> be affected by it. Symptoms—This disease generally comes on gradually with pre- monitory symptoms, such as a sense of depression or sinking, with despondency and disinclination to mental or physical exercise. There is derangement of the stomach and bowels with an uneasy sensation in the pit of stomach. This sensation gradually increases until it becomes an excruciating pain extending downward into the bowels, especially about the naval, and is of a severe twisting char- acter. There is frequently nausea and vomiting with constipation of the bowels. With an ineffectual effort to evacuate the bowels the urine is scanty or suppressed. There is great thirst with pain in the wrist and ankles. These symptoms generally attend the disease. There is occasionally pain and tenderness or soreness in the muscles, so much so that the patient can hardly bear to be touched or moved. The pain intermits with paroxysms; the bowels become contracted and hard, with the walls hard or tense, and their muscles contract into hard and irregular lumps or knots; the patient becomes restless and uneasy. There is sometimes a paralysis of some part of the system, more generally of the arm. There is sometimes a blue line on the edge of the gums, which is characteristic of the disease. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease we should first remove the pain by anti-spasmodics and relaxents. First apply the anodyne liniment freely over the bowels, and then apply a poultice of the following articles: Stramonium Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized 1 oz. Elm pulverized 1 0z. Mix in good, strong vinegar as hot as the patient can bear and apply it over the bowels. At the same time give a cathartic of cas- tor oil and spirits of turpentine. Give about two tablespoonfuls of oil and 25 or 30 drops of the turpentine with 8 or 10 drops of essence of peppermint. If the oil should not operate in three or four hours 178 then give from a half to a tablespoonful of the oil every three hours until it operates thoroughly; then, if the pain is not relieved, give the following: Fluid Extract of Dioscorea vil. 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Papaver Somnifera £ oz. Fluid Extract of Lady Slipper 1 oz. Essence of Peppermint £ oz. Essence of Anise £ oz. Mix. Dose 40 to 50 drops every half hour or hour as the case may demand. Apply a large mustard poultice over the stomach and bowels. If the above should not afford relief, treat the case as di- rected for bilious colic, and as soon as the pain is removed then give an alterative as follows: Take Compound Syrup of Stillingia 8 oz. Iodide of Potassa 40 gr. Mix and let the patient take from one half to one tablespoonful four times a day one hour before each meal and on going to bed. This will soon neutralize the lead and eliminate it from the system. Alum is said to"be a chemical antidote to the poison of lead and nii;7 be used. Worms. Worms are no respecter of persons, age or sex. They will affect old or young, but they are more generally confined to children and those whose digestive organs are deranged. Worms, like other para- sitic animals, live or subsist on morbid material. Consequently those individuals whose stomach and bowels are in an unhealthy condition, are more subject to the visitation of worms, while others are exempt, which appears to be owing to a peculiarity of constitution of such in- dividuals whose systems are congenial to their propagation. Such individuals should live on a healthy diet as much as possible and keep the stomach and bowels in as healthy a condition as possible. There are three species of worms which generally inhabit the intestines. They are the Ascaris Lumbricoides or long round worm, its length is from four to twelve inches; the Ascarides Vermicularis, which is a small thin worm and does not exceed an inch in length; the tail terminates in a fine point. It mostly inhabits the lower in- testines or rectum. The Tenia or tape worm of the United States is a long flat worm with joints which are white and flat, from one- half to three-fourths of an inch long. It varies in length from a few feet to thirty or fourty feet and sometimes longer, but it seldom ex- ceeds that in this country. 179 There are several varieties of worms that inhabit the human in- testines, but the above are the principle varieties met with in this country. Symptoms—The symptoms which indicate the presence of worms in the alimentary canal are paleness of the face, dullness of the eyes, the pupils are dilated with a bluish circle round the lower lids, sym- pathetic irritation or itching of the nose and also the anus which frequently causes a disagreeable itching of the part especially when they inhabit the lower part of the bowels or rectum. There is more or less headache, dizziness and disturbed sleep. The appetite is var- iable; sometimes poor, at other times good or craving. There is a craving appetite for food, and often indigestible articles, which annoys the patient more or less constantly especially in tape worm. Pain is felt in the stomach with griping and looseness of the bowels which are bloated or swollen. There i3 sometimes a diarrhoea and at other times costiveness; there is frequently bad breath, grating of teeth during sleep which is often disturbed by frightful dreams, sometimes there is a short dry cough. If the worms are not removed they will often cause a high fever; and when children are predisposed to nervous disease they will frequently have convulsions. The urine will generally indicate worms if the child will make its water in a vessel, and let it settle or stand until it gets cold. If worms are troubling the patient, the urine on cooling will turn white or milky or leave a white sediment in the bottom of the chamber. The symptoms of tape worm do not differ materially from other worms except a great craving for food with more pain in the stomach, and dizziness in the head and noises in the ears. There are at times symptoms of faintness, restlessness, emaciation or loss of flesh and general debility with itching of the nose and anus; but the most cer- tain symptom of the presence of tape worm is the appearance of parts or'joints being passed off with the feces or stool. When the worm is suspected, the discharge from the bowels should always be watched for joints or pieces of the worm which will be discharged with the contents of the bowels. Sometimes the patient will complain of feel- in? something moving in the bowels which causes pain in the left s'de. There is also sickness or vomiting often resulting in convulsions or paralysis. Treatment—The treatment should vary according to the con- dition of the patient. If called when the child is in convulsions with high fever, the first thing to be done is to check the convulsions by first applying a mustard poultice to the spinal column two or three inches wide, and let it irritate freely, and apply cold applications to the head as advised under the head of convulsions. As soon as the child can swallow, give a dose of the feyer drops 180 according to the age of the child. If four or five years old give six to eight drops every three hours alternately with the diaphoretic pow- ders; then give a strong tea of the following articles between each dose of the drops and powders. Take Pleurisy root pulv. » oz. Skunk Cabbage root pulv. 1 oz. Blue Cohosh root pulv. 1 oz. Scull Cap pulv. 1 oz. Lady Slipper pulv. 1 oz. Catnip herb pulv. 1 oz. Spermint herb pulv. 1 oz. Mix. Put one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give from a tea to a table- spoonful as directed above. As soon as the fever abates, then give three doses of the blue powders in place of the tea. That is, omit tho tea until you give three doses of the blue powders. Then give tho worm powders as follows: Santonine 24 gr. Podophylin 4 gr. White Sugar 50 gr. Mix well and divide into forty-eight doses and give one dose every three or four hours until it operates. If there should be much fever when called, with considerable determination to the brain, give a dose of the fever drops as above directed. Then, if the bowels are costive, give a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. Give one teaspoonful of the oil and four or five drops of turpentine. When you give the physic, omit the diaphoretic powders until the physic operates; but give the drops and tea every three hours, that is, one hour and a half apart alternately. As sooo as the physic operates, then give the fever drops, tea and diaphoretic powders three-fourths of an hour apart until the fever subsides. Then give the blue pow- ders and worm powders as directed above. For the removal of the tape worm there has been various reme- dies recommended by different authors. Among them the following is perhaps as good as any, and is recommended by Dr. Wm. Paine: Take fresh pumpkin seed 2 oz., take the shells off, then take white sugar 2 oz. Bruise the seed and mix with the sugar. Give a tea- spoonful every half hour until it is all taken. Then give a dose of castor oil and turpentine. If the first portion should not succeed give a second portion, or the following: Take Oil of Male Fern 2 dr. Spirits of Turpentine 2 dr. Oil of Cedar 1 dr. Oil of Worm seed 2 dr. Castor Oil best 3 oz. 181 Mix and give a teaspoonful every half hour until it operates. During treatment, the patient should abstain from food and when the worm starts, be careful not to pull on it so as to break it. It should be carefully wound round a stick as it passes until all has passed. Salicylic acid has been recommended in 8 gr. dose until five or six doses are taken, then give a good dose of castor oil and turpentine. For the small or seat worm give the worm powder inward and an injection of salt water, or the following. Take: Santonine 20 gr. Sugar 1 oz. Hydrastine 20 gr. Water 4 oz. Mix. Give as an injection twice a day, morning and evening. Thd above is for an adult; children in proportion to their age. Nausea or Vomiting- This is sometimes very troublesome and causes considerable suf- fering. Vomiting is always the effect of a cause and that cause should be ascertained as far as possible and removed; then our rem- edies are adapted to the case. Treatment—If it should originate from improper diet, an emetic should be given to relieve the stomach; if from acidity, give the neutralizing cordial, or a strong tea of peppermint and smart- weed with a little soda in it, and give the following anti-emetic drops: Camphor Water 1 oz. Peppermint Water 1 oz. Spearmint Water 1 oz. Cinnamon Water 1 oz. Paregoric 2 dr. Mix. Dose from a half to a teaspoonful every half hour or hour as the case may require. At the same time give the following: Charcoal pulverized H dr. Elm Bark pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix and divide into 15 doses and give one dose every hour alter- nately with the anti-emetic drops. Give them in cold water and ap- ply a large mustard poultice over the region of the stomach. Let it irritate freely. I have used the following: 182 Tincture of Camphor 1 oz. Essence of Peppermint 1 oz. Tincture of Opium 1 oz. Essence of Cinnamon £ oz. Mix. Dose for an adult 25 to 35 drops in a little water. If the bowels are costive, give a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. Vomiting of pregnancy may often be relieved by taking a spoonful or two of good wine or brandy in the morning, or water off of toasted bread, or by eating parched corn, or some cases will be readily re- lieved by lemon juice. In severe and stubborn cases relief may often be obtained by slightly dilating or irritating the mouth of the womb by the application of mild caustic, which may be applied by means of a small brush. I have accomplished the object by slightly dilating the mouth of the womb with an instrument. Croup. This is an inflammatory affection of the larynx, which is charac- terized by a peculiar hoarse cough, with other catarrhal symptoms. There are two varieties of croup—the common or catarrhal, and the pseudo membranous. The catarrhal form is easily cured, but the membranous becomes a more severe and critical form and requires closer watching and skillful management or a majority will die, but croup is like everything else. If not properly treated, the result will be fatal in a large proportion of the cases; but when properly treated the mortality is greatly diminished, which is demonstrated by the fact that I have not lost but one case of croup in over forty years where I have been the first physician, and to that I was called too late. Symptoms—In the catarrhal form the disease generally appears suddenly or within a few hours after the catarrhal symptoms make their appearance, but more generally it will commence as a common cold and continue for several days and Anally result in croup, mani- fested by the peculiar cough, which may last several days in mild cases, but more frequently the cough and hoarseness increases. The pulse becomes more frequent and there is more or less fever, which increases as the disease advances. The patient becomes restless; breathing is more difficult; the paroxysms of coughing become more severe and protracted, and in some cases it almost causes suffocation and may prove fatal, but more generally the patient becomes gradu- ally exhausted and dies from prostration of the vital powers. In the 183 membranoas form the premonitory symptoms may be very similar to the catarrhal form, or it may assume the membranous form from the commencement, and have that peculiar muffled cough and voice, which soon becomes entirely suppressed. This arises from the exu- dation of a false membrane, and is a very dangerous symptom. The cough is at first dry, becomes husky and suffocating, with expectora- tion of a glaiy muo us. As the disease advances all remissions cease; the pulse becomes more frequent and irregular; the cough is less aud- ible, but more suffocating; the patient tosses about in distress, grasps convulsively at objects around him, throws his head back, seizes his throat as though he wanted to remove some obstruction in order to relieve respiration and makes every possible effort to expand the lungs, but finally dies from suffocation or exhaustion, or in con- vulsion. Croup may involve the bronchial tubes or extend to the lungs. In some cases the child may go to bed apparently well, but before morning is severely attacked with the disease, which will re- quire prompt attention to save the life of the child. Treatment—In the treatment of all the ordinary cases of croup nothing more will be necessary than to give the compound syrup of seneca snake root every half hour or hour 35 to 40 drops or more, ow- ing to the age of the child. It should first be given in doses suffi- ciently large to cause free vomiting; then given in dose sufficient to slightly nauseate the stomach. If it should occasionally cause the child to vomit, it will be the better as it will clear the throat and lungs of phlegm, and at the same time bathe the throat and breast three times a day with the relaxing liniment. The liniment should be applied with a feather freely; then apply flannel cloths to the throat as hot as the child can bear. The liniment is made as follows: Coal Oil best 4oz. Spirits of Turpentine 4oz. Gum Camphor 1 oz. Oil of Stillingia £oz. Oil of Lobelia £ oz. Oil of Cerjuput £oz. Oil of Amber rectified £ oz. Oil of Anise £oz. Mix and apply as above directed. In some cases the application of salt bacon to the throat after the liniment will give better satis- faction than the flannel. If the case is a severe one, in the place of the bacon apply the following poultice to the throat and chest. First apply the liniment, let it dry in, then apply the poultice which ia made as follows: Lobelia pulverized 1 oz. Scotch Snuff 1 oz, 184 Sweet oil sufficient to form a poultice and apply it to the throat and breast, open the bowels with castor oil and spirits of turpentine. Should the case not yield to the above, give the following: give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alter- nately, and give a dose of the compound syrup of seneca snake root between every other dose of the drops and powders ; in the inter- vening space give a dose of the expectorant tea which is made thus: Pleurisy Root pulverized 1£ oz. Skunk Cabbage Root pulverized 1£ oz. Black Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Polymonium Rept. Root pulverized 1 oz. Seneca Snake Root pulverized 1 oz. Boneset Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Elder Flower pulverized 1 oz. Blood Root pulverized f oz. Mix and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for fifteen or twenty minutes, then strain and sweeten with honey and white sugar to suit the taste ; then give from one-half to one tablespoonful of the tea between every other dose of the drops and powders. Give it alternately with the compound syrup of seneca, bathing the feet every night in warm water, adding the salt and wood ashes. Gva the medicine as directed above. That will be giving the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart. If the above course of treatment is properly carried out, the failures will be few and far between. Difficult Dentition. This is the most critical period of infantile life, as the system is more susceptible to morbid impressions at that time than any other period in life, from the fact that the system is more easily affected by disease; consequently they require greater care and attention, both as to diet and medicine, which should be adapted to their condition. The irritation from teething renders them more irritable. The sen- sation caused by the tooth pressing on the gum in its course of de- velopement causes a derangement of the whole system, but more especially the nervous system, which sympathetically affects the stomach and bowels giving rise to diseases of those organs. The ir- ritation often occasions a severe tingling, itching sensation and un- easiness which is difficult to bear, and the child will seek relief by biting hard substances or by pressing against the gums. Sometimes 185 serious nervous and constitutional disturbances are induced, such as fever, convulsions, diarrhoea, etc. The child is often restless and wakeful and gives further evidence of its suffering by its crying and uneasiness. Treatment-The child should enjoy as much pure, fresh air (especially in the summer season) as possible. The diet should be light and easy of digestion. If the child nurses, the mother should be very careful as to what she eats, as any improper diet used by her, the child will suffer the consequences of it. Therefore, if the mother regards the welfare of her child she should avoid all imprudence on her part, thereby saving much suffering to the child, and worry and anxiety to herself. If fever should arise give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, and the nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders. Dose of drops 5 or 6 drops according to the age; the powders 2 to 4 grains in sweet- tened water or warm catnip tea. If it should assume an intermit- tent form, give 3 doses of the blue powders as follows: give one dose 15 or 20 minutes after the fever drops, and 15 or 20 minutes after the diaphoretic powders, and continue until you give 3 doses, dose 1 to 2 grains according to age. Give the blue powders in the intermission or when there is no fever. The nerve tea should be made thus : take one large teaspoonful of the powder, put it in a teacupful of boil- ing water: steep it strong. Dose for a child one tea to one table- spoonful, warm, sweetened if necessary. If the gums are swollen and the point of the tooth can be felt, the gums should be cut. They should be cut lengthwise with the jaw. If a diarrhoea should ensue, treat it as directed for cholera infantum. As a tonic and restorative I have used the following with decided advantage, as it will relieve the irritation and cause the child to teeth easily by supplying the bony material of which the teeth are composed: Phosphate of Lime 1 dr. Carbonate of Magnesia £ dr. Phosphate of Iron 15 gr. Simple Syrup 9 oz. Tincture Wild Cherry Bark 1 oz. Dose, one-half to oue tea-spoonful 3 or 4 times a day. Always shake up well. 186 Whooping-Cough. This is another of those self-limited diseases, in the estima- tion of the so-styled regular. It is contagious, but not selfdiinited. It will yield to proper treatment almost as readily as any other form of disease. It attacks persons of all ages or sex without regard to station or position in life; all are liable to its visitation. It seldom makes its attack but once. But I have known it to attack an indi- vidual twice, but the attack was not as severe as the first and did not last as long. It more readily yielded to treatment. It generally has three stages, when let run its course; a developing stage, a maturing and a declining stage, and each stag;e requires a certain length of time to mature or run its course. When left to itself this is true, but under proper and rational treatment those stages can be greatly abridged, the ipse dixit of the schools to the contrary notwithstand- ing. Symptoms—This generally commences as an ordinary cold. The cough becomes more convulsive after a few days' duration and reoc- curs in paroxysms of longer or shorter duration. Each fit or parox- ysm is composed of a succession of sonorous coughs, interrupted at intervals by the peculiar whooping inspiration. This is owing to the spasm of the glottis and constitutes the peculiar diagnostic sign of the disease; the face becomes swollen and livid during the paroxysm. There is expectoration of a colorless phlegm and sometimes the cough is so severe as to excite vomiting. The paroxysms occur sev- eral times a day and become worse towards evening and at night. The disease generally lasts, when not properly treated, for several weeks or months. As the disease terminates the paroxysms become shorter and lose their severity. The expectoration becomes more free and easy. The chief source of danger is its becoming compli- cated with bronchitis or pneumonia, or some disease of the brain. The younger the child, the more danger there is of complications. In the intervals between the paroxysms the patient complains but little and unless the disease is severe or complicated with some lung trouble or bronchial, there is but little fever; but where it is likely to terminate fatally it is generally through the complication of some other disease. Treatment—In ordinary cases the patient will require but lit- tle treatment except a mild expectorant to relieve the cough and mit- igate its severity. For this purpose there is nothing better than the compound syrup of seneca snake root. It should be given three or w four times a day, or as often as may be necessary to relieve the cough. For a child three or four years old give from one-fourth to one-half teaspoonful, or in dose sufficiently large to nauseate the stomach. It should be alternated with the following cough syrup: Take Horehound Leaves ground f lb. Boneset Leaves ground £ lb. Ceanothus Americana Bark ground £ lb. Skunk Cabbage Root ground £ lb. Pleurisy Root ground £ lb. Spikenard Root ground £ lb. Black Cohosh Root ground £ lb. Comprey Root ground £ lb. Blood Root ground 6 oz. Put the above in a stone jar sufficiently large to hold them; then cover with diluted alcohol; let it stand for a week or ten days; then transfer to a percolator and let the liquor run off; then add more liquor to the drugs and let it pass through until one gallon of strong tincture is obtained; then set it to one side and add to the drugs one- half gallon of water; let it pass through the drugs; then put the drugs in a tin or copper boiler and add water sufficient to boil them two or three hours; then dip off the decoction and strain, and boil it down to about one gallon; then add the last half gallon of tincture; then add white sugar five or six pounds; let it dissolve; then add the tinct- ure and strain and bottle for use. Dose for a child one-half to one teaspoonful. Dose for an adult one-half to one or two tablespoon- fuls three or four times a day, one or two hours from the compound syrup of seneca snake root. If the case is a severe one and not dis- posed to yield to the above, then give two or three doses of the blue powder for two or three days to break its paroxysmal tendency. If there should be a fever connected with it, then give the fever drops and diaphoretic powder one hour and a half apart alternately and the expectorant or compound syrup of seneca between each dose of powder and drops. Give a dose of oil and turpentine. Inflammation of the Breast. This is sometimes called ague of the breast. This is an affection frequently met with among nursing women, as they are more or less liable to it during the nursing period especially if they are of a scrof- ulous temperament, a peculiarity of constitution which renders them more liable to those diseases than persons of a different tempera- 188 ment. For description of the different temperaments see volume second on chronic diseases. Causes—The most frequent cause of this trouble is the taking cold and not putting the child to the breast in time. This should be done as soon as the child is dressed, as it will prevent an accumula- tion of milk or fluid in the breast, and it will serve the purpose of moving the child's bowels, as it has a laxative effect on the child's bowels. If the breast is kept in a proper condition, there is but little danger from inflammation or ulceration, or any other form of dis- ease. If females would properly prepare their systems previous to confinement, there would be but little danger from this or any other disease, and use proper care in confinement. They should use the compound syrup of partridge berry, or, as it is more frequently called, "Mothers' Relief." It is made as follows: Take Partridge Berry (Mitchella) rep. £ lb. Spikenard Root ground £ lb. Blue Cohosh Root ground £ lb. Helonias Dioica Root ground £ lb. Cramp Bark ground £ lb. Put the above in a convenient vessel; cover the drugs with di- luted alcohol; let it stand for six or eight days; then transfer to a per- colator and add liquor until one-half gallon of strong tincture is ob- tained; then add one quart of water to the drugs; let it pass through; then put the herbs into a tin or copper boiler and add water sufficient to keep them boiling for two or three hours; then dip off the liquid and reduce it down to three quarts; then add two or three pounds of white sugar; let it dissolve; then add the tinctures; then strain and it is ready for use. Dose one-half to one tablespoonful three or four times a day. This far surpasses all other known remedies to relieve the suffering of pregnant females and to expedite labor and purify the system, and prevent many of those troubles, which occur in con- finement. Prevention is always better than cure. Our aim should always be to prevent those consequences as much as possible When the system is in order and all the organs performing their proper functions disease cannot exist. Under such circumstances the cases of inflammation of the breast would be very seldom met with. Symptoms—The first symptom is generally a chill, which is fol- lowed by a fever more or less severe. There are slight darting pains through the breast, which are increased on pressure. As the disease progresses, the pain frequently extends to the arm-pit. At the same time the breast swells and becomes hard and unequal and glossy. Finally the skin becomes a dark red, and matter begins to form, when the breast will become considerably softer with throbbing s.^ *s sense of fluctuation. The patient's suffering at times is very seve^ 1£9 until matter is fully formed and an exit given it, then the suffering Is comparatively over. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease we should first endeavor to remove the inflammation and prevent ulceration. To do this, first give a dose of oil and turpentine; then apply to the breast the following poultice: Elm Bark pulverized £ oz. Stramonium Leaves pulverized £ oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized £ oz. Mix the above together; then take enough to form a poultice large enough to cover the whole breast. Mix it with weak lye to the consistency of a poultice, changing it as often as it gets dry. The whole breast should first be bathed with the following liniment: Take Sweet Oil 4 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 4 oz. Gum Camphor pulverized 2 oz. Tincture of Lobelia 3 oz. Laudanum 2 oz. Tincture of Arnica 2 oz. Tincture of Belladonna 2 oz. Mix and apply with a feather every time the poultice is changed. The internal treatment should be the same as any other case of in- flammation, such as fever drops, composition and nerve tea and dia- phoretic powders. Otitis, or Inflammation of the Ear. This is an inflammation of the membrane and nerve of the ear, and is a very painful disease. It mostly affects children, but adults are also liable to it. The disease may be confined to the interal ear, or it may involve the drum or tympanum. This may, through bad treatment, cause considerable trouble either by injuring the hearing, or resulting in ulceration and involving the audi- tory nerve and thereby rendering deafness the inevitable result. All diseases of the ear should be promptly and skillfully treated by first removing the cause as far as possible and equalizing the circulation. Symptoms—Inflammation of the ear is attended with an acute pain. In ordinary cases there may not be much fever, but in other cases it may be attended with considerable fever. The brain may be- 190 come involved and attended with more or less delirium or a morbid drowsiness, or convulsions may ensue There will be swelling and redness, attended with a throbbing sensation in the affected part, which will serve to distinguish it from neuralgia. The neuralgic form may be distinguished by its periodicity or intermission of the symptoms. The pain is not constant in neuralgia, but intermits. If the inflammation should extend to the brain, it should be prompt- ly treated. For treatment of this complication see inflammation of the brain. This disease should always receive prompt attention and proper treatment, adapted so as to prevent ulceration, which is al- ways to be dreaded from the fact that it is liable to leave some bad effect. Causes—The causes, which generally give rise to otitis, are ex- posing the head and feet to cold, or sitting with the head in a current of cold air, shaving the head too close in cold, damp weather. There are other causes, which may produce it, such as forcing substances in the ear, or using hard substances to pick the ear. Treatment—The treatment should be governed by the severity of the disease. If it is only a simple irritation from cold a few drops of laudanum and sweet oil will generally give relief. It should con- sist of one part laudanum and two parts of sweet oil. Drop two or three drops of this in the ear and stop the ear with cotton. If it should originate from cold, bathe the feet in warm water adding salt and ashes to the water. This will seldom fail to give relief, but should there be severe pain with high fever then give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders each every three hours, that is, one hour and a half apart alternately, and the composition and nerve tea be- . tween each dose of drops and powders. Bathe the side of the face and neck with the anodyne liniment; then apply a warm hop and bran poultice. The bowels should be moved with the anti-bilious physic or castor oil and turpentine. The following should be dropped into the ear two or three times a day: Take Oil of Sassafras £ dr. Laudanum £ dr. Sweet Oil 1 dr. Gum Camphor pulverized 15 gr. Mix, and drdp a few drops in the ear warm two or three times a day and a pledget of cotton should be put in the ear so as to prevent the air going into the ear. An Indian doctor recommends the sap of hickory wood as being an excellent remedy. It may be obtained by placing a green stick of hickory wood over a hot fire and catching the sap as it runs from the pores of the wood. A few drops should be dropped into the ear two or three tim^s a day. Should ulceration ensue, which will very seldom be the case if the above course is 191 properly carried out, but should it occur, treat it as advised under the head of ulceration in the second volume. Should it terminate in inflammation of the brain treat it as advised under that head. Cancrum Oris, or Gangrenous Inflam- mation of the Mouth. This is a very severe and dangerous disease if not properly and skillfully treated. All forms of inflammation may terminate in gangrene in one form or another, but none of them are so rapidly de- structive in their effects as this. It mostly affects children, but adults are not exenpt from it. Symptoms—The symptoms vary. In some cases, small vesicles of an ashy, dark red, or even black, color are observed within the mouth and on the lips or cheeks, encircled by a red base, with little pain or swelling, more or less salivation and a peculiar fetor. These vesicles pass rapidly into a gangrenous condition with augmentation of the pain, heat and tumefaction. Dark purplish spots appear in the neighborhood of the vesicles, which eventually form large sloughs and they progress so rapidly that in the short space of forty-eight hours all the fleshy parts of the mouth and face may be destroyed by gangrenous action. In other instances, the ulceration commences on the gums which at first presents a white and spongy appearance but which rapidly passes into ulceration and gangrene also spreading and involving the jaws, lips and cheeks. The breath becomes in- tolerably offensive, the teeth fall out, the soft parts swd.i and become hard and purple, ulceration with sloughing ensues, and the discharge from the diseased parts is generally so acrid as to excoriate the parts over which it flows. At first the general health does not appear to be much affected; but as the disease progresses and the soft tissues are destroyed, an irritative fever ensues with loss of appetite, emaciation, diarrhoea and death. Causes—The principal catfse of this terrible disease is the poi- sonous effect of mercury or calomel on the system, as I have never seen a case of it unless it originated either directly or indirectly from the effect of that noxious drug calomel. It was given to produce another disease or morbid action and it did just what those disciples or quack salvers give it to do, to make another disease; but it made a worse one than they bargained for. But they always seem dis- posed to attribute it to some other than the real cause, as I have never 192 known a case to occur under a rational practice. This is one of the consequences yr results of the people being willing to swallow poisons to make another disease under pretense of curing them. When the people will learn to treat disease upon rational principles, then this disease will not be known, only as a relic of ancient ignorance. Treatment—The bowels must be kept regular with castor oil and spirits turpentine and such medicines as will antidote the poison, or the bowels should be kept regular with charcoal, pulverized elm bark and rhubarb as follows: Take Elm bark pulv. 1 dr. Charcoal pulv. 1 dr. Khubarb pulv. 30 gr. Mix, and divide into ten or fifteen doses and give one every two or three hours until the bowels move. If the bowels are too loose, they should be restrained by a mild astringent. In some cases the muriatic tincture of iron given internally will have a good effect, or touch the surface with a solution of sulphate of zinc. Also use the fol- lowing, which fill an important indication: Take Fluid Ext. of Bayberry 1 oz. Fluid Ext. of Golden Seal 1 oz. Fluid Ext. of Baptisia 1 cz Tincture of Myrrh 1 oz. Mix, and bathe the affected part three or four times a day and alternate with the following: Take Golden Seal Hoot pulv. £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulv. £ oz. Sumach Berries £ oz. Wild Indigo Root pulv. £ oz. Bayberry pulv. £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water; steep strong; use as directed above. Give internally the alterative syrup with the iodide of potassa 1 dr. to one pint of syrup. Dose one-half to one teaspoonful three times a day and sulphur and cream of tartar at night. Mercurial Inflammation of the Mouth. This is a disease which occurs from the poisonous effect of mer- cury or calomel on the system. It causes a metallic taste in the mouth, with redness and swelling of the gums, with soreness when pressed upon or when pressing the teeth together. There is a stiff- ness of the jaws, with increased flow of saliva; the teeth ache; there is 193 often sore throat, with whitish exudation along the gums; and the glands of the mouth are swollen and painful. The breath from the commencement of the disease, has a peculiar and offensive smell which in bad cases becomes almost intolerable. The teeth become loose and ulceration and sloughing may take place, as I have seen several cases of this kind, one case particularly where the tongue was eaten out, the gums were also eaten away until the jaw-bone was bare, the teeth all dropped out of their sockets, the cheeks mortified and sloughed off and the patient died a most horrible death. I have witnessed several other cases where death was caused from the poi- sonous effect of their drugs, yet those men have the audacity to talk about quacks ruining the people and laws to protect the people from quacks, when they have such a black record following them. I defy them to show similar results from the hands of those men they call quacks: and when the people will learn to judge the tree by its fruit, then their quackery will cease, and then we will cease to see those wretched consequences which so often result from their practice. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease we should endeavor to use such remedies as will, as far as possible, neutralize the poison. For this purpose the bowels should be kept open by castor oil and turpentine and let the patient drink freely of a strong tea of the following articles: Horehound Leaves pulv. 1 oz. Golden Seal Boot pulv. £ oz. Corydalis Formosa Root pulv. £oz. Elder Flowers £ oz. Burdock Seed pulv. £ oz. Mix; add a large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boil- ing water. Make a strong tea and let the patient take two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea every two or three hours. Also give a strong tea of composition and nerve. Give this every three hours alternately with the compouud tea of horehound, and give a dose of sulphur and cream of tartar every night. Mix equal parts of the sulphur and cream of tartar and give one or two teaspoonfuls of the compound in a little sweetened water. As soon as the inflammation or salivation is removed, then put the patient upon an alterative course of treament such as the compound syrup of stilingia with the iodides. 194 Muguet, or White Thrush. This disease differs from true thrush in being a morbid secretion of the mucous membrane of the mouth and not occasioning ulcers. Symptoms—It usually commences with more or less inflamma- tion of the mouth, which varies in severity and may not attract much attention until small curd like patches or exudatioio are discovered on the inside of the lips and about the end of the tong «; and if the chi'd be nursing may be mistaken for particles cf milk. The spots gradually become more numerous and run together forming irregular patches and covering more or less of the mouth and throat. They exfoliate and renew leaving the mucous surface, from which they are thrown off, of a bright red color, but without ulceration. The skin is hot and dry, the pulse not much alterated; there may be consider- able thirst, but when the disease is severe, or when it extends into the esophagus, or tube leading to the stomach, it is very painful in swallowing, and in some cases it may become impossible to swallow. It may extend in and through the alimentary canal and prove fatal. Causes—This affection may be caused by impure air, unwhole- some food, the want of proper cleanliness, tite and filthy apartments, irregularity of the bowels. It may originate from atmospheric causes and prevail as an epidemic. Treatment—This should receive a treatment very similar to that recommended for follicular inflammation of the mouth. If the child is pale and anemic, or deficient in red globules, then the muri- atic tincture of iron is indicated with the same internal and external treatment as advised for follicular inflammation. Nursing Sore Mouth. Women when pregnant, or when nursing, ate liable to certain diseases which they are not liable to at any other period, and this is one of the ailments which belong to that period. It alike affects the healthy and the delicate, but those of a wenkly constitution are the most subject, and those whose digestive organs or liver are deranged are more liable to it. Those predisposed to consumption, or have erysipelas in their blood, or those whose system is contaminated with mercurials or other poisons. Symptoms—The disease generally makes its appearance sudden- 195 Iy, the first symptom being a severe scalding sensation of the tongue with p iin, at times intense. The tongue and roof of the mouth is of a pink color, especially in the severe form, and there is a profuse, watery discharge from the mouth, which is hot so much so that it gives a scalding sensation when passing over it. Any food or drink taken into the mouth occasions more or less pain. After a few days, slight ulceration commences on the tongue and about the throat, and the scalding flow of saliva and pain will continue until the child is weaned or the patient is cured. The bowels are generally costive. When the disease extends into the bowels diarrhoea is often the re- sult and the case becomes much more critical. It is a singular dis- ease as it nearly always disappears on weaning the child, though weaning is not always necessary, neither is it desirable, as there is alwrays a greater liability to a return of the disease in subsequent confinements than where the disease is properly cured and the sys- tem restored to its normal condition. If not properly treated the disease may terminate fatally in from three to four or six weeks after confinement. Treatment—This should be treated very similar to follicular inflammation of the mouth. If there is derangement of the stomach, and the patient is not too weak to bear it, an emetic of two parts lo- belia and one part ipecac given in warm boneset tea. After the operation of the emetic, then give a cathartic of the antibilious phys- ic. If the bowels should be loose, or diarrhoea exist, give castor oil and turpentine to relieve them of their morbid contents, and as fur- ther internal treatment give the compound neutralizing mixture, as recommended for ulcerative inflammation of the mouth, and the ton- ic and alterative tea as directed for that disease; also, the wash aa advised under the same head, in addition to the tonic tea. The composition and nerve tea should be given three or four times a day one hour and a half from the tonic tea, that is give each every three hours alternately, and also give two or three doses a day of the blue powder. Give them for three days and omit them three days. As an external application use the same wash as advised in ulcerative sore mouth. Dr. King advises the following, which is no doubt very good. Take Blue Cohosh Root pulverized £ oz. Geranium Root pulverized £ oz. Golden Seal Root pulverized £ oz. Solomon Seal ground £ oz. Mix, and make a strong infusion by adding one large tablespoon- ful of the above powder to one pint of boiling water, steep it strong, then strain and add one or two tablespoonfuls of honey and two drams of borax pulverized. The above should be used as a wash 196 three or four times a day, and let the patient swallow a teaspoonful three or four times a day, or I would advise the following: Take Blue Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Golden Seal Root pulverized 1 oz. Geranium Root pulverized 1 oz. Solomon Seal Root ground 1 oz. Wild Indian Root ground 1 oz. Mix, and prepare it the same as the above, and use it alternately with the wash advised under the head of ulcerated sore mouth. In some cases the muriatic tincture of iron can be given internally to an advantage in doses of twelve or fifteen drops in a little water. Quinsy, or Inflammatory Sore Throat. This disease involves both the tonsils and the mucous membrane of the throat and more generally affects the young or middle aged, yet no age or sex is exempt from it, but persons of a scrofulous tem- perament or those who are predisposed to diseases of the throat are more liable to it. Persons of a bilious temperament are but seldom affected with it or any other throat trouble. Yet those individuals, through improper conduct or exposure when the disease is prevail- ing epidemically, may have the disease, yet they are not so liable to the disease as persons differently constituted. Causes—The cause, which generally gives rise to this disease, is evidently of a germ origin and generally appears as an epidemic and mostly prevails in the winter or spring, when there is a cold, damp atmosphere prevailing, yet it may appear sporadically, but never with that degree of severity as it does when it is epidemical. When the disease makes its appearance in a section of country or locality per- sons should live as temperate as possible and avoid exposure to colds or sudden changes of the weather, wet feet or damp clothing. Symptoms—The symptoms, which generally indicate the ap- proach of this disease, are a soreness of the throat and a difficulty of swallowing, which is attended with more or less pain. There is a redness and swelling in one or both of the tonsils; the throat becomes dry; the tongue foul and covered with a dark coat or crust. There is .generally great difficulty in swallowing; the voice becomes changed and hoarse; the breathing difficult. There is also more or less fever. As the disease advances all the symptoms become increased; the tongue swells; the dryness of the throat and thirst increases; the 197 tongue becomes more heavily coated with a dark crust; the pulse be- comes more frequent, full and hard; the hearing becomes impaired and, in severe cases, a partial or complete deafness may occur, which is owing to the swelling of the tonsils. The swelling sometimes be- comes so great as to make swallowing almost impossible and suffo- cation becomes imminent. Sometimes there are small white spots which appear on the tonsils, which may slough or ulcerate. When the disease is suffered to continue the inflammation becomes very severe; the eyes watery, red and swollen; the cheeks florid and swollen; the patient opens his mouth with difficulty; the respiration is obstructed to such a degree that the patient is compelled to assume a semi-erect position or have the head and shoulders elevated to prevent suffoca- tion. The tonsils frequently become swollen to such an extent that they can be felt on the outside. In some cases there may be more or less delirium or coma, or a morbid drowsiness supervenes. The in- flammation may terminate in resolution, or in suppuration or ab- scess and occasion considerable sloughing. When suppuration is about taking place the affected part becomes paler and less painful. There is a sensation of throbbing and beating felt in the part with slight chills. The matter may be discharged by the mouth or pass into the bowels. As soon as the matter is discharged the patient ex- periences great relief. Prognosis—In this disease is generally favorable, if properly treated. Treatment—The treatment should generally be commenced by first giving an emetic of two parts of lobelia and one part of ipecac. This should be given in five or ten-grain doses every ten or twenty minutes in warm boneset and sage tea until it operates freely. After the operation of the emetic give a cathartic of the anti-bilious physic. At the same time apply to the throat externally the following lini- ment : Take Coal Oil best 8 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 8oz. Aqua Ammonia strong 4 oz. Gum Camphor 3oz. Oil of Sassafras 2oz. Oil of Pennyroyal 2oz. Oil of Amber rectified 2oz. Oil of Origanum 2oz. Oil of Cedar 2oz. Oil of Hemlock 2oz. Mix, and apply with a feather thoroughly three times a day to the throat and neck until it is thoroughly wet; then apply a hot flan- nel cloth to the part as hot as the patient can bear. At the same 198 time give the fever drops internally every three hours until the phys- ic operates; then continue the following course of treatment: Give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, that is, each every three hours and the composition tea between each dose of drops as follows: Take Composition Powder 1 oz. Blue Cohosh Root pulverized £ oz. Virginia Snake Root £ oz. Sage Leaves ground £ oz. Boneset Leaves ground £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the above to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong; then give two or three tablespoonfuls warm as directed above. This dose is for an adult; it should be ^iven according to the age. The patient should inhale the vapor arising from a strong decoction of bitter herbs, such as tansy, sage. hops and mullein. Put a handful of the above into equal parts of good cider vinegar and water one quart, and boil them for fifteen or twenty minutes and then put them into a coffee pot and add every five or ten minutes a hot stone to the decoction; surround the patient head and shoulders with a blanket, and then let the patient inhale the vapor or steam, as it arises from the decoction, for twenty or thirty minutes or longer, three times a day. This generally affords immediate relief. The blue powders should be given two or three doses a day fifteen or twenty minutes after the fever drops and dia- phoretic powders. Give them for three days. The mouth and throat should be gargled every two or three hours with the following com- pound: Take Golden Seal Root pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized £ oz. Sage Leaves pulverized £ oz. Geranium Root pulverized £ oz. Sumach Berries £ oz. Put one or two large tablespoonfuls of the above to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong; then add one or two drachms of alum; sweeten well with honey and use as above directed. 199 Cynanche Maligna, or Putrid Sore Throat, This is a malignant form of sore throat, and fortunately it does not often prevail, but when it does, if not properly treated, it will frequently prove fatal. Under the so-styled regulor treatment the mortality has always been great, but under a more rational treat- ment the disease can be much abridged and the mortality greatly di- minished. The cause of this desease is evidently a specific virus of a contagious character. Individuals, subject to throat disease, are more likely to be attacked by it. Such persons should avoid being exposed to colds or sudden changes of weather, wet feet or wearing damp clothes, or anything likely to give rise to throat trouble. Symptoms—This desease differs from the ordinary quinsy in there not being so much swelling in the throat, or being so severe, and consequently the swallowing is not so difficult, but the putrid symptoms are more manifest. Sores and ulcers are soon visible in the back part of the mouth and throat. There is more or less fever. The patient will experience chilly sensations, alternated with heat; r!ie voice will often change and become hoarse; the ulcers change from an ash color to a livid and then to a black, when, if not check- ed, putrid symptoms appear, which is soon followed by gangrene, which will soon result in death. The stomach may become irritable, and the patient may complain of nausea or vomiting. In some cases the bowels may be constipated; in others loose. The pulse becomes more frequent; the patient generally tries to avoid moving the head as much as possible to avoid the increased pain, which results from any movement of the neck. The breath becomes fetid and, if the disease is likely to terminate fatally, bleeding may take place from the nose or mouth. Treatment—This should be very nearly similar to that recom- mended for quinsy, only more energetic. The throat should be occa- sionally gargled with a solution of capsicum, salt and vinegar. This should be used three of four times a day, alternated with the follow- ing: Take Sumach Berries or Bark i oz. Blackberry Bark of Root ground £ oz. White Oak Bark ground £ oz. Red Elm Bark ground £ oz. Mix. Put a large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water; steep strong; use frequently. 200 Laryngitis, or Inflammation of the Larynx or Wind Pipe. Thi«. disease is not of frequent occurrence, but when it does oc- cur it is generally severe and should always be promptly met, as it is often rapid in its progress, often destroying the patient in a few days by producing suffocation. It may be connected with inflammation of the trachea, which increases the suffering of the patient, and renders the disease more critical or dangerous in its tendency and always re- quires prompt attention, as nothing but a prompt and energetic course of treatment will save the life of the patient. Causes—The causes, which generally give rise to this disease, are the taking of a sudden cold, or the inhalation of irritating substances, or noxious gas, or the exposure of the throat and neck to cold, damp air, or it may result from the improper treatment of mea- sles or scarlet fever or croup. Symptoms—The symptoms, which generally characterize this disease, are first a sensation of chilliness, followed by more or less fever with heat and dryness of the skin; the pulse becomes more fre- quent; the voice changes and becomes hoarse or indistinct and some- times is suppressed; the breathing becomes painful and laborious with a sensation of tightness or stricture in the throat, which some- times amount to almost suffocation; the pulse becomes frequent and feeble, or intermittent; the eyes are protruding and sometimes blood shot; the countenance livid or swollen; the tongue furred; the throat red; tbe tonsils, palate and glottis all exhibit a red and inflamed ap- pearance; the swallowing becomes difficult. Sometimes the muscles of the throat and chest are thrown into a spasmodic action, threaten- ing suffocation; the patient becomes extremely restless and uneasy, often changing his position to obtain relief and calling for more air. The pulse now becomes more full and frequent; the skin is hot and dry; the tongue is more coated; the urine is scanty and generally highly colored; the bowels are costive. In some respects the symp- toms resemble those of croup. If the disease is suffered to continue, the patient becomes exhausted and disposed to sleep, or becomes morbidly drowsy, which is interrupted or prevented by the parox- ysms of coughing with expectoration of a tough gelatinous mucus; the face becomes pale and sunken; the lips purplish; the eyes glaring and watery with a purplish circle around them; the extremities grow cold; the pulse feeble and intermittent; the respiration becomes mere 201 difficult and distressing. In this condition the patient gradually sinks; the pulse fails; stupor or coma takes place with cold sweat and ultimately death. Treatment—The general principle of treatment here should be the same as in all other forms of inflammation; first to remove the cause as far as possible and cleanse and purify the system as far as possible from all morbid matter. To do this an emetic of lobelia and ipecac should be given as directed under the head of quinsy. After the emetic give a cathartic of the anti-bilious physic; then give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alter- nately and the composition tea as directed for quinsy. The feet should be bathed every night in warm water, adding the salt and ashes as elsewhere directed. The throat should be bathed with the liniment as directed for quinsy, also using the same gargle to the throat. The patient should use the inhalation of bitter herbs as di- rected in the treatment of quinsy. In some cases, if there is much fever, give the blue powders. If there is much cough or difficulty of expectoration, give the compound syrup of seneca as directed for the croup. It should be alternated with the composition tea, that is, give the tea in one interval between the drops and powders and the syrup in the next interval, that is, give the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart. If the case does not readily yield to the above treat- ment, give a vapor bath over bitter herbs. Tonsilitis. This is a disease of frequent occurrence especially among the scrofulous or persons subject to throat disease. It commences as an ordinary sore throat with soreness and dryness in the throat and fauces with pain shooting from the throat to the ears. There are chills alternated with flushes of fever or heat. The voice is changed; the hearing is dull or imperfect; the swallowing is more difficult and attended with more or less pain; the tonsils are inflamed and en- larged. As the disease advances the fever increases; the pulse be- comes more frequent and hard; the swallowing is more difficult and more painful; the tonsils may swell so as to touch each other or close the air passage. The tongue is coated first with a white fur and, as the disease advances, it changes to a brown. The patient becomes restless and easily disturbed. If the disease is not controlled, it will run into supperation, which is indicated by the increased swelling. There will sometimes be white specks, which will appear on the ton- 202 sils. The bowels are generally costive. If the disease is let run its course, the swallowing and breathing becomes more difficult; the pulse becomes weak; the face becomes livid and death soon closes the seene. Causes—The causes, which generally give rise to this disease, are sudden changes of the weather from hot to cold, or damp weath- er, exposure of the throat to cold, the wearing of damp clothes, sitting in damp rooms, or going from hot to cold air thereby causing a check to perspiration. Where an individual is predisposed to throat trouble it can easily be roused up. Treatment—The first thing to be done in the successful treat- ment of this disease is to remove the cause as much as possible and to equalize the circulation and restore a healthy action. In the first place give a cathartic of anti-bilious physic, twenty or thirty minutes after the physic is taken. Give a dose of the fever drops in one hour and a half after the fever drops are taken. Give a dose of the com- position and nerve tea and continue the drops and tea one hour and a half apart alternately until the physic operates; then give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, and give the nerve and composition tea half way between each dose of the drops and powders, that is, give the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart. The feet should be bathed every night for twenty or thirty minutes in warm water as hot as the patient can bear, adding salt and wood ashes to the water, and, when taken out, rubbed thor- oughly with a dry cloth. Apply a mustard poultice to the throat; let it irritate freely; then remove it and apply a piece of fat bacon to the throat, and three or four times a day bathe the throat and neck well with the following stimulating liniment: Tincture of Capsicum 4 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 4 oz. Aqua Ammonia strong 4 oz. Gum Camphor 2 oz. Oil of Sassafras 2oz. Oil of Origaunm 2oz. Oil of Cedar 2oz. Oil of Hemlock 2oz. Mix well and apply as above with a feather; let it dry in; then apply the bacon. This should be kept constantly applied to the throat and neck. At the same time let the patient inhale every two or three hours the vapor of vinegar and bitter herbs, as follows: Take wormwood, hops and catnip; stew them up in equal parts of vinegar and rain water; then put them in a pitcher or coffee pot having two or three small stone hot; cover the patient's head with a blanket; then place the vessel under the cover with the head over it; add one of the 203 hot stone; let the patient inhale the vapor for twenty or thirty min- utes. This generally affords great relief, but should the case be se- vere the treatment should be preceded by an emetic and cathartic; then follow up with the above treatment. The following gargle or wash should be used every two or three hours: Take Golden Seal pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Geranium Macula Root pulverized £ oz. Alum pulverized 1 dr. Mix, and add one large teaspoonful to one teacupful of boiling water; steep it 15 or 20 minutes; then strain and use as a gargle every two or three hours until relief. An Indian doctor recommends In' dian turnip very highly, used in powders. Follicular Inflammation of the Mouth. This disease is generally known by the name of thrush or aphtha. It is a disease mostly of childhood, but no age is exempt from it. Causes—It mostly affects children of a weakly and delicate con- stitution, or children predisposed to scrofula, or for want of cleanli- ness, or pure air, or unwholesome diet. Anything which will de- range the digestive organs may give rise to it. Symptoms—This disease makes its appearance by small white specks which first appear on the tongue, lips, and inside of the mouth and throat, which spread more or less rapidly over the whole surface of the mouth and throat, and in severe cases may extend through the whole alimentary canal to the anus. These specks may proceed to ulceration and terminate by exfoliation or shedding of whitish crusts. Sometimes a small quantity of blood is discharged from the ulcers, which dries and forms a brown scab. The mouth is hot, the lips dry and often swollen; the saliva constantly dribbling from the mouth; the breath is unusually offensive, and nursing or eating is difficult, producing much pain. The pulse is quick but feeble; the bowels are generally loose, with a watery or greenish appearance of the stools, and vomiting is frequent- The child becomes pale and ema- ciated and fretful, with an expression of severe suffering. When the disease is mild all of those symptoms will not be present, but in severe cases there will be other symptoms, such as headache, with severe pain in the bowels. If the disease continues any length of time the patient will become greatly emaciated. 201 Prognosis—When the disease is mild the crusts fall off in a few days, and the little ulcers heal, but in severe and unfavorable cases the ulcers run together forming severe ulcers, which present a dark and unhealthy appearance, with vomiting and diarrhoea, with small, quick pulse and rapid emaciation. Treatment—The bowels should be regulated with the com- pound syrup of rhubarb and potassa, which is made as follows: Take Rhubarb Root crushed 4 oz. Bicarbonate of Potash 4 oz. Golden Seal Root crushed 2 oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized 3 oz. Peppermint pulverized 4 oz. Peach Leaves ground 4 oz. Best Fourth-Proof Brandy \ gal. Put all the above articles in a percolator; cork the lower end and let it stand for a week or ten days; then remove the cork; let the tincture pass off; return it to the drugs; let it pass through a second time; then set it to one side and add water to the drugs until one-half gallon is obtained; then heat the aqueous solution and add two or three pounds of white sugar; let it dissolve; then add the tincture and strain and bottle for use. Dose one-half to two-thirds of a tea- spoonful three or four times a day. This will neutralize the acid in the stomach and bowels. If the case is severe, in addition to the above it may be necessary to give the patient small doses of rhubarb and magnesia until the appearance of the discharge indicates the ac- tion of the rhubarb, or the color of the discharge is changed. If there is much fever, give the fever drops and diaphoretic powder one hour and a half apart and the compound syrup between every other dose of the drops and powders, and the following tonic and astrin- gent tea between every alternate dose of drops and powders, that is, the rhubarb syrup between or in one interval between the drops and powders, and the tea in the next interval. The tea is made thus: Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Golden Seal Root pulverized £ oz. Geranium Macula Root pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized £ oz. Alum pulverized £ dr. Mix, and add a large teaspoonful of the compound to a teacupful of boiling water; steep it twenty or thirty minutes and strain; then let the patient gargle the mouth and throat as directed above. and then swallow a teaspoonful or two according to the age of the child. In some cases where the child is weak the blue powders should be given two or three times a day. Give them fifteen or tv, en- ty minutes after the fever drops. 205 Ulcerative Inflammation of the Mouth. This disease is generally known as ulcerative sore mouth. It somewhat resembles thrush, but differs from it in the character of the ulcers which, instead of being confined to the follicles of the membrane of the mouth, may take place in any part of this mem- brane and extend in an irregular manner. By some it has been con- sidered the same as cancrum oris, but in some respects it differs ma- terially. It may occur during infancy, but is more likely to occur among boys and between the age of five and ten years, Symptoms—The disease generally commences in the gums which become red, swollen, soft and bleeding and are soon covered with a soft layer of greyish matter. The inflammation and ulceration may extend to the adjacent portion of the mouth and lips, commencing with small white spots, which enlarge and run together until they form large grey patches covering the erosion or ulcers. Usually the disease is limited to small portions, but occasionally it extends overall parts of the mouth. If not relieved, the inflammation con- tinues and the ulceration deepens, the greyish layers of false mem- branes become detached and quickly renewed, thus perpetuating the disease. If the disease is severe, the submaxillary glands, situated beneath the jaw, are swollen, hard and painful; the breath is offen- sive with more or less salivation; the suffering is severe, and the pa- tient is restless and uneasy and unable to suck or eat. There is gen- erally more or less fever with a quick pulse, loss of appetite and ema- ciation. In some instances the ulceration spreads so extensively that the teeth pre loosened and sometimes fall out. Causes—This may be owing to a defective constitution or a viti- ated state cf the blood or from improper diet, want of cleanliness, damp and unwholesome air, or a deranged condition of the digestive organs. Treatment—If the bowels are costive, give a dose of the anti- bilious physic or a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. The bowels should be kept regular with oil and turpentine, or some mild laxative, and the patient removed, if possible, into a dry, healthy at- mosphere. Internal treatment is highly essential. For this purpose the compound syrup of hypophasphite in dose of £ to £ teaspoonful according to the age of the child, or the compound syrup of sarsapa- rilla. Give the dose same as the above. This should be given three 203 times a day, morning, noon and night, and the following tea between each meal: Take Golden Seal Root pulverized £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Gold Thread ground £ oz. Baptisia ground 3 dr. Mix, and add one large teaspoonful of the powder to a teacupful of boiling water; steep it strong and give the patient one or two tea- spoonfuls of the tea every three hours alternating with the neutral- izing cordial as follows: Take Neutralizing Cordial 3 oz. Sulphite of Soda £ dr. Hydrastin 10 gr. Myricine 10 gr. Rhuun 10 gr. Mix. Dose from i to £ teaspoonful every three hours alternately. "With the above tea give them one hour or hour and a half apart, ow- ing to the severity of the case. As a wash to the ulcers, the follow- ing will give satisfaction: Take Golden Seal pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized $ oz. Geranium Macula Root pulverized £ oz. Alum pulverized 1 dr. Mix, and apply every one or two hours until the dioease is sub- dued. Small doses of the blue powders should be given as a tonic two or three times a day in simple syrup. The tincture of iron will make a good application to the ulcers. They may also be destroyed with diluted sulphuric acid by applying it to the ulcers. Inflammatory Rheumatism. This disease has always been a stumbling-block and a disgrace to those boastful pretenders. After over three hundred years of boastful pretentions they are still as much in the dark as regards its true nature and treatment as they were three hundred years ago. If it were not so, there would not be! so many cripplos throughout the country as the result of bid treatment, yet in the face of thece facts they will boast of their skill and diplomas, and attempt to treat a disease, which has always been characterized with ouch bad success. Notwithstanding the above facts they will treat it for weeks and 207 months, and humbug and deceive their patients by telling them a falsehood that they are doing all for the case that can be done. A similar want of success cannot be found in the hands of those men they stigmatize as quacks. Their principle is any and everything to deceive the people and prevent them from seeing the light and re- nouncing their fallacy. The treatment given in the following pages will, if properly carried out, produce results which have never been attained by any other method of practice ever offered to the world before. This disease is generally met with in two forms: the acute and the chronic. The chronic will be treated in the volume on chron- ic diseases. If the acute form is properly treated, it will not result in the chronic form from the fact if the cause is removed there will be no morbid matter left by which the chronic can be produced. Causes—This disease evidently results from a vitiated state or condition of the blood, which, when surrounded by other congenial circumstances in individuals predisposed to rheumatism, may cause or develop the disease. The causes, which may give rise to the dis- ease in persons predisposed, are colds or exposure, and damp, chilly atmosphere. Those individuals should always protect themselves as much as possible against the influence of the changes of the weather by wearing flannel next the skin both winter and summer, wearing a lighter grade through the summer and a heavier grade through the cold weather so as to protect the surface from the changeableness of the season. Such individuals should avoid night air or wearing damp clothes or sleeping in damp beds. Symptoms—Acute rheumatism may come on without any pre- monitory warning, making its attack suddenly with a severe pain in the muscles or about the joints. Generally the first symptom which attracts the patient's attention is a severe pain in the affected part and which is more or less severe according to the nature and severi- ty of the disease. It may be followed by a chill, which is soon suc- ceeded by fever of an inflammatory type, which may continue for several days or weeks, owing to the severity of the disease. The pulse becomes full and hard and frequent; the tongue is usually coat- ed white and occasionally dry and red; the affected part becomes very painful, red and swollen and tender to the touch; the pain is in- creased on the slightest moving of the part. Consequently the pa- tient tries to avoid moving as much as possible, the tenderness often being so great that the patient cannot bear the slightest touch even of the bed clothes, or the slightest jar will augment the pain and suffering; the urine becomes scanty and highly colored, and often deposits a brick dust colored sediment in the bottom of the vessel. The disease may translate from one part to another. It may move from the joints to the brain, heart, lunge, bowels or uterus (or womb). 208 There is no portion of the system, which is exempt from its ravages. When it attacks the brain there is acute pain in the head with more or less delirium. Intolerance to light or sound, the least noise will disturb the patient; the countenance indicates great suffering. When it attacks the stomach there will be severe pain and tenderness in the region of the stomach with nausea and vomiting. When it at- tacks any internal organ the danger is imminent and will require the most energetic treatment and to be skillfully applied, or fatal re- sults will occur. It may attack the pleura, when it is called pleuro- dynia. When it attacks the muscles of the back it is called lumba- go. When it locates on the sciatic nerve it is called sciatica. When the muscles of the head is the seat of it, then it is designated hermi- crania, which is known by the pain and tenderness of the scalp and when it attacks the uterus it often causes the most severe suffering and bears a strong resemblance to metritis or inflammation of the womb. It has also been called the fibrous or synovial. In this form the inflammatory symptoms run high. The tongue is thickly coated; the pulse is full and hard; the disease will always assume a periodic character with morning remissions and evening exacerbations, which is always distinct. Treatment—In reference to the treatment of this disease the regulars have always been at sea without compass or rudder to guide them, consequently their treatment has always been as blind men armed with clubs and striking in the dark without any certain knowledge what they were going to hit; whether it was the disease or the patient, but the sequel shows which they hit. From the nu- merous cripples and ruined constitutions throughout the country shows beyond the possibility of a doubt which they hit; that nine times out of ten they hit the patient and not the disease. Science and humanity demands that such fallacies should be blown to the four winds of the heavens and no longer tolerated in this enlightened age of the world. In the rational treatment of this disease we should, as in all other diseases, so far as possible remove the cause, and as the cause is a vitiated state of the blood our remedies should be di- rected to the relief or purification of that vital material by neutraliz- ing the septic poison or condition of the blood by anti-septics and al- tera*.;ves, which will cleanse the system and aid nature in assuming her los^ power. To accomplish this first give a dose of anti-bilious phy?r. As soon as the physic operates then commence and continue the f blowing course of treatment until every vestige of morbid mat- ter is removed from the system. After the operation of the physic give a dose of the fever drops. For an adult 35 to 45 drops in a little cold water or warm catnip tea. In three-fourths of an hour after the drops give a dose of the composition and nerve tea. Three-fourths 209 of an hour after the composition and nerve tea give a dose of the di- aphoretic powders, that is, give the drops and powder one hour and a half apart, that is, each every three hours and the composition and nerve tea in one interval, and the following rheumatic tea in the next interval, that is, give this and the composition tea alternately. It is made as follows: Take Bittersweet Bark of Twigs ground 3 oz. Queen of the Meadow Root pulverized 4 oz. Black Cohosh Root pulverized 4 oz. Pipsissawa Leaves ground 3 oz. Guaicim Raspinps 3 oz. Burdock Seed ground • 3 oz. Prickly Ash Bark pulverized 3 oz. Sassafras Bark pulverized 2 oz. Serpentaria Root pulverized 1 oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling wa- ter; steep it for twenty or thirty minutes; then give two or three ta- blespoonfuls of the tea warm every three hours, that is, alternate it with the composition and nerve tea as directed above. The teas should be sweetened, if desired, and given warm. I have also seen good results from giving three doses a day of the blue powders given in six to eight grains, doses fifteen or twenty minutes after the fever drops and fifteen or twenty minutes after the diaphoretic powders. The feet should be thoroughly bathed in warm water and salt and ashes added; bathe them every night for fifteen or twenty minutes, if the patient is able to sit up; if not, apply hot stone or brick wrap- ped in damp cloths. The bowels should be kept open with castor oil and turpentine. This should be given every other night, if necessary. If the disease should strike the heart, then give the following course of treatment: Apply a large mustard plaster over the region of the heart and let it irritate freely, and give internally the following heart drops: Take Tincture of Collinsonia 1 oz. Tincture of Cactus ground £ oz. Tincture of Digitalis 1 dr. Mix. Dose 10 to 15 drops fifteen or twenty minutes after each dose of the fever drops. This should be given in a little water; the blue powders should not be given until the heart trouble is removed, and at no time longer than two or three days and they should be given in the morning. When there is a remission of the fever, as an external application, the following will fill the indications 210 admirably: Take Spirits of Turpentine 8 oz. Coal Oil best 8 oz. Aqua Ammonia strong 4 oz. Gum Camphor 2oz. Oil of Sassafras 2oz. Oil of Hemlock 2oz. Oil of Origanum 2oz. Oil of Amber rectified 2oz. Oil of Capsicum i oz. Mix, and apply with a feather three times a day freely and then apply hot flannel cloths to the part as hot as the patient can bear. If the above should fail to give relief, which it will seldom do, then give the patient a steam bath as follows: Take a split-bottom chair; let the patient remove all his clothes except the shirt; then let him sit on the chair; surround the patient and chair with a blanket so as to confine the steam to the body, leaving the head and neck out; then take 4 or 6 oz. of alcohol, put it in aflat basin, place it under the chair and set it afire, letting the patient remain over it for twen- ty or thirty minutes, or until he perspires freely; then wipe dry with a coarse towel and return to bed and cover up warm and continue the internal and external treatment as before. The patient's feet should be put into warm water as hot as he can bear it while un- dergoing the sweating process. If the alcohol cannot be obtained, get some bitter herbs, such as hops, tansy, catnip and horehound; boil them strong in equal parts of vinegar and water. At the same time have a half dozen of small stone heated hot; put the herbs and liquid first in a basin under the chair as directed for the alcohol; then add every few minutes one of the hot stone as the patient can bear and continue until the patient sweats thoroughly. When it attacks the bowels I have given relief by taking two or three glass tumblers and applying them to the bowels by first drop- ping bits of burning paper into the tumbler and immediately apply- ing them to the bowels when, if properly done, they will stick fast and draw powerfully and give immediate relief. Lumbago and Sciatica. These diseases are similar, only differing in locality, both being of a rheumatic character, and they may be either acute or chronic. When in the acute form they are often sudden in their attack and of a very severe and painful character. When it affects the muscles of 211 the ba^k it is called lumbago and when it attacks the nerve of the hip it is called sciatica, and has its seat in the sciatic nerve of the hip, the cause of both being a vitiated condition of the blood, which, fioin colds or exposure to sudden changes of weather, may cause it to arouse up. When the disease is located in the hip the pain may extend to the knee or ankle, and I have known cases in which the pain and swelling was located in the knee and ankle, when the main seat of the disease was in the hip, and I have known cases treated for weeks or months for rheumatism of the knee and ankle, when, on examination of the nerve of the hip, I would find the location there. To do this pressure should be made by the thumb at the hip joint, which will reveal the true seat of the disease by showing great tender- ness of the nerve. I have had patients to come to me after they had been treated for months by other physicians, who had adapted their treatment to the knee and ankle. I would treat the hip and the pa- tient would soon recover. In all cases where the pain and swelling appears to be located in the knee or foot the hip joint should be ex- amined to ascertain whether the primary location is not in the hip. Treatment—Th s should be treated as the acute form of rheu- matism, located in any other part of the system, by giving such rem- edies as will cleanse the system from morbid matter and establish a healthy action. In the first place if the bowels are costive give a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. As soon as it operates, then commence the following course of treatment: give a dose of the fever drops and diaphoretic powders, each every three hours al- ternately, that is, one hour and a half apart, and the following anti- rheumatic d ops between every other dose of fever drops and dia- phoretic powders. Take Tincture of Black Cohosh Root 1 oz. Tincture of Gum Guaicum 1 oz. Tincture of Prickly Ash Berries 1 oz. Tincture of Virginia Snake Root £ oz. Tincture of Poke Root £ oz. Mix. Dose for an adult £ teaspoonful every three hours, to be al- ternated with the following alterative and antiseptic tea: Pleurisy Root pulverized 2oz. Blue Cohosh Root pulverized 1£ oz. Skunk Cabbage Root pulverized l£oz. Black Cohosh Root pulverized li oz. Blue Bell Root pulverized 1 oz. Prickly Ash Bark pulverized 1 oz. Virginia Snake Root pulverized 1 oz. Sassafras Bark pulverized 1 oz. Burdock Seed ground 1 oz. 212 Mix, and add one tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water. Steep it strong and give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm between every other dose of fever drops and diaphor- etic powders. That is alternate it with the above rheumatic drops. The part should be bathed three times a day thoroughly with the anodyne liniment; let it dry in, then apply a flannel cloth to the part as hot as the patient can bear. If the case should be stubborn the vapor bath may be applied with excellent results, often affording great relief. The feet should be bathed every night in water as hot as the patient can bear, adding salt and ashes to the water. If the bowels are constipated they should be regulated by giving a dose of the fol- io wing pills: Take Leptandrin 1 dr. Guaicum pulverized 1 dr. Gum Turpentine pulverized 1 dr. Podophylin £ dr. Macrotin 20 gr. Sanguinarin 15 gr. Extract of Poke Berries 2 dr. Mix, and make into one hundred and twenty pills and give one or two pills every night on going to bed, or sufficient to keep the bowels open. Gonorrhea. This is the result of impure coition, or sexual intercourse, and is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the urethra, which is generally caused by an impure intercourse; but a disease very sim- ilar to gonorrhea may be caused by other causes, such as strains, bruises, or too frequent intercourse with females having fluor albus or whites, which causes an irritation and discharge s@ closely resem- bling that of gonorrhea that it may not be easily distinguished from the regular gonorrhea. Therefore, a physician should be particular to ascertain the true cause before he gives his opinion. This disease has generally been treated by medical'authors under the head of sur- gical diseases, but as its treatment is more medical than surgical I have put it where I think it more properly belongs. Sy^mptoms—The first symptoms manifest themselves from two to four days after infection, yet it may be six or eight days, or longer , before much inconvenience will be realized. The sensation is an itching in the glands' penis, aud a soreness and tingling er smarting 213 on urinating, or making water. There will be a small quantity of a whitish matter, which may be observed at the orifice of the urethra. As the disease advances the discharge increases and becomes thinner and less adhesive and of a greenish or yellowish color; the glands' penis presents a red and inflamed appearance, especially at the or- ifice of tlie urethra; the stream of urine becomes smaller and, when passed, causes severe pain and scalding. The bladder may, from sympathy, become irritable and incapable of retaining the urine for any length of time, causing the patient to urinate frequently with a constant uneasiness about the scrotum perineum and fum am nt. The patient becomes pale and loses flesh rapidly. Sometimes when the inflammation is severe there will be observed a slight quantity of blood in the discharge. When it exists in a very high degree it often causes what is called a chordee in which the penis becomes erect and curved downward with severe pain. This is more apt to occur while the patient is warm in bed depriving him of sleep or rest, and some- times there will be an involuntary emission of semen and from the inflammation phymosis is apt to occur in which the fore-skin be- comes swollen over the glands' penis, so that it cannot be drawn back. When the swelling takes place behind the glands, so that it can not be drawn forward, then it is called paraphymosis. Sometimes small, hard swellings may be observed in the lower surface of the penis along the course of the urethra and they may suppurate and form troublesome sores of a fistulous character. The glands of the groins frequently become swollen and indurated from the excessive inflammation or one or both of the testicles may become swollen and inflamed, causing severe pains which extend from the seat of the disease to the small of the back with more or less fever. If gonor- rhea is properly treated, it will generally yield to the treatment in from 6 to 8 days, but if the patient is in the habit of using strong liquor, beer or anything of the kind, or strong diet, or hard exercise, this will protract the case for weeks, or cause it to form a gleet. When the disease has remained a long time and the system has be- come impregnated with the virus and the matter is suffered to come in contact with the organs of generation or other parts of the body; warty excrescences are apt to form. When the disease is of long standing, or has been improperly treated stricture of the urethra is apt to follow, which may be known by more or less difficulty and pain in making water; the diminution of the stream, which passes spirally or divided into two streams and by the involuntary escape of a few drops of urine after the bladder is emptied. Among females the disease is similar to that of the male, but less severe. There is heat and soreness in urinating with a discharge of colored matter with slight pain in walking and uneasiness in sitting. Stricture very 214 seldom occurs in females. The part looks more or less inflamed and red ulcers are also likely to form the same as in the male. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease our object should be to use such medicine as will neutralize the virus and eradicate it from the system. To do this, in the first place give a cathartic of anti-bilious physic. Put one teaspoonful of the powder to two or three tablespoonfuls of boiling water; sweeten it and stir until it gets cold; then drink grounds and all on going to bed; then give the fol- lowing diuretic drops: Take Sweet Oil of Almond 8 oz. Sweet Spirits of Nitre 8 oz. Balsam of Capabia 4 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 4 oz. Oil of Juniper Berries 1 oz. Oil of Cubebs 1 oz. Gum Camphor pulverized 2 dr. Mix. Dose from 25 to 30 drops on sugar two or three times a day between each meal and after supper. If the case should be a se- vere one, give the oil of sandal wood one hour after the diuretic drops. Dose 4 to 5 drops on sugar. The bowels should be kept in a soluble condition with the anti-bilious physic or salts given every night or every other night on going to bed. The following should be used as an injection twice a day: Take Sulphate of Hydrastin 4 gr. Sulphate of Z.nc 4 gr. Sulphate of Morphine £ gr. Rose Water 2 oz. Dissolve the morphine in as small a quantity of alcohol as will dissolve it; then add it to the above; use one or two syringefuls twice a day. If the case is stubborn, add two or three grains of tanin to the above. The injection should be used after urinating or passing water. In severe cases of chordee I have used the following poultice with good results: Take Elm Bark pulverized 1 oz. Stramonium Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized 1 oz. Mix with warm water and apply to the part every night, or it may be used through the day, if necessary; and internally give the following powder: Lupuline 30 gr. Gum Camphor pulverized 30 gr. Opium pulverized 8 gr. Mix, and divide into sixteen doses and give two or three a day, especially a dose at night. This will generally relieve the trouble or 215 prevent an attack. Dr. King recommends the following as an exter- nal application, which I have no doubt but it is good: Take Oil of Stillingia 1 dr. Oil of Lobelia £ dr. Tincture of Stramonium Seed 2 dr. Sweet Oil 4 or. Mix, and apply to the part two or three times a day. When there is a severe chordee and when the gonorrhea has been cured there sometimes remains a contraction of the frenum by which the penis is drawn down the same as in chordee, which forms a chronic form of the disease. For the relief of this trouble apply the poultice at night as recommended for the chordee. In its more acute form Dr. King recommends the following, which I believe is very good: Take Inspissated Juice of Conium £ oz. Extract of Belladonna £ oz. Oil of Stillingia 1 oz. Tincture of Camphor \ oz. Tincture of Opium £ oz. Mix, and shake well together; then apply with a feather twice a day. This should be applied through the day and the poultice at night. If phymosis or paraphymosis should occur, apply the poultice as directed for chordee until the inflammation is removed. When these conditions become of a chronic nature then the following poul- tice should be used: Take Lobelia Herb pulverized £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Bark pulverized £ oz. Stramonium Leaves pulverized £ oz. Elm Bark pulverized £ oz. Mix, and make a poultice and keep it constantly applied to the part and especially at night, and the above liniment through the day as recommended for chordee. Should bubo or enlargement of the glands in the groin occur the original disease or gonorrhea should be cured as promptly as possible, and to the swelling apply the follow- ing: Take Tincture of Conium Macula 1 oz. Tincture of Arnica Flowers £ oz. Tincture of Camphor £ oz. Muriate of Ammonia 2 dr. Water 1 oz. Mix, and apply to the swelling two or three times a day until it is removed. If warty excrescences form, remove them by applying nitrate of silver or powdered savin leaves. When large they may be nipped off with sharp scissors and apply the nitrate of silver to them 216 daily, or a saturated solution of ammonia. When the disease has been improperly treated and let remain in the system it will result in the chronic form, or, as it is generally called, a gleet, which is very apt to follow when the disease has been neglected or improperly managed. To neutralize the virus and renovate the system the fol- lowing will give satisfaction: Take Tincture of Stillingia Root 4 oz. Tincture of Coryalis Formosa 3 oz. Tincture of Mandrake Root 2 oz. Tincture of Poke Root 1 oz. Tincture of Fellow Dock 4 oz. Tincture of Dulce mara 2 oz. Simple Syrup 8 oz. Mix, and add 1£ dr. of iodide of potassa and bromide of potassa 1£ dr.; let it dissolve; then give one teaspoonful four times a day, one hour before each meal and on going to bed. If it should cause the bowels to move too freely, take less; also give the diuretic drops two or three times a day in sweetened water. Dose 25 to 30 drops and use an injection as directed for gonorrhea; if necessary, add a little more tanin. Retention of Urine. This term is applied to a condition where the urine is secreted by the kidneys, but from some obstruction either in the ureters, urethra or bladder, nature fails to expel it, and it often causes con- siderable trouble and endangers life. Causes—The causes, which generally give rise to retention, are either from obstruction or paralysis of the neck of the bladder. The obstruction may be in the ureters, bladder or urethra, or it may be caused rrom inflammation of the neck of the bladder or prostate gland,, or from injuries of the bladder, or from gravel or stone in the bladder. Symptoms—The most prominent symptom is an urgent desire to urinate with a lack of power to do so. The patient often tries until he becomes exhausted and alarmed. Uneasiness and pain is felt in the region of the bladder, which extends to the thighs and loins. The b'adder may be felt above the pubes or front bone. It will be hard and enlarged, and pressure upon it causes severe pain. The desire to urinate becomes more and more urgent; the patient strains but to no effect. As the difficulty progresses the pulse becomes hard and 217 frequent; the face flushes; the skin is hot; the heart beats rapidly; the tongue becomes covered with a white fur; the kidneys go on secret- ing the urine; there will be great danger of rupture of the bladder, or inflammation of the peritonium. Sometimes the urine dribbles away, from the fact that the distending force of the accumulating fluid forces itself through, and this condition, though not followed by rupture of the bladder, may give rise to a serious inflammation. The bladder is sometimes capable of great distention, as it has been known to contain one gallon of urine without rupture. When a rup- ture does occur it is generally about the third or fourth day. Writers have divided retention of urine into three degrees, as follows: Dysuria, in which the urine is passed with pain, and consider- able heat or scalding. Strangury, in which the urine is voided drop by drop with great difficulty, and is attended with heat or scalding, with pain and tenesmus of the neck of the bladder. Ischuria veria, in which the urine having passed from the kid- neys to the bladder, the patient can not void it, notwithstanding the constant desire to do so. Treatment—Every case of retention of urine should be promptly and skillfully treated. If the retention should not be of too long standing, or too severe, the following treatment will give relief: First give a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. For an adult give one tablespoonful of the oil with 20 or 25 drops of turpentine; in from twenty to thirty minutes after the oil give a dose of the follow- ing compound tincture of eupatorium purpureum: Take Fluid Extract of Eupatorium £ oz. Fluid Extract of Santalum Alba £ oz. Fluid Extract of Polygonum £ oz. Fluid Extract of Juniper Berries £ oz. Mix. Dose for an adult 30 to 60 drops in water every three hours, and the diuretic drops every three hours alternately with the above drops until you give two or three doses. It should be given in the following diuretic tea. Queen of the Meadow Root pulverized I oz. Marsh Mallow Root ground £ oz. Peach Leaves pulverized £ oz. Spearmint Leaves pulverized £ oz. Juniper Berries crushed £ oz. Mix. Put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, steep It strong, and give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea every hour or two until the patient is relieved, and apply to the bowels, over the region of the bladder, the following liniment: 218 Take Strong Tincture of Camphor 1 oz. Sweet Spirits of Nitre 1 oz. Oil of Spearmint 1 oz. Oil of Juniper 1 oz. Oil of Sassafras 1 oz. Mix, and apply with a feather freely over the bowels, and then apply a hop poultice as hot as the patient can bear. The poultice should be changed every five or six hours, using the liniment freely every time the poultice is changed. If the above should fail put the patient into a warm hip bath for twenty or thirty minutes. The above will seldom fail if properly done. If the case should resist the above the only chance will be to use the catheter to relieve the pa- tients' suffering, but this will seldom be necessary unless it should be caused from paralysis of the bladder. In case of paralysis both stimulants and relaxants should be brought to bear against it as fol- lows: First use the liniment freely, let it dry in, then use the follow- ing poultice: Take Hops ground 1 oz. Stramonium Leaves ground 1 oz. Lobelia Herb ground 1 oz. Mix, and boil in equal parts of vinegar and water until it will form a poultice, then put it in a sack of thin muslin and keep it con- stantly to the bowels as hot as the patient can bear. The patient should take a cathartic of castor oil and turpentine. Should the above course not give relief, then the water should be removed by the catheter. Before resorting to the catheter, every available means likely to do good should be tried. In case of retention from enlarged prostate, Dr. King recommends stramonium leaves bruised, applied to the part or perineum, but I think the following would answer a better purpose: Take equal parts of stramonium leaves and lobelia leaves pulverized, and stew them in vinegar and spread on cloth, and keep constantly applied as above directed. If the cathe- ter is resorted to great care should be exercised to prevent injury. The catheter should first be well oiled with sweet oil, then place yourself on the right side of your patient, then take the penis in the left hand and with the right hand introduce the catheter. As it en- ters elevate it toward the abdomen until its point passes under the pubic bone, then drop the hand down on a level with the thighs press- ing the point forward and upward until it enters the bladder, and if proper care is exercised it will readily enter. 219 Diphtheria This is one among the most fatal diseases to which children are subject and constitutes one of the great outlets of infantile life. This is another of those forms of disease, which the so-styled regular school has ever been groping their way in the dark without any truth or science to guide them, but guess-work, which the result of their practice fully demonstrates to be the case from the great mor- tality, which has always characterized their practice. Notwithstand- ing their bad snccess they have continued to follow the same routine of blunders and sacrifice human life all for the almighty dollar, and because the people are willing to be humbugged by them. But light is dawning on the world and thousands are beginning to see it and reject those long-established fallacies by which the world has so long been humbugged at the expense of thousands of innocent lives annually. My object in writing this work has been to give to the world something more reliable by which this great outlet of human life may be checked. Symptoms—This is, to some extent, an eruptive disease and bears in many respects a close resemblance to scarlet fever, but the characteristic symptoms are sufficiently plain to distinguish them. Diphtheria may be attended by an eruption or may run its course without any eruption, being confined to the throat. When the erup- tion does appear it is not general as in scarlet fever, neither does it last as long, not generally lasting longer than twelve or twenty-four hours and very seldom or never extends over the whole body as in scarlet fever. The rash is not a necessary symptom or attendant on the disease, as I have witnessed several epidemics without any erup- tion or rash, the disease running its course and spending its force on the throat and glands of the throat. If a person is familiar with the symptoms of scarlet fever, he can readily distinguish diph- theria from scarlet fever, diphtheria being mostly confined to the throat. The fever does not run as high as in scarlet fever. Neither does the rash last a* long or extend so generally over the whole sys- tem as in scarlet fever. The premonitory symptoms are nearly the same as far as the throat symptoms are concerned. The patient will generally com- plain of a dryness and soreness of the throat with a stiffness of the neck. Writh more or less of a coldness, or chilly sensation, the ton- sils will become enlarged; the fauces, or back part of the mouth be- come red and inflamed; swallowing is difficult; the throat sore and 220 exhibiting a generally red or inflamed appearance; the tonsils fre- quently become so enlarged as to nearly close the passage. About this time there are white spots appearing on the tonsils and fauces, which gradually increase until the false membrane is fully formed; which will continue to increase until it closes the air passage and the patient dies from suffocation. As the membrane increases the breathing becomes more difficult, attended with a cough, which soon assumes the croupal form, which is termed pseudo membraneous croup or diphtherial croup, which is readily recognized by the croupy sound. The breathing now becomes more difficult; the pulse in- creases in frequency, often running as high as 100 or 130 per minute. The bowels are generally costive; the patient is restless and uneasy; the mouth, fauces, larynx and trachea are covered with the exuda- tion. There is great prostration of the nervous system, with great physical exhaustion, which, if not relieved, death soon closes the scene. Cause—The cause of this disease is a septic poison, which floats in the atmosphere and will make its attack wherever it can find a congenial subject. It generally attacks persons of a weak constitu- tion, or those predisposed to throat disease. Treatment—The first thing to be done in the treatment of this disease is to give an emetic of the compound syrup of seneca snake root, which is made as follows: Seneca Snake Root ground \ lb. Skunk Cabbage ground J lb. Lobelia Herb ground % lb. Blood Root ground £ lb. Indian Turnip Root ground £ lb. Mix, and put into a displacement apparatus and pour on one- half gallon of diluted alcohol, made by taking 1 qt. of alcohol and 1 qt. of common whisky; let it pass through the drugs, returning it to the drugs two or three times; then add more liquor to the drugs until one-half gallon of strong tincture is run through; let it pass through the drugs two or three times; then set it to one side; then add to the drugs 1 qt. of good cider vinegar; let it pass through the drugs two or three times; set it to one side and add another quart of vinegar; let it pass through the same as the above; then add another quart of vinegar; let it pass through the drugs; then take the last two quarts of the vinegar tincture, and put it in an evaporating pan and by gen- tle heat reduce it to one qt.; then, while hot, add one pound of honey and two pounds of white sugar; after the honey and sugar are dis- solved strain and add the tinctures: strain it again and it is ready for use. Dose for a child two or three years old £ to £ teaspoonful every fifteen or twenty minutes until free vomiting is produced; after the 221 stomach is thoroughly cleansed, if the bowels are constipated, give a cathartic of anti-bilious physic one-fifth of a teaspoonful to one ta- blespoonful of hot water; sweeten it and give grounds and all when cold. After you have given the physic 20 or 30 minutes; then give a dose of fever drops 6 to 8 drops for a child two or three years old. Give in a little water; one hour and a half after fever drops give a dose of composition and nerve tea; put a large teaspoonful of the powder to a teacupful of boiling water; steep it strong; sweeten and give the patient two or three teaspoonfuls of the tea warm; continue the fever drops and composition tea one hour and a half apart alter- nately until the physic operates; then treat the case as follows: Give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, that is, each every three hours, and also give a dose of composition and nerve tea between every other dose of fever drops and diaphoretic powders. Give the compound syrup of seneca snake root alternately with the composition and nerve tea, that is, give the composition tea in one interval between the fever drops and diaphoretic powders and the syrup in the next interval, which will bring the medicine three-fourths of an hour apart. Much ad- vantage will be derived in the treatment of this disease by giving two or three doses of the blue powders. Give as follows: In the morn- ing give one dose 15 or 20 minutes after fever drops and 15 or 20 minutes after diaphoretic powders; continue to give them until you give three doses; then omit them until the next morning; then give three doses the same as the day before; give to a child two or three years old one or two grains as a dose; the dose of diaphoretic powders is from 3 to 5 grains. The threat should be bathed two or three times a day with the following liniment: Coal Oil 4 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 4 oz. Gum Camphor 1 oz. Oil of Stilingia 1 oz. Oil of Lobelia £ oz. Oil of Cajeput £ oz. Oil of Amber rectified £ oz. Oil of Anise £oz. Mix, and apply with a feather until the surface is thoroughly wet- then apply a piece of fat bacon; sprinkle the bacon with salt and cayenne pepper. If the child is too young to use the composition and nerve tea, then give the following in the place of it, which will fill the same indications and is not so strong, and children will take it bet- ter.r It should be used the same as the composition: 222 Take Pleurisy Root pulverized 11 ox: Black Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Golden Seal Root pulverized 1 oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Geranium Root pulverized 1 oz. Prickly Ash Bark pulverized £ oz. Virginia Snake Root pulverized £ oz. Mix. Put one large teaspoonful of the powder to one teacupful of boiling water; steep it strong; give a tablespoonful warm every three hours the same as directed for the composition, but if the child is three or four years old give the composition and nerve tea as di- rected. As a gargle or wash the following will be valuable: Take Golden Seal Root pulverized 1 oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Saltpetre pulverized £ oz. Gum Myrrh pulverized 1 oz. Borax pulverized £ oz. Alum pulverized £ oz. Blood Root £ oz. Mix. Put one large teaspoonful of the above powder to one tea- cupful of boiling water; steep it strong; then gargle or wash out the mouth and throat two or three times a day. If the child is not able to wash its throat, it should be done with a swab or camel-hair pen- cil. When the child is old enough to gargle the throat a wash of di- luted No. 6 will afford great relief, or the old-fashioned wash of vin- egar, salt and pepper. Cayenne pepper should be used and the throat washed twice or three times a day. Scabies, or Itch. This is a contagious disease, and sometimes very troublesome, which is characterized by an eruption which is generally more exten- sive about the joints. Yet it may extend all over the whole system. The vesicles are slightly elevated and red at the base, which often contains a viscid or serous fluid, which is discharged by rupturing them when scratching, which leaves small inflamed spots. The dis- ease may appear on any or all parts of the body except the face, which is seldom affected, but the spaces or parts between the fingers On the wrist, elbows, axilla and abdomen are the parts more gener- ally affected. It is no respecter of persons. It will visit alike rich or poor, but the filthy in person are more liable to its visitation. But 223 certain persons are more liable to it than others, such as tailors, seamstresses, matress-makers and dyers. If the vesicles are large and attended with much inflammation, they may assume a postu- lar character and discharge pus. The disease generally makes its appearance in from two to six days after inoculation or contact. Cause—The cause of itch is evidently a living germ or animal- cule, which enters the system and there develops itself in that pe- culiar eruption which affords such exquisite pleasure in scratching. Persons may get it by shaking hands with a person infected with the disease, or by sleeping with or sleeping in the same bed in which an affected person has slept without changing the clothes. Treatment—The old-fashioned itch ointment is the best. Take Sulphur or Brimstone pulverized 1 oz. Yellow Dock Ointment 2 oz. Tar pure i oz[ Oil of Cedar 2 dr. Mix, aad apply once or twice a day thoroughly. Wherever there is any eruption apply it for two or three days and then wash off with a strong suds made of common soap, and if the disease is not sub- dued re-apply it again for two or three days and then wash off as above directed. This very seldom fails. The patient should at the same time take the following inwardly once a day: Salts Ep. 2 oz. Sulphur Flower $ oz. Mix. Dose 1 teaspoonful every morning dissolved in sweetened water. Dr. King says that he has cured the prairie or seven-year itch by having the patient wash twice a day with a strong suds made of soft soap. For further information see volume third. Shingles, (Herps Zoster). This is a peculiar form of eruptive disease characterized by a pustular eruption, which generally commences on some part of the body and gradually extends around it in the form of a belt. The eruption commences on some part of the trunk in the form of pim- ples or little blisters and gradually extends until it encircles the body. The attack is sometimes preceded by sickness of the stomach, and headache, but generally manifests itxlf by heat, itching and tingling in the part, which will be found to be covered with small red patches of an irregular shape situated near together, upon each of which numerous minute elevations or pimples are seen clustered 224 together. These pimples in the course of 24 hours become enlarged to the size of a small pustule or blister filled with a clear fluid. The clusters are of various sizes one, two or three inches in diameter and surrounded by a narrow red margin or ring. In three or four days if the disease is not checked, other clusters form in succession and extend with considerable regularity in a line around the body. Some- times it may extend like a sword belt over the shoulder. As the patches, which first appeared, subside, the blisters practically run to- gether and assume a livid or blackish hue, terminating in a thin dark scab. About the twelfth or fourteenth day the scabs fall off, leav- ing a red and tender surface. This disease may occur at all seasons of the year, but mostly in the summer and autumn. The young are more subject to it than the aged. Treatment—In the first place give a dose of the anti-bilious physic. As internal treatment give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders one hour and a half apart alternately and give the follow- ing tea between each dose of drops and powders: Take Pleurisy Root pulverized li oz. Black Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Boneset Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Elder Flower ground 1 oz. Sassafras Bark pulverized i oz. Burdock Seed ground 1 oz. Virginia Snake Root ground h oz. Mix, and put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it for twenty or thirty minutes; then give from one to three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm; give it in propor- tion to the age of the patient and give every night or every other night a teaspoonful of two parts salts and one part sulphur in sweet- ened water, or give enough to keep the bowels loose, and externally I have used the following with good results: Take Tincture Lobelia 1 oz. Tincture of Sanguinaria 1 oz. Best Cider Vinegar 1 oz. Mix, and apply two or three times a day. Dr. Salters recom- mends the following and I have no doubt but that it is good. Take Sulphate of Zinc 20 gr. Sulphate of Hydrastin 10 gr. Rose Water 8 oz. Mix, and apply three times a day. Dr. King recommends the 225 compound ointment of oxide of zinc, which is made thus: Take Oxide of Zinc 3£ oz. Benzoic Acid 1 dr. Sulphate of Morphine 24 gr. Oil of Rose 10 drops. Olive Oil 1 lb. White Wax 2 oz. Spermaceti 6 oz. Mix the last three articles together and melt them in an iron vessel; then add the other articles, stirring constantly until they are dissolved. The above forms a valuable ointment for ulcers, sore eyes, &c, to be applied two or three times a day. Scarlet Fever. This is another form of disease, which carries terror and dismay wherever it makes its desolating visitation. It has always bid defi- ance to the regular school to check or stay its progress. It has gen- erally been considered contagious, but as to its contagiousness I much doubt, as it evidently has its origin in a vitiated atmosphere and generally preyails epidemically, affecting only such as are sus- ceptible of its action. Sometimes it will only affect one or two in a family, and at other times affecting whole families, where it finds congenial subjects. Such persons are liable to be attacked with it if they are not within miles of a case. I am satisfied of the fact that it has its origin in a contaminated atmosphere and individuals are as liable to be affected by it from the air as they are from the pa- tient. In the year '38, in Indiana, I had a demonstration of/ this fact. I smelt the disease in the air a week or ten days before the occurrence of the first case, which occurred in about one hundred yards from where I smelt it so distinctly and in a few weeks from that time in two or three miles square there were twenty-four cases of the disease and twenty-two died, two recovered and they took no medicine. The twenty-two received regular treatment according to the schools that want those tyrannical laws to prevent more success- ful men from curing the disease and to force students into their col- leges to learn how to fill the land with mourning and multiply the graveyards. I have treated the disease through several severe epi- demics with the loss of one case and to that I was called too late. I have been called to treat it in the families of those boastful pretend- ers when at the same time they were losing two, three and sometimes as high as five in a family. This is the difference between a prac- 226 tice, which can sustain itself without those tyrannical laws to sustain it. Truth and science are self-sustaining, while falsehood and error require those laws at the expense of the health and happiness of the people. It has been called scarlatina, simplex scarlatina, anguinosa and scarlatina maligna. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms of scarlatina simplex are generally more or less debility, aching in the limbs, back and head, with nausea and a sense of coldness followed by heat, thirst, and loss of appetite. Numerous red spots appear first on the face, neck and chest. They become deeper and extend over the entire body; the lips, tongue, palate and pharynx are involved. At times the pulse is full and frequent; the tongue becomes covered with a white creamy coat and the red and elevated papillae appears through it giv- ing the characteristic appearance of this organ; the skin is generally hot and exhibits a fiery-red color, which is smooth; the eruption is not much elevated, the redness being more in the groins and on the hips and in the folds of the joints; the spaces between the patches become larger and more distinct about the fifth day; the scarlet color becomes less vivid, and slight desquamation begins on the neck, face and chest. On the sixth the character of the disease becomes less distinct and on the eighth and ninth days desquamation takes place on the hands and other parts of the body. Scarlatina Anguinosa—In this variety there is a greater de- gree of inflammation in the throat; the fever is more intense with stiffening of the neck and inferior maxilla. On the second day the pharynx is influenced; deglutition or swallowing becomes difficult; the tonsils are swollen; the mucous membrane is of a vivid red and throws out a thick viscid fluid of a whitish yellow color; from the second to the fourth day symptoms of gastro-entcritis may present themselves, but are not likely to if properly treated; the tongue as- sumes a red color with sometimes vomiting and diarrhoea, or the bow- els may be constipated. There may be more or less coughing owing to the inflammation of the larynx and bronchial tubes; the pulse is frequent. There is an occasional bleeding at the nose and on the third day the eruption appears it is irregular and unequally distribut- ed. It sometimes disappears suddenly and returns again after an uncertain period; its duration is longer and its course more irregular and it is attended with more danger than the simple variety. Scarlatina Maligna—This is the most severe or malignant form. The symptoms are similar to the preceding forms, but more severe. It generally affects the throat, causing great difficulty in swallowing and breathing. It may close the tubes and cut the patient off in a very few hours before any eruption or external symptoms ap- pear. When the eruption appears it is of a livid hue and is frequent- 22* ly interspersed with purple spots. It may recede and return several times through the course of the disease. The pulse is small and ir- regular; the tongue and teeth become covered with a brown or black incrustation; the eyes are sunken; the vision becomes imperfect, breathing laborious and the breath fetid; the pharynx covered with a thick viscid mucus and often sloughing of the surface takes place. In children of a nervous constitution convulsions may take place and in adults delirium aud deafness may occur. Whenever the erup- tion appears and is of a dark purple color the case is assuming a crit- ical form. The sequels which generally follow scarlet fever, when not properly treated, are dropsy, opthalmia, otitis, bronchitis, enter- itis or chitis tonsilitis and absence of the sub-maxillary and parotid glands or chronic diarrhoea may follow, but when the disease is prop- erly treated, those sequels will be few and far between, as I have never had any of those sequels to follow me in over forty years' prac- tice, but under the common or regular and homeopathic practice they are quite common. Treatment—This is a disease which requires prompt and ra- tional treatment and of a strictly anti-septic character, so as to neu- tralize the virus. If the bowels are costive, first give a dose of the anti-bilious physic, or castor oil and spirits of turpentine, until the physic operates; put the patient's feet in a warm bath, adding the salt and ashes. At the same time give the fever drops and composi- tion and nerve tea as follows: Take equal parts of composition pow- der and nerve powder and add one large tablespoonful of the com- pound to one pint of boiling water; steep it for fifteen or twenty minutes; first give a dose of the fever drops; then in one hour and a half give a dose of the tea, one-half to one tablespoonful of the tea, warm; sweeten it well; continue it and the fever drops alternately one hour and a half apart until the physic operates; give the fever drops in 6 to 8 drops, in proportion to the age; if eight to ten, give 10 to 12 drops in belladonna water, thus: take two or three ounces of water; drop 10 or 15 drops of the tincture into the water; then take a teaspoonful of the water and drop the fever drops in it every time the fever drops are given. As soon as the physic operates then give the following course of treatment: Give a dose of the fever drops; then in three-fourths of an hour after drops give a dose of the composition and nerve tea; in three-fourths of an hour after tea give a dose of the diaphoretic powders 4 to 6 grains according to age. If the patient is 8 to 10 years old give 8 or 10 grains in a little sweetened water and apply the liniment to the throat as advised in diphtheria, and as a wash use the same as advised for diphtheria; keep warm application to the throat or a piece of salted bacon. If the case should be a se- vere one or assume a malignant form, let the patient use the anti- 228 septic preparation of vinegar, salt and peppar inwardly every two or three hours, from a half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful. It should be prepared thus: Good Cider Vinegar 4 oz. Salt 1 teaspoonful. Cayenne Pepper \ teaspoonful. Mix, and let the salt dissolve; then give as directed above. In the malignant form alternate with the composition and i erve tea the following diaphoretic tea: Give this between every otl.er dose of the powders and drops: Horehound Leaves ground 1 oz. Boneset Leaves ground 1 oz. Blessed Thistle ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal ground 1 oz. Peppermint ground 1 oz. ■*■ Spearmint ground 1 oz. Catnip ground 1 oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it twenty or thirty minutes; then give two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea warm between every other dose of the fever drops and diaphoretic powders, that is, give the composition and nerve tea between one dose of the drops and powders and the sweat tea in the next space, and thus continue alternating the teas until the disease yields. I have also seen good results from giving two or three doses a day of the blue powders. Give 15 or 20 minutes after fever drops. Rubeola, or Measles. This is to some extent a contagious disease, but as all other dis- eases of a contagious nature, it has its origin in a vitiated atmos- phere, and individuals living in an impregnated district are liable to have the disease whether they see a patient with the disease or not. The only difference is in being in the room increases the liability as the system receives a double charge of the virus. The air previously impregnates the system, consequently the patient is rendered more liable to its influence, but individuals whose constitutional powers are strong and healthy may nurse the disease for months and feel no effect from it. This, as all other diseases, must have a congenial soil or elements to subsist upon. It enters and there remains until supplanted either by nature or proper remedies. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms are those of an ordinary 229 fever attended with catarrhal symptoms, such as red and watery appearance of the eyes, frequent sneezing, hoarseness and a cough, with an occasional tightness of the chest and difficult breathing. The pulse is full and frequent. About the fourth day the eruption makes its appearance and in a day or twro it extends to the neck, chest and limbs. The small spots are generally succeeded by larger ones. The final arrangement of the patches are generally semi-cir- cular with a red tint of the eruption. It is most intense upon the face. On the fifth day there is no subsidence of the fever or the ap- pearance of the eruption. It may even increase as also the catarrhal symptoms. The eruption is slightly elevated and attended with itching. When at its height a few papillae or vesicles may be inter- spersed among the regular eruption. The heat, thirst, redness of the eyes, frequency of the pulse, and catarrhal symptoms may sub- side when the eruption is fully developed, or they are much allevi- ated. The nausea and vomiting also subsides; the watchfulness dis- appears about the sixth day of the eruption; the spots become paler and gradually assume a yellowish tint. When the redness has en- tirely disappeared the epidermis becomes detached in small purpur- aceous scales. The eruption sometimes appears on the third day in children of a delicate skin, but in those of a dark skin it does not ap- pear until the fourth or fifth day. The catarrhal symptoms are ab- sent in some cases; then the disease is called French measles. Again there may be simply a fever with catarrh and no eruption. Those forms of the disease appear to be of a spurious kind and are not pro- tective against the disease. Neither is the individual exempt from a second or a third attack, as I have known patients to have them a third time severely. The mucous membrane is apt to be affected in measles, but those of the trachea, fauces, nostrils and eye-lids are most likely to suffer from its effects. It may affect the lungs, stomach, or bowels and in children predisposed to nervous diseases it may cause convulsions or coma, but if it is properly treated it will have none of those sequels which so often result from the regular practice. Treatment—In common cases of measles but little medicine is required; only proper care in not being exposed to the inclement weather or over-eating, or anything, which would cause a recession of the eruption, but if the fever should run high and the catarrhal symptoms be severe the proper means should be used to remove the cause and relieve the patient's suffering. If the bowels should be costive, give a dose of castor oil and turpentine; in 25 or 30 minutes after the physics then give a dose of the fever drops. For a child two or three years old give 6 to 8 drops in the belladonna water as directed for scarlet fever. If the child is 6 or 8 years old then give 8 to 10 drops the same as above and so continue according to the age. 230 As soon as the physic operates then give the fever drops and diapho- retic powders one hour and a half apart alternately, and the com- position and nerve tea between each dose of the drops and powder. Dose of powders from 4 to 6 grains according to the age of the pa- tient. If the disease should recede from the surface, put the pa- tient's feet in a warm bath and give a dose or two of the compound syrup of seneca, and warm composition and nerve tea freely, and sponge the surface freely all over with cayenne pepper, vinegar and salt as hot as the patient can bear, adding pepper sufficient to make it smart the surface. Varicella, or Chicken-Pox. This is an eruptive disease, bearing a slight resemblance to small-pox, but is not protective against small-pox. But a person having this disease seldom or never has it again. It is contagious and liable to be communicated from one to another. Children are more liable to it, yet adults are not exempt from it. Causes—This is evidently a specific virus, which floats in the at- mosphere, consequently it is like other contagious diseases. It does not often make its appearance. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms of this disease are very similar to those of other eruptive diseases, such as a slight chill, which is followed by more or less fever with flashes of heat, pain in the head, thirst, restlessness and a frequent pulse. The febrile symptoms may continue from a few hours to a day or two, when the eruption will appear first on the breast, back and shoulders, gradu- ally extending to the face, head and extremities. The eruption ap- pears first in the form of bright, red spots, somewhat resembling those of small-pox and is often attended with incessant itching, caus- ing the patient to scratch or rub off the top of the vesicles. During the process of maturing, in two or three days, these spots become con- verted into transparent vesicles, covered with a very thin skin or covering and contain a clear fluid. About the fifth day these vesicles mature and gradually dry away, and from the eighth to the tenth day the scabs fall off and generally leave no scars or pits as is so of- ten the case in small-pox. This disease may be mistaken for small- pox, but may be readily distinguished from it by the mildness of the disease and the slight fever and the short duration of the disease. Treatment—The treatment of this should be similar to that of small-pox by first giving the fever drops and diaphoretic powders ?3J one hour and a half apart and the following tea between each dose of drops and powders in dose of one to two tablespoonfuls warm: Pleurisy Root pulverized 1 oz. Black Cohosh Eoot pulverized 1 oz. Blue Bell Root pulverized | oz. Elder Flowers pulverized £ oz. Sas^ifras Bark pulverize! £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water. Variola, or Small-Pox. This is a contagious disease, and, like diphtheria, causes terror and dismay wherever it makes its desolating visitation and has ever bid defiance to the combined skill of ancient or modern science, es- pecially of the so-styled regular or allopathic school, to stay its pro- gress or moderate its ardor, but ha^p'ly for suffering humanity light has begun to dawn upon the world, and the liberal and rational class of every community is beginning to see the light and embrace it. Consequently those diseases are becoming more manageable, and the death rates greatly reduced under a more rational course of treat- ment. Small-pox has a regular initiatory stage, which precedes the development of the disease. Symptoms—The disease first manifests itself by pain and sore- ness, or aching in the back, head and limbs, followed by fever, with more or less gastric irritability, often amounting to obstinate vomit- ing, with soreness of the throat. In children, who are predisposed to nervous diseases, there will be convulsions; the fever is generally of the remittent type and nearly subsides on the appearance of the eruption, which comes out the third day in the distinct variety. The eruption first makes its appearance on the face and neck, chest and abdomen, and finally extends to the lower extremities. The disease may often be detected before the eruption makes its appearance by passing the hand over the forehead, which will feel like little pim- ples or sandy concretions under the fingers. If these are present, it will almost invariably indicate the approach of small-pox. About two days complete the eruptive stage. The second stage commencea when the eruption is fully out, when it will begin to undergo a change on the different parts of the body. In the order in which it appears the pimples are changed into vesicles, or bladder-like ves- sels, on the second or third day after the eruption and become um- bilicated or depressed at the summit. On the fourth day they gen- 232 erally increase in size and the lymph gradually becomes dark until the vesicles thus change to a pustular. They lose their dimple ap- pearance the fifth day of the eruption and become convex at the top and about the eighth day of the eruption, or the eleventh or twelfth day of the disease they gradually turn a brownish color and some- times burst and dry up. The eruption may vary from a few scatter ed pustules to a complete efflorescence over the whole body, but the isolated character is always maintained in the distinct variety. The mucous membranes become affected during the eruptive stage. Hence the sore eyes and throat. The skin on the head and face is generally swollen during the filling and maturing of the pustules. The secondary fever of maturation comes on about the eighth or twelfth day of the disease, or the sixth or eighth day of the eruption. This secondary fever is caused by constitutional sympathy with the local affection or a second effort of nature to expel the offending matter from the system. It is mild or severe in proportion to the severity of the eruption. A peculiar, greasy odor is given off from the patient during the maturing period, by which the disease may be readily recognized. This period of the disease is attended with the most severe itching. The third or declining stage commences about the tenth or twelfth day of the disease. Some of the pustules burst and discharge their contents, then dry down into a brown scab; oth- ers dry up: The process of desiccation or drying up is complete by the fifteenth to the twentieth day, after which circular, brownish spots remain for several weeks, leaving permanent pits or marks. In what is called the confluent form all the symptoms are more severe; the gastric and cerebral disturbance is more intense, with constant vomiting and delirium or convulsion from the over-powering ma- lignancy of the virus. Death may take place before the eruption ap- pears. The eruption generally appears about the third day of the fever, rarely the fourth and still more rarely the fifth. It is sometimes complicated with a rash resembling scarlet fever or a form of erysip- elas. In this variety the eruption is less prominent and more severe than simple variola, and their edges run into each other, which is termed the confluent. They do not fill as well as in the distinct form and are darker and more flat. They are more numerous on the face than on other parts of the body, and when the crust forms the whole face is covered with a mask of scabs; the crust falls off from the fifteenth to the twentieth day. The fever never entirely subsides, as in the distinct form and is much worse during the maturing stage. Prognosis—Generally favorable under proper treatment unless in the confluent and malignant form. Under those forms the pa- tient will require great care and attention to protect the system against the malignancy of the virus. 233 Treatment—When a patient is known to be exposed to the dis- ease an ounce of prevention is better than a pound of cure. To ac- complish this, the patient should live on light diet; use no pork or greasy indigestible diet. The bowels should be kept regular by tak- ing sulphur and salts every night or every other night; give two or three parts salts and one part sulphur, and through the day let the patient drink three or four times a day of the following tea, which is alterative and anti-septic: Take Black Cohosh Root pulverized H oz. Elder Flowers ground I oz. Blue Bell Root ground 1 oz. Virginia Snake Root £ oz. Sassafras Bark ground £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; let it set on the stove and steep for 20 or 30 minutes; then strain and sweeten, if desired. Give 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls of the tea 3 or 4 times a day. If this should not prevent the attack, it will greatly modify it when it makes its attack, and with proper treatment shorten its duration. Should it attack, then the proper course is to aid nature in over-coming the pathological condition, and restore a physiological or healthy action. To do this, give a dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine and at the same time give the fever drops every three hours and the above tea between each dose of the drops until the oil operates; then commence and give the diaphoretic powders and the fever drops alternately, one hour and a half apart and the composition and nerve tpa between one dose of the drops and diaphoretic powders and the above anti-septic tea between the next dose, and so alternate them that it will make the medicine come three-quarters of an hour apart; give the teas warm and so con- tinue until the disease yields. If there is much nausea or vomiting, give the anti-septic powder of charcoal, elm and bismuth, as follows: Take Charcoal pulverized 1 dr. Elm Bark pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 15 gr. Macrotin 5 gr. Mix, and divide into 15 doses and give it in the place of the com- position tea in a tea of the following articles: Take Marsh Mallow Root ground 1 oz. Peach Tree Leaves ground 1 oz. Spearmint Herb ground 1 oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of tha powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong; then let the patient take a dose of the black powder in water and wash it down with two or three table- 231 sp ionf nls of the tea and continue until the stomach is relieved; then give the composition tea as before directed. The sarracenia purpu- rea has been highly recommended as an antidote to small-pox, but I have not tried it, so I cannot speak from experience. When the eruption begins to form scabs they should be anointed well with sweet oil amd covered with a soft cloth, so as to protect them as much as possible from the air and to keep the patient from scratch- ing. ~ This will, to a great extent, prevent those marks which so of- ten follow. The room should be kept well ventilated, but not so as to let a current of air come on the patient. The clothing should be changed once a day and dipped in strong lye; the body should be sponged once a day with warm salt water; be careful not to use the sponge, if the patient is sweating, as it would be likely to have an unfavorable effect. Erysipelas. There are two varieties of this disease, acute and chronic. For treatment of the chronic form see Vol. 2. In the year 1838 I was at- tacked with erysipelas of the surface, called erysipelas erraticum or wandering erysipelas, which was confined to the skin or surface, for the relief of which I resorted to the ignorance of that day which was calomel, blood-letting, sugar of lead, &c. The light of reform had not penetrated that country, consequently I had to submit to the powers that be. I was bled which had the effect of inviting the dis- ease from the surface into my system, which became completely im- pregnated with the virus, leaving as a consequence a susceptibility to the disease ever after, consequently every ten or twelve years it has made its attacks on me, which, if I had been properly treated, would not have been the case. Such is the reward I received for my folly, but it was according to the ignorance of that school and in many respects they are as far in the dark at this day as they were then, as they say it is a self-limited disease and incontrollable by medicine, yet they will attempt to treat it for weeks or months, and at the same time doing no good, but a vast amount of injury, as it did me and thousands of others by seating the disease into the sys- tem thereby rendering the patient an invalid for life, yet those men claim to be honorable and scientific men and boast of their great skill and talk about quacks ruining the people, etc. Such ignorance and audacity is too gross to be tolerated in this enlightened age of the world. In this volume the afflicted will find a treatment which will be safe and reliable and one which does not admit of the self- 235 limitation of any disease, but that all are curable or controllable un- der proper circumstances and proper treatment, which I have fully demonstrated for the past forty years, therefore it is no guess-work or vain imagination, but a demonstrated fact. Causes—This disease evidently has its origin in a vitiated con- dition of the blood, which may be caused to 'rouse up or develop it- self. It may arise from other exciting causes or circumstances, such as a cold, or exposure to the inclemency of the weather, or intemper- ance in eating and drinking. Persons predisposed to this disease should guard against the exciting causes as much as possible and use such meaus as will eradicate it as much as possible from the system. In the last forty years I haye treated as many cases of erysipelas as any physician in the country, and I have never lost a case, where I was the first physician. Neither have I left any effects from it in the system, which so often follow or result from the practice of those boastful pretenders, who want tyrannical laws to force the people to submit to their boastful pretentions and quackery. We do not ask those laws. Neither do we need them, as men who follow a rational and scientific practice depend upon their success to sustain them and not despotic laws. Right never needs wrong to support or de- fend it, and any laws which will deprive the people of their choice to doctor them is wrong, because it forces them to employ men who have neither skill nor success. Because they have a diploma from some of those colleges whose principles and teaching are at variance with nature or science, and who dare not come out before the world publicly and honorably and defend it in my presence. My readers may think that I am partial or prejudiced, but such is not the case. Truth, science, and justice demand that I should thus state facts so that the world may know the true inwardness of those men and that it is not the welfare of the people that actuates their conduct, but the almighty dollar and to protect themselves from the competition of others. Symptoms—Erysipelas generally commences with a chill, loss of appetite, nausea, costiveness and other symptoms indicative of fever. In from two to four days an eruption or an inflammation will devel- op itself on some part of the body, head or face, which will be at- tended with more or less pain and in severe cases the pain often be- comes almost intolerable, with severe burning, smarting and itching. With a pricking sensation and with a florid redness and swelling of the skin, the redness will disappear on pressure, leaving a white spot for a short time when the redness will return. When the disease is severb and extensive it may assume a typhoid form and require ton- ics and stimulants. When it affects the head and face it is more apt to assume a more aggravated form causing the most severe suffering 236 and the inflammation may often extend to the brain, causing delir- ium with dullness of intellect; the mind is wandering; the pulse is generally full and frequent; the face swells and becomes of a bright red appearance; the swelling often becomes so great as to close the eyes. It may extend to the throat causing difficulty of breathing or swallowing, or it may commence in the breast, causing considerable pain, which may result in ulceration. When death occurs it is gen- erally from the ninth to the eleventh day of the disease. It more generally commences on the extremities and results from a scratch or hurt becoming inflamed and assuming an erysipelas form and causing severe suffering with great tenderness of the part. Erysipelas, or Black Tongue. This is another form of erysipelas, which sometimes prevails as an epidemic affecting certain sections of country, and in places has been very fatal, especially under the so-called allopathic or regular treatment. I never met with but a few cases and those yielded readily to treatment. It has been called black tongue in some sec- tions; in other sections, big head, from the manner in which it affects the head. Symptoms—When it affects the tongue or throat there is consid- erable difficulty in swallowing with a feeling of lassitude, pain in the back, loins, extremities and head,with nausea, a frequent, depressed pulse, fetid breath, coldness of the surface with shrunken features. With a sensation of chilliness, the pains are often of a neuralgic character, shooting through various parts of the body and sometimes extending to the extremities. After a few hours' continuance of those symptoms a reaction will ensue and there will be more or less fever with hot skin, frequent and full pulse. Occasionally there will be delirium; the tongue at first is red, which soon becomes brown or black. As the disease advances the throat and sometimes the whole head becomes swollen, which has given rise to the appellation of big head. Treatment—This is a disease, which requires prompt and en- ergetic treatment. If there is much nausea or vomiting, or the stomach is loaded with bilious matter, or the liver deranged, which is indicated by the yellowish appearance of the eye. Under such cir- cumstances an emetic of a warm tea of lobelia and boneset leaves given freely-;with warm composition alternately with the emetic tea. As soon as the stomach is settled then give a dose of anti-bilious physic and after it operates giye the fever drops and fever powders 287 one hour and a half apart alternately and between each dose of the drops and powders give a dose of the following tea: Pleurisy Root pulverized 1£ oz, Black Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Maiden Hair pulverized 1 oz. Elder Flowers pulverized 1 oz. Burdock Seed pulverized 1 oz. Sassafras Bark pulverized £ oz. Blood Root pulverized £ oz. Mix, and put one large tablespoonful of the powder in one pint of boiling water; make a very strong tea; sweeten it, if desired, and give one or two tablespoonfuls of the tea between each dose of drops and powders. The above is diaphoretic, alterative and anti-septic, which fills important indications. In the treatment of all cases of erysipelas if a tonic should be indicated, the following will admira- bly fill the purpose: Take Muriatic Tincture of Iron 1 oz. Sulphate of Quinine 30 gr. Glycerine pure 1 oz. First dissolve the quinine in the tincture of iron; then add the glycerine and give in dose of 25 to 30 drops three times a day. As external application I have used the following: Take Tincture of Lobelia 1 oz. Tincture of Iodine 1 oz. Mix, and apply with a feather until the surface is thoroughly wet; then apply the following poultice : Take Elm pulverized 1 oz. Lobelia pulverized 1 oz. Mix with warm water to the consistency for a poultice; then ap- ply it to the part changing three times a day. If there is a tendency to mortification, I have sometimes used the dregs of No. 6 to a de- cided advantage. Dr. King recommends the following: In case it should result in mortification, take elm pulverized 2 tablespoonfuls, charcoal 1 tablespoonful, sulphate of zinc or white vitriol one tea- spoonful; mix; add water sufficient to form a poultice with the best tonic and anti-septic treatment inwardly. When it attacks the face and head the above wash and poultice should be applied. The wash should be alternated with a wash of the tincture of veratrum virid diluted with a little water, and if the brain is affected in addition to the fever drops give belladonna as follows : Put 12 or 15 drops of the tincture to a tumbler one-half full of water; mix; then take a tea- spoonful of the mixture and drop each dose of the fever drops in it and bathe the feet every night on going to bed in warm water, add- ing a handful of salt and a shovel of embers; give a cathartic of anti- 238 bilious physic and treat the case as you would if located on any other part of the system. For the black tongue give the fever drops and fever or diapho- retic powders and the composition and nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders as directed above, except you give the compo- sition in the place of the alterative. Give the tincture of iron as di- rected above, three doses a day, and apply the iodine and lobelia wash to the outside and the poultice, until the swelling and inflammation is removed, moving the bowels as in other forms of the disease. Gangrene, or Mortification. By this term is meant the death or decomposition of the part, while the remaining part of the system may remain in a more or less unhealthy condition, yet capable of sustaining life until the morbid impression pervades the whole system. As soon as this occurs gen- eral death is the result. When the part has become cold and motion- less, without feeling, and of a livid or dark color it is called sphacel- us. The term gangrene is applied to the first or incipient stage. Mortification is one of the terminations of active inflammatory dis- eases as well as those of a sub-acute or debilitated character. It may follow or result from severe inflammatory actions or from burns, cold, caustic applications, wounds or other injuries, compression of large blood vessels, scurvy, dropsy and ossification of the arteries. Symptoms—When it results from inflammation of the external parts the pain becomes excessive; the inflammation extends and there is frequently delirium; the pain finally ceases; the part becomes placid, loses its heat and sensibility and is of a dark, livid color; the skin is raised in various parts like blisters, of a brown color; the blood coagulates in the vessels of the mortified part and the circula- tion is destroyed; the part soon becomes black and emits a fetid odor; the system now begins to show evident signs of suffering, and the vital powers begin to fail; the pulse becomes quick, small and thread- like, and often irregular. There is more or less irritative fever with a fixed flush on the countenance, with great anxiety and prostration of strength, the mind also fails, and there is often delirium, some- times nausea and vomiting, hiccough and death. Some persons, when they get old, are subject to a kind of gan- grene, which is termed dry mortification. It commences in one or more of the toes, or the foot, and then passes to the leg, destroying all the parts attacked by it. In this form the parts are dry and hard, which differ materially from the other forms. Persons, who are 239 very old or debilitated by other forms of disease, are very hard to cure when attacked by this disease, while those of good constitution and ordinary health may be easily cured under proper treatment. Treatment—The treatment of this disease should be both local and general, so as to sustain the constitution and purify the blood, and eliminate from the system all septic matter. To do this, our course should be tonic and anti-septic and diaphoretic, so as to equalize the circulation and determine as much as possible the virus to the surface. If there should be an inflammatory action going on in the system or any portion of it the proper means should be used to exterminate it and equalize and establish a healthy action. To do :his, give the fever drops, diaphoretic powders, and composition and nerve tea; to sustain the system, give two or three doses a day of the blue powders; give them 15 or 20 minutes after each dose of the fever drops. For dose of blue powders see intermittent fever. As local applications the following will answer the purpose admirably: Take Elm Bark pulverized 1 oz. Charcoal pulverized 1 oz. Gum Myrrh pulverized $ oz. Good Yeast, sufficient to form a poultice, to be applied to the part and changed as often as necessary, or every 5 or 6 hours. The sulphate of zinc has been highly recommended, and I have no doubt as to its anti-septic properties. It should be pulverized and sprinkled over the affected part after it remains a short time, that is, 20 or 30 minutes, apply the poultice. In one case of gangrene result- ing from dropsy, I used the following with decided advantage: Take Hard Bar Soap (shave it fine) 2 oz. Sugar 2 oz. Sweet Oil 2 oz. Boil them in an iron kettle until the soap and sugar are dissolved, stirring it constantly until it is thoroughly mixed; then let it cool and apply it to the part. This forms a valuable drawing salve. A poultice of pulverized elm bark and pyroligneous acid is said to be very effectual. The following is also said to be almost a specific for mortification and is called mortification powder: Take Gunpowder 1 oz. Alum pulverized 1 oz. Sulphur Flower £ oz. Mix. A tea or tablespoonful of this in vinegar and apply to the part every two or three hours. At the same time take the fourth of a teaspoonful inwardly, or about as much as will lay on a dime, every two or three hours. This is a good anti-septic. For external appli- cation it would perhaps be better to mix it with pyroligneous aoid, 240 which is a more powerf '' anti-septic. I have used the following in- ternally as an anti-septic with decided advantage: Charcoal pulverized 1J dr. Elm pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 20 gr. Mix, and divide into 15 or 20 doses and give one every two or three hours, as the case may demand. Several years ago I cured a very severe case of inflammation of the bladder and bowels caused from a severe injury of the bowels. After mortification had com- menced in the bowels the pain and suffering of the patient was be- yond description. He had been treated for twelve days and nights by three other physicians, two regulars and one homeopath. They had exhausted their skill in vain and abandoned the case as hopeless. I gave the following course of treatment, which had the desired ef- fect. In the first place I ordered a dose of castor oil with 25 or 30 drops of turpentine in it, and externally the following liniment to th« bowels: Take No. 6, or Compound Tincture of Myrrh 4 oz. Spirits of Turpentine 2 oz. Gum Camphor £ oz. Oil of Sassafras 1 oz. Oil of Cajuput 1 oz. Mix well, and apply all over the bowels with a feather until the surface is thoroughly wet; then take hops and bran, and stew it up in good cider vinegar and apply it over the bowels warm as the pa- tient can bear. Internally I gave the following treatment: The fever drops and diaphoretic or fever powders one hour and a half apart alternately and the composition and nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders, and as a common drink give a tea of the following articles, which allays the irritation, relieves nausea, and acts on the kidneys and bladder. The powder should be given in this tea: Take Marsh Mallow Root ground 1 oz. Peach Leaves ground 1 oz. Spearmint Leaves ground 1 oz. Juniper Berries ground § oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong, and let the patient drink three or four tablespoonfuls of the tea three or four times a day. A poultice of the dregs of No. 6 will make a good application to the affected part, or a wash of No. 6, or the compound tincture of myrrh, when the disease is external. 241 Abortion, or Miscarriage When the fetus is expelled before the seventh month it is called an abortion, and it is generally believed that the child cannot live. I have never known one to survive, born at that period. Yet it might be possible, but as the child is not sufficiently developed to stand the change. I much doubt its possibility. When a child is born at seven or eight months it is called a premature labor. At this period a child may live with proper care. An abortion is dangerous only from the amount of blood discharged, or from the hemorrhage, though it is seldom severe under proper management. Symptoms—This will depend upon the cause of the abortion and the time of the pregnancy. If it should be in the first month the fe- male may experience but very little difficulty or pain, and but little wasting, or flooding more than at her natural period, and the female may not be aware of the fact. But in the later periods, espe- cially after the third month; she will then realize the fact that she has been pregnant, and various symptoms may be experienced. There will be more or less febrile symptoms, nervous excitability, derangement of the appetite and coldness of the extremities, a pur- plish discoloration of the skin around the eyelids, which may be more or less puffed up. Shooting pains are frequently felt in the breast, which becomes soft and loses their elasticity, lowness of spir- its with a feeling of pressure or bearing down in the lower part of the bowels or bladder and slight pain in the back, which comes on at intervals, gradually increases in severity, extending in front and eventually becoming severe and expulsive, or true labor pains. As the pains advance a discharge of a bloody character ensues, becom- ing more profuse as the abortion progresses. Finally the bag of wa- ters breaks and the fetus is expelled. Occasionally it comes away entirely. Being surrounded by the bag of water, it is often the case that the first indication of an abortion is the flooding followed by pain, absence of the motion of the child, and its expulsion. After the child has been expelled the flooding and pain generally cease gradually, unless the placenta or after-birth is retained in the womb, then the pain is apt to continue for several days unless it should be expelled. The flooding may become excessive, but as a general rule it is only moderate until the placenta passes off. No danger need be apprehended from the retention of the after-birth unless a severe flooding should occur, as I have known it to remain for weeks and no harm result, but finally come away a putrid mass. I have 242 also known a part of the placenta to be retained and never pass off and no bad consequences resulted, but the women lived and had sev- eral children afterward. I have known a dead fetus to be retained in the womb for five months. The child died at four months, and it was retained and carried the regular time of nine months and then passed off a putrid mass without much flooding or pain, and the pa- tient had no difficulty, but rapidly recovered. This woman had sev- en miscarriages before this, which were invariably at four months. She was attended at each time by those regular, boastful pretenders, who would force their hand into the womb and tear the after-birth away, nearly killing the patient, leaving her weakly from one time until the next. So great had been her suffering under their abomi- nable quackery that when I was called on she said that if I thought that she was in that condition again for God's sake to let her die without any interference, as she preferred death rather than go through what she had seven times before. I told her that I thought that she was in that condition again, but that she should give her- self no trouble; that it was not regular quackery managing the case now, but science, and that I would guarantee her to come out all right, which proved to be true. I put her on a course of tonics, hep- atics and nervines, and her general health improved so that by the expiration of the nine months her health was good; what she had not experienced for several years. I ordered her the female friend be- fore each meal, and the mother's relief between each meal and after supper, and the following pills at night on going to bed. Leptandrin 60 gr. Podophylin 30 gr. Macrotin 20 gr. Sanguinarin 15 gr. Mix, and make into ordinary pills with the soft extract of dan- delion and give one or two every night, or sufficient to regulate the bowels. When symptoms of abortion manifest themselves the pa- tient should keep perfectly quiet and take a dose of the diaphoretic powders every three hours and make a strong tea of the following articles: Blue Cohosh Root ground 1 oz. Spikenard Root ground 1 oz. Helonias Dioica Root 1 oz. Mitchella Repens ground 1 oz. Guaicum Raspings £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong, and give two or three tablespoon- fuls of the tea between each dose of the powders and bathe the bow- els and back with the anodyne liniment. If severe hemorrhages 243 should arise, it should be met promptly with the following course of treatment, which will seldom or never fail, as it has not failed in my hands in over forty years: First give a dose of the oil of erigeron canadens, eight to ten drops in simple syrup, and give the diapho- retic powders; give the oil and powders one hour and a half apart, and the following astringent drops between each dose of the oil and powders: Take Tincture of Cinnamon Bark 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Geranium Macula £ oz. Fluid Extract of Witch Hazel £ oz. Fluid Extract of Licopus vir. £ oz. Fluid Extract of Beth Root £ oz. Mix. Dose from 40 to 60 drops in sweetened water; give as above directed. Should the hemorrhage continue, saturate a bit of Boft sponge with the fluid extract of geranium or witch hazel and in- troduce it into the vagina. This will generally soon arrest the hem- orrhage. If not, give the stimulating and astringent powders, given under the head of flooding; give them alternately with the diaphoret- ic powders as directed above. One-half grain of mericin and rhusin should be added to each dose of the diaphoretic powders. Menorrhagia or Immoderate Flow of Menses. This term is generally applied to an immoderate discharge of the menstrual fluid and is generally the result of severe exercise. Over lifting, or straining may cause it, especially in females predisposed to uterine hemorrhage, or it may result from a weak and relaxed state of the uterine organs. The term uterine hemorrhage, or flooding, is applied to all hemorrhages occurring during labor, pregnancy,or which are owing to ulcers, polypi or wounds. Menorrhagia may exist in two ways. The menstrual flow may appear every two or three weeks in- stead of every four weeks, or it may occur at the regular time but be excessive in quantity, or it may occur unexpectedly at other times as during pregnancy, or in the early months of suckling. It is divided into two forms, active and passive. Symptoms—In active hemorrhage, besides the profuse discharge, there will be several other symptoms present, as sudden flushing, al- ternating with chilliness, a sense of heat and general fullness, fre- quent, throbbing pulse, with pain in the back and loins, which are 244 frequently relieved upon the escape of blood, the blood is of a florid red color. The discharge frequently continues from thirty to forty days when not properly treated, but in most cases it ceases in from eight to ten days, reappearing at the next catamenial period. Causes—Active hemorrhage may be occasioned by lifting heavy weights, tight lacing, excessive use of strong tea or coffee, strong passions, abuse of stimulants, excessive venery, and whatever will cause a general relaxed condition of the organ or womb. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease, our object should be first to check the flow, then to tone and brace the system so as to prevent a recurrence of the trouble. In the first place give the pa- tient a dose of the oil of erigeron, 8 to 10 drops on sugar or sweetened water, then in twenty or thirty minutes give a dose of the following Tanin 8 gr. Capsicum 8 gr. Ipecac 5 gr. Myricine 2£ gr. Rhusin 2£ gr. Mix, and make into five doses. Give one every two or three hours owing to the severity of the case. Continue the powders and oil one hour apart alternately and the following tea between each dose of oil and powders : Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Geranium Mac Root pulverized 1 oz. Beth Root pulverized 1 oz. Cinnamon Bark pulverized £ oz. Mix, and add a large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water. Steep it for twenty or thirty minutes, then give the patient two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea between each dose of the oil and powder, and as the flow checks, lengthen the interval between the doses. Dr. King recommends the following: Take Nitre pulverized 10 gr. Alum pulverized 5 gr. Kino pulverized 1$ gr. Mix, and give as a dose, to be repeated every two or three hours. Passive Hemorrhage—This may result from the active form, or it may have been passive from the commencement, which is apt to be the case among females of a weak and delicate constitution. It is a more serious form of hemorrhage than the active, and if not speedily arrested may assume an unfavorable character. Symptoms—In the passive form of menorrhagia the blood dis- charged is dark colored, resembling venous blood. The strength of the patient fails rapidly, the countenance is pale, the pulse quick and 245 feeble, the extremities are cold and sometimes the whole surface of the body. There is frequently a distressing sensation of fainting experienced, with giddiness and occasionally nausea and vomiting, and the patient will frequently complain of a sensation of weight and pain in the head, especially over the eyebrows and forehead. In the more severe and dangerous form, the breathing will be laborious and difficult. Treatment—In this form of menorrhagia the treatment should be very nearly similar to the preceding variety, only in some cases more active. In addition to the above 1 have taken flannel cloths dipped in hot vinegar, salt and pepper, and applied them to the bowels as hot as the patient could bear. Perfect quiet should be ob- served, and as soon as the hemorrhage ceases then put the patient on a course of tonics and astringents, and perhaps none will answer a better purpose than the following female friend: Take Yellow Poplar Bark of Root pulverized 1 lb. Balmony Herb pulverized £ lb. Golden Seal pulverized £ lb. Helonias Dioica Root pulverized \ lb. Black Cohosh Root pulverized £ lb. Beth Root pulverized £ lb. Gum Myrrh pulverized £ lb. Cinnamon Bark pulverized £ lb. Cloves pulverized £ lb. Capsicum pulverized 1 oz. Mix well through a fine sieve. Dose of the powder from £ to | of a teaspoonful three times a day in sweetened water. This excels all other medicines with which I am acquainted as a tonic and re- storative in female weaknesses. Fluor albus or whites, and irregu- larity of the menstrual discharges, general debility, and in all cases where there is a general prostration of the vital powers, no remedy will excel it. This should be given one hour before each meal and the mother's cordial between each meal. It is made thus: Yellow Poplar Bark of Root ground 1 lb. Helonias Dioica Root ground £ lb; Aletris Farinosa Root ground £ lb. Blue Cohosh Root ground £ lb. Black Cohosh Root ground £ lb. Partridge Berry Herb ground \ lb. Life Root Herb ground £ lb. Put all the above in a percolator, cork the lower end, and then add diluted alchohol sufficient to cover them, let it stand for a week or ten days, then remove the cork and let the liquor pass off, then re- turn it to the drugs and let it pass through a second time, then set it 246 to one side, then add more liquor to the drugs until three quarts of strong tincture is obtained, then set it to one side and add one quart of water to the drugs and let it pass through, then set it to one side, then put the drugs into a proper vessel and add water sufficient to boil them for two or three hours, then dip off the liquor, strain and return it to the boiler and reduce it down to one gallon and a quart, then add four or five pounds of white sugar and let it dissolve, then add the tincture and strain and bottle for use. Dose, one-half to one tablespoonful, and given as directed above. Cessation of Menstruation, Or, as it is more generally called, turn of life, or the time at which the functions of conception cease. The time when this will take place varies in different women, leaving some at thirty-five, others forty, forty-five, or forty-eight, or fifty, owing to the time when it commenced. It is a general rule that at whatever time she commences multiply that by three and you will have the time it will cease, that is, if she commences at thirteen it will leave at about 39 or 40. Multiply thirteen by three and it will make 39, and if she commences at fifteen, three times fifteen are 45. In this way it can be told almost to a mathematical certainty when it will cease in stout, healthy females, but there is a class of weakly females, who are sub- ject to certain female diseases, who are irregular both as to time and the return of the discharge. Through the greater portion of their menstrual period those females will be more or less troubled at the closing period. With other females it will cease without the least trouble. It may become irregular and scanty for a few times, and then take its final exit, but in others it may linger for months or years. I have known it linger for two or three years, the discharge at times being scant and at other times severe, amounting to a hem- orrhage, or it may continue for several days or weeks. It may cease and then from some slight cause 'rouse up or start again. When it continues in this way for any length of time it causes great weakness, and in females predisposed to nervous diseases hysterics will be a regular attendant, and add greatly to the suffering of the patient, as well as a great annoyance to the physician and friends. Those cases always require great care and attention, both on the part of the phy- sician and attendants, and not to treat their disease as imaginary, as is so often done by the physician and friends, which adds to her suf- fering, as she cannot help it from the fact that it is a constitutional 247 defect, a lurking enemy waiting for a favorable opportunity to mani- fest its presence. Symptoms—Among healthy females it generally causes but lit- tle trouble, first becoming irregular or scanty with a paler color, or it may be followed by whites, which may continue for a longer or shorter period. As a general rule females become stouter and the abdomen and the breast frequently enlarge, so as to cause the female to imagine herself pregnant. The discharge usually diminishes, gradually assuming a paler color and eventually ceases permanently, or it may occur at uncertain or distant periods, or it may alternate with a whitish discharge. In women predisposed to hemorrhage it may become profuse with a discharge of blood, after which it may cease altogether. This is a period in the life of the female looked to with great interest, as the health of the female is likely to improve and the annoyance of that function will cease, but in other cases the female especially, if not properly managed, may be left weakly for life, which, in a large majority of the cases, is unnecessary and which is another evidence of the want of science in those boastful pretend- ers. But should the disease assume a severe form with frequent at- tacks of hemorrhage rendering the life of the patient precarious this generally results from a previous weakness, or in those, Adio have been excessive in the indulgence of their passions and pleas- ures. The symptoms in different individuals vary considerably; in some there is much pelvic irritation with a bearing down sensation, with a frequent desire to go to stool; also a frequent inclination to urinate. There is more or less heat, and smarting in the part and tenderness of the vagina are very apt to be present. A troublesome itching of the organs of generation is a common attendant. The pa- tient becomes irritable, uneasy and restless, with more or less change, both physically and mentally. With some the skin loses its color and becomes sallow and wrinkled; the hair falls off, or turns gray; the breast at first is placid and pendulous, and may fi- nally disappear and the voice becomes more masculine. At this time various diseases are apt to appear, some of which had been existing in a latent state for some time, waiting for a favorable opportunity to manifest their presence, such as vertigo, hysterics, colic, piles and sometimes cutaneous eruptions, ulcers of the legs with cancers of the womb and various other forms of disease. Truly, women are fsar- fuily and wonderfully made and are the master-piece of mechanism of God's creation. Treatment—As a general thing but little medicine will be re- quired; only sufficient to keep the stomach and bowels in good work- ing order with proper care and exercise in the open air. The diet should be light and easily digested. All unnecessary exposure to 248 cold and bad weather should be avoided. When medicine is re- quired it should be given with a proper understanding of what it ia to do and then only give such medicines as are required. If there should be a hemorrhage, treat it as directed under that head and then follow it with tonics and none will fill the indications better than the female friend, given three or four times a day in from one- half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful in sweetened water. If leucor- rhea or whites should exist, in addition to the female friend give the mother's cordial in one or two tablespoonful doses; give the female friend one hour before each meal and the mother's cordial between each meal and after supper. If there is tenderness of the vagina, use a tonic and astringent injection two or three times a day of the following articles: White Pond Lily Root ground 1 oz. Golden Seal Root ground £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves ground \ oz. Geranium Root ground £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong; then strain and use two or three syringef uls at a time about blood warm. If there should be great prostration of strength, in addition to the above give one hour after the mother's cordial the following tonic: Compound Tincture of Cinchene 1 oz. Compound Tincture of Gentian 1 oz. Tincture Black Cohosh 1 oz. Mix. Dose from one-half to one teaspoonful three times a day. Vicarious Menstruation, This term is applied to a condition in which the fluid does not flow through the natural channel, which is owing to an obstruction in a natural law or function of the part. Causes—It may be caused from cold, causing an obstruction in the natural outlet. It will generally be met with in a menorrhea or obstruction in the natural discharge preventing it from passing through its regular course. It may also be caused from enlargement of the womb, or irritation. I have known it to occur from bad man- agement after confinement. Instead of the discharge passing through the vagina it passed through the rectum. Symptoms—The patient, before the discharge appears, will gen- erally experience the symptoms of suppression of the menses for a 249 short time when the discharge will appear, and it may, as above stated, be discharged from the rectum, nose, lungs, or nipples, gums, umbilicus, or skin, and it may occasionally become very profuse, but as a general thing it is not dangerous, but is very annoying to the patient and friends. Treatment—In the treatment of this disease the cause should be first removed and then the proper treatment adapted to remove the pathological condition. In the first place if the bowels are cos- tive, they should be regulated by giving a dose of the anti-bilious, or castor oil and spirits of turpentine, and as a tonic and restorative the female friend will answer the purpose admirably. It should be given three times a day, one hour before each meal and the following ton- ic and bmmenagogue should be given between each meal: Fluid Extract of Blue Cohosh 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Plack Cohosh 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Helonias Dioica 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Seneca Gracilis 1 oz. Fluid Extract of Wild Ginger Root 1 oz. Mix, and give one-half teaspoonful three times a drgan, sometimes accompanied with painful erections, with considerable 254 heat in the gfcnds'' penis. When the blood is from the bladder it does not mix with the urine, but remains suspended in it, generally in small flakes or clots. Sometimes the clots form in the bladder and may prevent the passing of the urine. If this should occur, the catheter will have to be introduced, so as to relieve the bladder. When the urethra is the part from which the blood issues, it is void- ed by drops or in a small stream, and is not mixed with the urine. When the hemorrhage originates from an external injury, or there is much inflammation, use the following: Treatment—First give a cathartic of anti-bilious physic; then gijethe fever drops 3nd diaphoretic powders, one hour and a half apart alternately and the following tea between each dose of drops and powders: Take Queen of the Meadow Root pulverized 1 oz. Marsh Mallow Root ground 1 oz. Peach Tree Leaves ground 1 oz. Spearmint Leaves ground f oz. Juniper Berries ground £ oz. Mh. Put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boilirg water; stesp it strong, and let the patient drink two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea. If there is much pain, apply a mustard ponldce over the region of the bladder, and let it draw until it irri- tates freely. After the irritation subsides, then apply the anodyne liniment with a feather twice a day freely. After the liniment drys in, then apply an anodyne poultice of stramonium leaves, hops and lobelia herb ground; mix with equal parts of water and vinegar hot, and spread on a cloth and apply it to the part. If it should originate from suppression of the menses of women, then emenagogues should be used, such as the following: Take Seneca Snake Root ground 1 oz. Mother Wort Leaves ground 1 oz. Life Root (sen. gracilis) ground 1 oz. Tanoy Leaves ground 1 oz. Wild Ginger Root ground 1 oz. Pennyroyal ground 1 oz. Savine Leaves ground -J oz. Mix. Put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong, and let the patient take 2 or 3 table- spoonfuls of the tea, 3 or 4 times a day, and bathe the feet every night, and give a cathartic, so as to move the bowels. Give a dose of the diuretic drops, 20 to 25 drops twice a day and wash down with the diuretic tea. 255 Hemoptysis, or Bleeding From the Lungs. This is a discharge of blood from the lungs of a florid color and often frothy, which is discharged from the lungs or windpipe with more or less hawking or coughing. It may occur at any period of life, but is more common in persons before middle age, or between the age of eighteen and thirty. C Causes—In persons of weak lungs, or those predisposed to con- sumption hemorrhage is more likely to occur, and may occur at any time, especially from cold or severe paroxysms of coughing. It may also occur as the forerunner of consumption, and if not properly treated will result in consumption. It may and often does originate from an obstruction of the monthlies of females. Symptoms—The symptoms, which indicate hemorrhage of the lungs, are a sense of weight and pain about the breast with more or less difficulty of breathing, with sometimes a sensation of heat under the breast-bone, which often shifts from one point to another. There is frequently a saltish taste in the mouth, which will be experienced before the bleeding commences. The bleeding may be preceded by a chill or shivering, with pain in the back and head. There is some- times costiveness with flatulency, with a full, frequent pulse, or it may commence with a tickling sensation at the upper part of the windpipe, which will occasionally cause hawking or coughing. The amount discharged varies, being sometimes so small as not to occa- sion much alarm. At other times it may be copious, amounting to considerable, so as to endanger life. It often occasions sudden and alarming debility, or prostration, and sometimes sudden death. It may occur daily or continue without any cessation for several days until it exhausts the patient, or it may happen at certain periods, or only once or twice in a life-time. It may be so profuse as to pass through both nose and mouth. The blood is generally thin and of a florid color, but it may be thick and of a dark color, which is owing to the length of time it has remained in the lungs previous to being coughed up. Hemoptysis may be distinguished from bleeding from the stomach by the discharge from the stomach being in a much larger quantity than when it is from the lungs, and of a darker color, thicker, and often being mixed with the contents of the stomach; the discharge from the lungs being hawked or coughed up, while that from the stomach is vomited up without coughing, and more or less mixed with the contents of the stomach. 256 Treatment—In all cases of hemorrhage of the lungs the most perfect quiet should be observed and the patient kept from talking or making any physical exertion and be placed in a half erect position with the head and shoulders elevated. With warm applica- tion to the feet, and as internal treatment. If the case is not severe, it may often be checked by taking a half teaspoonful of common ta- ble salt. If this should not check it, then let the patient drink the following tea: Take Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Geranium Macula Root pulverized 1 oz. Lycopus Virginicus ground 1 oz. Beth Root ground 1 oz. Cinnamon Bark ground £ oz. Black Cohosh Root pulverized £ oz. Mix, and put one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it strong; give 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls of the tea every 2 or 3 hours; keep the bowels loose with castor oil by giving a dose of oil and turpentine every other night. If the pulse should be frequent, give a dose of the fever drops every three hours, and the diaphoretic powder3 every three hours, and the above tea between every other dose of drops and powders, and the oil of erigeron be- tween every other dose of fever drops and powders, that is, give the tea in one interval between the drops and powders, and the oil of er- igeron in the next interval, that is, alternate the tea and oil between the drops and diaphoretic powders. If the disease should not yield to the above treatment; then in place of the diaphoretic powder give the following powder: Take Tannin 5 gr. Capsicum 5 gr. Ipecac 1 gr. Opium pulverized £ gr. Mix. Give in a little cold water well mixed. This I have known to check the hemorrhage after all other remedies had failed. The dose of the oil of erigeron is 8 to 10 drops in sweetened water every three hours. The feet should be bathed once or twice a day in warm water, adding salt and ashes to the water. If the stomach should be- come irritable, apply a mustard poultice over the region of the stom- ach and let it irritate freely, and give the black powder of Elm 30 gr. Charcoal 30 gr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 10 gr. Mix; make 5 or 6 doses; give one every 2 or 3 hours, 257 Hemorrhage of the Stomach. This is a disease of not very frequent occurrence, yet it may oc- cur and therefore it is necessary that we should know how to treat it, as the causes which produce it may produce it at any time. The most frequent causes are an obstruction in the circulation of the blood through the abdominal viscera, suppressed menstruation, blows on the stomach, or ulceration of the stomach, or severe constipation. Any of the above causes may give rise to it. Symptoms—The premonitory symptoms, which generally indi- cate the approach of this disease are a fullness and weight in the stomach. The appetite is either wanting or voracious. There is sometimes acrid eructation, with pain in the region of the stomach and liver, nausea and vomiting, a small contracted pulse, with chilli- ness, palpitation of the heart, and coldness of the extremities. The face is pale; there is more or less constriction about the chest. One or more of those symptoms are generally present. The quantity of blood thrown up is generally considerable, almost always dark and clotted; the blood is ejected without coughing; is dark and clotted, and frequently mixed with the contents of the stomach. The patient becomes exhausted or greatly debilitated. After the blood is thrown up he feels relieved for a short time until the stomach is again filled with blood, when the vomiting again occurs and so continues until the patient is relieved or death closes his suffering. Treatment—The feet should be put in a warm bath and bathed for twenty or thirty minutes, adding salt and ashes to the water. When taken out they should be rubbed thoroughly, so as to equalize the circulation; then a mustard poultice should be applied to the feet and over the stomach, and the patient kept in a recumbent position and as quiet as possible. To check the hemorrhage, let the patient take the oil of erigeron in 8 to 10 drop doses, in cold water; also let him swallow small pieces of ice and let it dissolve in the stomach. At the same time give the following anti-septic powder: Charcoal pulverized 1 dr. Elm Bark pulverized 1 dr. Subnitrate. of Bismuth 10 gr. Mix, and divide into ten doses. Give one dose every two or three hours alternately with the erigeron oil and give a strong tea of the 258 astringent powder, which is made as follows: Take Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized i oz. Geranium Macula Root pulverized £ oz. Lycopus Virginicus ground £ oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Beth Root pulverized £ oz. Mix. and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling wa- ter; steep it for twenty or thirty minutes; then give two or three ta- blespoonfuls of the tea cold between each dose of the oil of erigeron and black powders If the above should not check it, prepare the black powders as follows : Take Charcoal pulverized 1 dr. Elm Bark pulverized 1 dr. Myricin 10 gr. Rhusin 10 gr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 10 gr. Mix, and divide into ten doses and give as directed above. Let the patient lick salt freely and keep the bowels open with castor oil and turpentine. Epistaxis, or Bleeding of the Nose. There are different causes, which may give rise to this trouble. Where persons are predisposed to the disease it may, and frequently does, originate from too great a determination of blood to the head. S)me individuals are naturally predisposed to a preternatural flow of blood to the brain, which mostly affects the sanguine, nervous temperament, or persons of a scrofulous predisposition. Such chil- dren are very easily affected from very slight causes, such as excite- ment or over-exertion, or it may be, and frequently is* caused by falls or blows on the nose, working with the head down, or heavy lifting. It may, and often does, occur as a crisis or turning point of some acute disease, such as fever or inflammation of the lungs or brain. When not resulting from the crisis or turning point of some acute disease, the following symptoms indicate its approach. There is ofcen a sensation of fullness of the head, with more or less pain in the head. There is often virtigo or dizziness, with a tendency to drowsiness; the temporal arteries may be seen to pulsate more fre- quently. When it is the result of some visceral or internal disease, or the consequence of some obstruction or suppression of some habit- 2S9 ual discharge, such as obstruction of the menses, in such cases the original cause should be removed before the hemorrhage will cease. Treatment—In severe cases the patient may be relieved by pressure with the thumb on the facial artery over the upper jaw at the right of the nose. Place the patient's feet in warm water, add- ing salt and ashes; elevate the patient's head and shoulders, and ap- ply cold to the head and inject into the nose a strong astringent tea of the following articles : Take Bayberry Bark pulverized £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized £ oz. Geranium Maculatum Root pulverized £ oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water; steep it for 15 or 20 minutes; then strain it and let the patient snuff it up the nose freely, or inject it up the nose with a small syringe. The addition of a little alum to the tea will add to its astringency; at the same time give a dose of the anti-bilious phys- ic. As soon as the physic operates then equalize the circulation. Give the following internal course of treatment: First give a dose of the fever drops; if a child from eight to ten years of age, give from ten to twelve drops, and increase according to age; give it in a little cold water; then in three-fourths of an hour give a dose of composition and nerve tea. In three-fourths of an hour after the tea, give a dose of the diaphoretic powder; for a child four to eight grains, ac- cording to the age. The cold application should be kept constantly applied to the back of the neck and head, and warm applications to the feet. If the above astringent tea should fail to check the hemor- rhage, then use Monsel's solution of persulphate of iron; first dilute it one-half with water and inject it every half hour or hour until re- lief is obtained, alternating it with the above astringent tea. If it should not be strong enough, add a little more of the solution of iron and apply the oil of erigeron to the side of the nose and upper part of the cheek and give 6 or 8 drops inwardly in a tablespoonful of the above astringent tea. If it should originate from an obstruction or derangement of the menses or monthlies of females, that should be regulated by proper treatment, or if it should be caused by an ob- struction or derangement of any other internal organ that should be regulated, and the circulation equalized by giving such medicines as will restore a healthy action. If it should result as a crisis of some acute disease, such as fevers, etc., it should not be checked unless it should become excessive, which is seldom the case. Should it occur 260 in persons of a weakly constitution, in such cases an astringent tonic should be used as follows : Cinchona Bark pulverized 1 oz. Dogwood Bark pulverized 1 oz. Ba) berry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Wild Cherry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Yellow Poplar Bark pulverized 1£ oz. Mix, and add one quart of good liquor and let it digest for a week or ten days. Dose £ to 1 teaspoonful three or four times a day. Convulsions. This is a disease to which certain individuals are liable, which is owing to a peculiar formation of head; all persons having that pe- culiarity will be subject to nervous diseases and governed by the extent of that organ. If it is large, the individual will be a subject of nervous diseases, no matter under what circumstances they may be placed. If it is small, the predisposition to diseases of the nerv- ous system will be proportionately small and the patient may live to good old age without ever manifesting any symptoms of nervous tronble, but when the organ is medium or large the individual is al- ways more or less subject to diseases of the nervous system and will manifest that predisposition whenever a favorable opportunity pre- sents. This gives a logical reason why some children, when the least sick, will have convulsions, while others similarly affected or having the same disease may die without ever manifesting any symptoms of convulsion or nervous trouble. There cannot be an effect without a cause and that cause is in a peculiar formation of head, and I am the discoverer of that peculiar organ or formation of head, which will be fully explained in the volume on chronic diseases. I will also explain how to tell when a child is born whether it will live to three or five years of age. Symptoms—This disease is generally preceded by some other form of disease, which gives rise to the convulsion, or in individuals strongly predisposed the disease may attack suddenly without any premonitory warning as from teething, or improper diet, but more generally the convulsion appears as the result of the irritation of some other form of disease, but when the disease does not result from some other disease then there are frequently premonitory symptoms, such as drowsiness, with irritable temper, with derange- ment of the appetite, which is often irregular, but when the attack m commences the child soon becomes ur"onscious; the muscles of the face and mouth become distorted; the limbs are convulsed; the eyes are staring or wide open; there is more or less frothing at the mouth; the breathing is difficult and laborious; the pulse is irregular and of- ten from 1G0 to 140 per minute; the countenance is pale or livid; sometimes the body becomes covered with a cold, clammy perspira- tion; as the convulsions cease the breathing becomes more free and easy; the convulsions gradually cease; the pulse becomes more regu- lar, and the attack soon subsides, but if proper means are not used they will soon return. Treatment—If the patient should be in convulsions when call- ed, the first thing to be done is to apply a mustard poultice the whole length of the spinal column, and brown paper, wet with the following saline wash, to the head: Salt 1 oz. Spirits * 8 oz. Vinegar 8 oz. Rain Water 8 oz. Mix. Let the salt dissolve; then wet paper with it and keep it constantly applied to the head until the convulsions cease; at the same time apply warm applications to the feet; as soon as the patient can swallow give a dose of the fever drops, 5 to 6 drops in a little wa- ter; if the child is 7 or 8 years old, give 8 to 10 drops. In three-quar- ters of an hour after the fever drops, give a dose of the nerve tinct- ure made as follows : Take Blue Cohosh Root pulverized 1 oz. Lady Slipper Root pulverized 1 oz. Skull Cap Herb pulverized 1 oz. Cramp Bark ground 1 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root pulverized 1 oz. Valerian Root pulverized 1 oz. Assafcetida crushed 1 oz. Musk Root crushed 1 oz. Put the above in a covered jar and cover the drugs with alcohol; let it stand 6 or 8 days; then transfer to a percolator and add liquor until one and a half pints of tincture is run through the drugs; then add one pint of water to the drugs; let it pass through the drugs al- so; then add it to the tincture; that will make one quart of tincture. Dose from 10 to 15 drops in water. Three-fourths of an hour after the nerve drops give a dose of the diaphoretic powders, and thus contin- ue the drops and powders, one hour and a half apart alternately, and the nerve drops between each dose of drops and powders. In severe cases give the nerve tea 15 or 20 minutes from the nerve drops, and continue the external application until the disease yields. 262 Auscultation of the Heart To become skilled in auscultation of the heart, it will require considerable experience to distinguish the different sounds, or that of a healthy heart from an unhealthy one, but a little experience and close observation will soon teach any one to distinguish the abnor- mal sounds from that of a healthy sound by applying the ear to the region of the heart. In a healthy person a sound is heard of each pulsation followed by an interval of silence. This sound is double, consisting of a dull, slow sound immediately followed by a short, quick one. The first sound is produced by the contraction (systole) of the ventricles and is synchronous with the pulse of the arteries, near the heart. The second or short sound accompanies the dilata- tion (diastole) of the ventricles. This second sound is said to be pro- duced by the shock caused by the tightening of the similunar valves at the ventricular diastole. Lerennec rates the relative duration of these sounds to be as follows: The first sound one-half, the second one-fourth or a little more, the interval of silence one-fourth or a lit- tle less. The sounds are natuially more distinct in space between the cartilages of the fourth and seventh ribs of the left side and on the lower part of the sturnum (breast bone), the former part corre- sponding with the left and the latter with the right side of the heart simultaneously with the first or systolic sound. An impulse or shock is communicated to the stethoscope. It is most perceptible at and between the cartilage of the fifth and sixth ribs, where it may be felt by the hand, but the stethoscope commonly renders it sensible over the whole pericardium. Considerable variety in force of the im- pulse may occur from various extraneous causes, acting on a healthy heart, thus: The pressure of tumors behind it, a flatulent condition of the stomach, or great enlargement of the liver and spleen, contraction of the chest from pleurisy, deformity of the spleen, and similar causes, which have the effect of pushing the heart into closer contact with the anterior walls of the chest will make its impulse against them stronger. Again extensive effusions of air or liquid in the left pleura may displace the heart so that its impulse can only be felt un- der or even to the right of the sternum. The action of the heart is naturally accelerated by exercise, stimulating drinks, heat, etc., and this excited action is attended by an increased impulse and louder sound. The exact position of the heart: A line drawn from the in- ferior margin of the third rib across sturnum passes over the pulmon- 263 ic valves, a little to the left of the mesial line and those of the aorta are behind them, but almost hair an inch lower down, a vertical line coinciding with the left margin of the sturnum has about one-third of the heart, consisting of the upper portion of the right ventricle on the right, and two-thirds, composed of the lower portion of the right ventricle and the whole of the left ventricle. The apex beats be- tween the cartilages of the fifth and sixth left ribs at a point about two inches below the nipple and an inch on its sternal side. Take the fifth costal cartilage on the left side and let a point midway be- tween its junction with the sturnum and its junction with the rib be the center of a circle two inches in diameter. This circle will as nearly as possible define the space of the pericardial region, which is naturally less resonant than the rest. Relation of the sounds to the state of the heart: A clearer sound proceeds from a thin heart and a duller sound from a thick heart; a sound of greater extent from a large heart and a sound of lesser extent from a small heart, and a feeble impulse by a thin heart. The impulse is conveyed to a longer distance from a large heart and a shorter distance from a small heart. Morbid sounds of the heart: Unnatural sounds are called mur- murs. They are of two kinds: The exocardial produced external to the heart, that is to say, in the pericardium, and the endocardial, pro- duced in the heart itself. The endocardial murmurs have a blowing character. The exocardial gives the idea of friction. The endocar- dial murmur is not only different in kind from the natural sounds of the heart, but it takes their place and is heard in their stead. It comes exactly where the first sound, or where the second, or where both sounds should be. It keeps strict time with the systoles, or with the diastole of the heart, or with both. The exocardial murmur, too, is different in kind from the natural sound of the heart, but it does not take the place of them. It is not heard in their stead. In proportion as it is louder it obscures or over-powers the natural sounds, but the natural sounds are still apt to reach the ear through the exocardial murmur, and when they do not reach the ear it is be- cause they are imperceptible under the circumstances, not because they cease to exist. Endocardial murmurs, that is, murmurs within the heart are caused by peculiar vibrations of the columns of blood, which pass through the heart, and those vibrations may depend up- on an unnatural thin quality and deficient quantity of the blood, as in the murmurs heard after hemorrhages, or on diseases of the valv- ular orifices of the heart offering obstacles to the passage of the blood. A murmur caused by the passage of the blood through a diseased valvular orifice may be direct or regurgitant, that is, it may be pro- duced during the flow of the blood along its natural channel, if con- 2G4 tracted, or during its regurgitation, which will happen if the dis- eased valve is unable to shut properly. In order to ascertain what valve is affected notice must be taken of the time at which the mur- mur is heard, of the part of the pericardial space where it is heard most loudly, and of the direction in which it is conveyed the farthest. Valvular disease of the right side of the heart is of very rare occur- rence, and the diagnosis of it from diseases of the left side is a mat- ter of some uncertainty. The following observations therefore chiefly apply to the aortic and mitral valves: When a single endo- cardial murmur is heard during the systole of the heart its seat is most probably the aortic valve, which is thickened so as to impede the blood in its exit from the heart and to throw it into vibrations. When a single murmur is heard coincident with the heart's diastole this may also be produced by a diseased aortic valve, if so diseased as to be incapable of closing and permitting the blood to regurgitate into the ventricles. When there is a double murmur, both systolic and diastolic, these may also arise from disease of the aortic orifice alone, the former being a murmur caused by the flow of blood from the heart, the latter by its regurgitation. Again, when there is a single systolic murmur it may be caused by disease of the mitral valves permitting the blood to regurgitate into the left auricle from the ventricle. When the latter contracts: The spot where all endo- cardial murmurs are heard most distinctly is immediately over the valve, which originates them and the space under which the cardiac valves lie may be said to be comprised between the lower margin of the third left costal cartilage and the lower margin of the fourth, ex- tending inwardly to the middle of the sternum. Here it is that al- most all murmurs are heard most clearly. The method of distin- guishing them from each other is based on the fact that the murmur will be conveyed along the direction of the column of the fluid where vibration causes it. Thus, if a murmur be seated at the aortic valve, it will be heard most clearly over the left half of the sturnum be- tween the third and fourth costal cartilages, but the sound will also be conveyed with tolerable clearness in the course of the aorta and its branches, that is to say, upward and between the second and third ribs of the right side; perhaps it will be heard in the carotids. If the disease (which is very rare) were seated in the pulmonic valves, the murmur would follow the course of the pulmonary artery up- wards between the second and third ribs of the left side. If seated in the mitral valves the murmur would be lost if the stethoscope was moved upwards, but would still be heard distinctly, if it would be moved downward towards the apex of the heart. If the murmur is heard plainly in both directions, then both the aortic and mitral valves are probably diseased. There are some few circumstances, 265 which must be taken into account in estimating the value of endo- cardial murmurs as signs of valvular disease. First they are some- times absent altogether when the patient is in repose, although they may be excited by causing the patient to move about so that the heart may beat more forcibly; secondly, the loudness of the sound is by no means a sure indication of the extent of the disease for in long standing cases when a diseased orifice has become contracted the sounds become very feeble indeed; thirdly, a very violent action of the heart alone without valvular disease may occasion a murmur. This often happens to children, seldom to adults; fourthly, if the heart is embarrassed by deformity of the chest, or if it is too much pressed upon by the stethoscope murmurs may be caused; fifthly, in case of anemia after hemorrhage the blood has become pale and wa- tery. Through ill health there will be a loud systolic murmur con- veyed along all the arteries and also often accompanied by a contin- uous humming noise heard in veins, especially the internal jugular. This state is to be remedied by nourishing food and tonics; lastly, the sounds of respiration may imitate cardiac murmurs so closely that it may be necessary to make the patient hold his breath to distin- guish their real source.—S. H. Potter. Endocarditis and Pericarditis, or Inflammation of the Heart. This is generally caused from the translation of rheumatism or gout. It may, and often does, originate from other causes, such as colds and exposure to the inclemency of the weather, such as heats and colds. Symptoms—The symptoms of endocarditis are pain in the heart, disordered action, difficulty of breathing,or dyspnoea, with abnormal sound, beginning with a roughness and afterwards a murmur, term- ed the bellows murmur, which arises from a thickening or deposit on some of the valves. When one or more of these symptoms occur during an attack of acute rheumatism we may expect an attack of endocarditis. The pain is sometimes very slight, at others the symp- toms assume a more severe form, causing extreme suffering and may be followed by great difficulty of breathing, restlessness, delir- 263 ium and death. The murmur may be heard at the beginning or not until towards the middle or end of the disease. Other symptoms will generally manifest themselves, such as chills, followed by fever. The skin will be hot and dry; the pulse full, frequent and often intermit- tent; the breathing becomes more frequent and difficult. There is sometimes a dry cough, which greatly augments the patient's suffer- ing. Any motion or exercise will increase the pain; the tongue is coate I white; the bowels are costive; the urine scanty and highly colored. When the diaphragm is involved there will be a distress- ing and painful hiccough. The symptoms of pericarditis are very nearly the same as those of endocarditis. The only material differ- ence being in the sounds or murmurs in pericarditis, the sound be- ing that of an exocardial murmur, which is caused by the rubbing of the roughened and inflamed serous surfaces of the heart and peri- cardium against each other; dullness on percussion over the precar- dial region and sometimes visible undulation between the cartilages of the second, third and fourth left ribs. These last two signs arise from the presence of effused fluid in the pericardium. Nervous and cerebral irritation frequently attend this disease and may mislead the physician inducing him to look to the head instead of the pericar- dia. In rheumatism the heart should be closely looked after for in some patients there is a predisposition to a translation of the disease to that organ. Treatment—If it should originate from rheumatism, treat it as directed for acute rheumatism; only modify to suit the condition of the patient, and the location of the disease. A large mustard plaster should be applied to the back between the shoulders and on the chest, and let it irritate freely. If the bowels are costive, give a cathartic of castor oil and spirits of turpentine. As soon as the physic operates, then give the following course of treatment: First give a dose of the fever drops; in three-fourths of an hour after fever drops give a dose of composition and nerve tea made as follows: Take equal parts of composition powder and nerve powder, mix and add one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, steep it strong, then give the patient 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls of the tea warm; in three-quarters of an hour after the tea give a dose of dia- phoretic powders. If the disease should originate from the transla- tion of rheumatism, add to each dose of diaphoretic powders 5 or 10 grains of powdered gum guaicum. If the disease should not yield to the above, then give the medicine as follows: After the physic ope- rates give a dose of the fever drops; in three-quarters of an ho:ir give the composition tea as directed above; then in three-quarters of an hour give the diaphoretic powder as directed above; then in three" 267 quarters of an hour after diaphoretic powders give a dose of the fol- lowing anti-rheumatic drops: Tr. of Black Cohosh Root 1 oz. Tr. of Colchicum Seed 1 oz. Tr. of Cactus Grandifollia £ oz. Tr. of Poke Root £ oz. Tr. of Digitalis 2 dr. Mix. Dose for an adult 35 to 40 drops every 3 hours alternately with the composition and nerve tea, that is, give the composition in one interval between the drops and diaphoretic powders, and the rheumatic drops at the next interval, and thus continue until the dis- ease is subdued. Bathe the feet every night. If the disease should originate from other causes than that of rheumatism, treat it as di- rected above, except the rheumatic drops; omit them; apply the ano- dyne liniment freely over the chest and apply hot flannel cloths over the chest as hot as the patient can bear; keep the bowels open with oil and turpentine. Scalds and Burns. These are accidents which may occur at any time, and the phy- sician should always be prepared to meet those cases with a proper understanding of their nature and treatment, which is highly essen- tial both as to his reputation and the welfare of the patient. Many lives have been sacrificed for the want of proper knowledge of the necessary means of affording relief. Burns and scalds only become dangerous when extensive, or when improperly treated. I have treated some very severe cases and never had any trouble, or any of those unsightly scars to result. When burns are slight they require but very little treatment; but when severe they require prompt and energetic treatment. When severe, there will be more or less fever or inflammation of the skin and also the parts beneath. When the burns are extensive there will be more or less constitutional disturb- ance as indicated by the chill, which will be followed by a hot, dry skin; the pulse increases in frequency; the breathing becomes more frequent; the intellect generally remains unimpaired until near the close of the disease. Treatment—In treating this disease the first thing to be done 268 is to relieve the pain, and I have found the following poultice pref- erable to anything else: Take Elm Bark pulverized 1 oz. Stramonium Leaves pulverized £ oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized £ oz. Sweet oil sufficient to form a poultice, and keep it con- stantly applied to the part. This protects the part from the air and soon relieves the pain and removes the inflammation. As soon as the inflammation is removed, then apply the following salve: Take Cosmoline 1 oz. Iodoform 30 gr. Carbolic Acid 15 or 20 drops. Mix. This generally causes the parts to heal rapidly and the pa- tient soon recovers. As internal remedies, if the case is a severe one, I generally give the fever drops and diaphoretic powders each every three hours, that is, one hour and a half apart alternately, and if it should be a child I give the nerve tea between each dose of drops and powders. The oil of peppermint will generally give relief in cases of superficial burns. The bowels should be kept open with oil and turpentine. Sprains. This is a difficulty of frequent occurrence, and often a very pain- ful disease, and when it occurs on the lower limbs it frequently dis- ables the patient from business for weeks or months if not properly treated. It mostly occurs at the wrist or ankle producing great pain and tenderness, with more or less swelling and inflammation of the part. The limb should be kept as quiet as possible, and the part thoroughly examined to ascertain whether there is a dislocation of the part, which may possibly occur, and if so, and improperly treated it would be likely to cause the patient to be a cripple for life; there- fore every caution should be exercised to avoid so grave a mistake in a sprain. The swelling comes on gradually and the patient can at first exercise some control of the joint so as to move it. But in dislo- cation the joint is more or less immovable and the least attempt to move the part causes the most severe pain. In dislocations the swelling and loss of motion occurs immediately after the accident. TBEATMENT-The limb should be kept as quiet as possible and 269 the inflammation kept down as much as possible. To do this the part should be bathed wiih the following liniment: Spirits of Turpentine 4 oz. Aqua Ammonia strong 2 oz. Gum Camphor 1 oz.' Tincture of Arnica 2 oz. Tincture of Opium 1 oz. Chloroform 1 oz. Oil of Origanum 1 oz. Oil of Sassafras 1 oz. Mix, and bathe the affected part thoroughly three times a day with a feather; let it dry in; then apply the following poultice: Elm Bark pulverized 1 oz. Stramonium Leaves pulverized 1 oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized 1 oz. Mix, and make it into a poultice with weak lye, and apply it warm, changing it as often as it gets dry. Dr. Kiog says that he has used the following: Take a large spoonful of honey and the same quantity of salt and the white of an egg; beat them well together and apply to the part. Poisons and Their Antidotes. When the world will learn to discriminate between poison and medicine, and learn that man was not made to live on poisons when sick, any more than in health, and, as the immortal Bonaparte re- marked to his physicians when he was sick, and they wanted to drug him he said: '-No, gentlemen, do not counteract the living principle. We are made a machine to live." He knew that one enemy was enough to fight, consequently he did not want their drugs and the disease both to fight, and if our lamented Garfield and thousands of others had served those boastful pretenders (called physicians) the same, they no doubt would have been living, but two against one was too powerful for human nature to overcome, consequents they are no more. When the afflicted will learn to follow tl e example of Bonaparte then we will have less sickness and fewer d. a^us. When any of those poisons are taken either ignorantly or intentionally the proper antidote should be administered to neutralize it. When ar- senic is taken the most certain antidote is the hydrated sesqui oxide of iron, which should be taken in large doses from a tea to a table- spoonful mixed with water, repeating the dose every five or ten min- utes. It is said that it requires ten or twelve parts of the iron to neu- 270 tralize one part of arsenic. If the arsenic has not been taken but a short time, an emetic would be advisable, and then the iron. At the same time give the patient to drink freely of warm milk and flax-seed tea. Corrosive Sublimate: When this poison is taken the best antidote is the white of eggs; take the white of twelve eggs, mix with a quart of equal parts of milk and water, and give the patient a glass- ful every few minutes as long as the patient's stomach can tolerate it, or use the stomach pump, if convenient. The same course of treatment should be pursued in poisoning from copper. Poisoning by Opium, Laudanum or Morphine. An emetic should be given as soon as possible after the poison has been taken, after which strong coffee should be given freely, and the patient kept moving, and cold water should be applied to the head; belladonna is also an antidote to opium or morphine and should be administered in the form of a tincture, in dose of from five to ten drops, until relief is obtained. In poisoning by colch- icum, belladonna, hyoscyamus, conium, stramonium, or hellebore, the same course of treatment should be pursued as directed for poisoning by opium, except opium should be used to antidote the belladonna; cathartics should be given. Oxalic Acid should be antidoted with chalk, lime, magnesia, (not the calcined) the above to be given freely in cold water. When the salts of lead are taken, give large doses of epsom salts, or glauber's salts, or plaster of paris mixed with hard water; these form an insoluble sulphate of lead. Tartar Emetic: This is another one of those poisons that has done ten times more harm than it has ever done good. The proper antidote is not to take it, but if taken regardless of conse- quences, then the antidotes would be tannic acid, a strong infusion of white oak bark, peruvian bark or green tea. Nitrate of Silver may be neutralized by drinking freely of a solution of common salt. When any corrosive acid is taken, such as sulphuric, nitric, mu- riatic, etc., the best antidotes are lime water, magnesia, chalk, car- bonate of soda, milk, or olive oil. Prussic Acid is best treated by aqua ammonia, oil of turpen- tine, brandy, and the application of cold water to the head and spinal column, with artificial respiration. Acrid Alkali: such as caustic, potash, strong aqua ammonia, etc. They are best antidoted by giving vinegar, either pure or di- luted with water. 271 The following may also cause dangerous symptoms when indulg- ed in too freely, such as muscles, lobsters, oysters or fish; when they have been recently taken, an emetic will often give speedy re- lief; this should be followed by a dose of epsom salts and lemonade. Gelseminum. When an over dose of this is taken the best an- tidote is large doses of quinine, with stimulants, and apply aqua ammonia to the nose; this will soon neutralize its effect. Digitalis. The best antidotes to the poisonous effects of this drug are a free use of warm water and an emetic, with stimulants, such as brandy, etc.; as soon as the more active symptoms are over, the system should be braced up by tonics and alterative. Poison Vine or Rush Radicans. Many persons are very sus- ceptible to the action of this article, so much so, that to touch or smell it will often affect them severely, while others will handle it continually,and feel no effect from it. In those subject to its influence, it causes a severe irritation of the skin attended with heat, smart- ing pain, with itching, which soon forms small blisters, the surface becomes red and inflamed; various remedies have been recommend- ed for this disease, but the remedy which I have found most effect- ual is equal parts of sweet oil and tincture of lobelia, to be applied to the part three or four times a day freely, and take a dose of salts three parts and sulphur one part, and take enough every night on going to bed, to move the bowels freely. Dr. J. King recommends the following: Bathe the affected part with a solution of borax or copperas; the solution of copperas should be made thus: put ten grains of the copperas to an ounce of water; or a wash of elder bark boiled in buttermilk; some have cured it with strong salt water; bathe freely. Poisoning by Nux Vomica or Strychnine: Give an emetic of mustard and salt; mix one teaspoonful of ground mustard, and half a teaspoonful of salt, and let the patient swallow it, and give freely of warm water until the stomach is thoroughly cleansed, then give sweet oil freely, and camphor gum ten to twelve grains every fifteen or twenty minutes until relief; in all cases of poison- ing from vegetables or animal, sweet oil acts well. 272 Introduction to Horse Department. As my object in this work is to make it useful to all classes, the farmer as well as the profession, therefore, I have concluded that it would not be out of place to add a few remedies for diseases of the horse, as by so doing, the life of many a valuable animal might be saved, by having a knowledge of a proper remedy. The life of a horse may often be saved by any person having judgement, and the proper remedies at hand, when to wait to send four or five miles for a doctor the case may be past hope. A physician should have a knowledge of diseases of the horse sufficient to meet all cases of emergency where a regular horse doctor cannot readily be obtained, and at the present day, the same lack or want of proper skill or knowledge exists among horse doctors, that does exist among physi- cians, the object being money more than the wellfare of the patient. I have several times saved the life of my horse by having the know- ledge of the proper remedies, and having them at hand, when to have waited an hour or two my horse would have been dead or be- yond hope. I would advise all families to keep a small supply of medicine on hand, that when assailed by disease, they can be pre- pared to meet it, or stay its progress until further means can be ob- tained if necessary, and if they have a horse, add a few articles to their supply for the protection of that animal. There is nothing saved by procrastination; time lost is often fatal to the patient; a few dollars worth of drugs on hand, and properly used, will often save dollars of doctor bills, and in many instances, the life of the patient. All articles should be kept in tight bottles, or jars, and properly labled with the proper dose given on the lable, so as to pre- vent liability to mistakes. By being prepared in all ordinary cases, large doctor bills may be saved, besides a vast amount of suffering, and loss of life in both animal and human, and, as the object of this work, is to save suffering and loss of life, I hope the above ad- vice will be carried out. 273 Horse Medicines. 1.—For Worms, take the following: Sulphate of Iron (copperas) pulverized 4 oz. Worm Seed pulverized 4 o^ Male Fern pulverized 4 oz. Aloes pulverized 2 oz. Mix the above well together. Dose 1 tablespoonful once or twice a day, in mashed or chopped feed. The above forms a valua- ble worm antidote and is good for both worms and botts. 2-—Heaves en Horses.—Many valuable horses are rendered al- most useless by this disease, but the following will often, with proper care and feeding, make the animal comfortable and useful: Take Tincture of Lobelia 1 oz. Oil of Tar 1 oz. Oil of Amber rect. -J oz. Mix. Dose i to 1 or 2 teaspoonfuls, twice a day in water or chop feed. The following is said to be an excellent remedy: Take 3.— Barbadoes Tar 4 oz. Venice Turpentine 4 oz. Castile Soap pulverized 4 oz. Iron Rust pulverized 4 oz. Elecampane Root pulverized 8 oz. Ginger Root pulverized 2 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root pulverized 2 oz. Carraway Seed pulverized , 2 oz. Anise Seed pulverized 2 oz. Liquorice Root pulverized 4 oz. Tartrate of Potash 2 oz. Put the barbadoes tar, venice turpentine, castile soap, iron and potash together, in a suitable vessel, heat them sufficiently to dissolve the soap by frequent stirring; when dissolved add the other articles, and add molasses or honey sufficient to form a dough; then make into 30 or 35 bolus; then give one every morning until all are taken; give nothing but wet feed; if it does not cure wait a week and give the same course. The lobelia mixture might be given at noon and night in the feed and the bolus in the morning. The above will be found valuable in all cases of heaves. 274 4.—Corrosive Liniment. Spirits Turpentine 1 pt. Corrosive Sublimate pulverized 1 oz. Gum Camphor pulverized 1 oz. Tincture Spanish Flies i oz. First grind the corrosive sublimate in a mortar as fine as possi- ble and pulverize the camphor by first adding a little alcohol to it; then it will pulverize easily. Then mix it and the corrosive subli- mate with the other articles; let it stand for 24 hours, and it will be fit for use. It will be found a superior remedy for the following dis- eases: big head, thrush of the frog in horses' feet, scratches, swell- ed legs, hoof rot, poll evil, ulceration of the foot, fistula, foot evil, ring bone and sprains. 6.—Horse Powder. Flax Seed pulverized £ lb. Black Cohosh Root pulverized £ lb. Elecampane Root pulverized J lb. Comfrey Root pulverized J lb. Nitrate of Potash pulverized J lb. Sulphur Flour \ lb. Cream of Tartar i lb. Rosin pulverized i lb. Sassafras Bark pulverized 2 oz. Mix well; give a large tablespoonful twice a day in mashed feed. This forms a valuable powder for the blood and also for coughs and colds. 6.—Horse Liniment. Spirits Turpentine 4 oz. Oil of Seneca 1 oz. Oil of Tar 1 0z. Gum Camphor 1 oz. Spirits Ammonia 1 oz. Oil of Petroleum 4 oz. Oil of Amber rect. 1 oz. Lard Oil 4 0z. Mix. Used for lameness, stiffness of the muscles; use once or twice a day, rub well and hold a hot iron close so as to dry it in. A Specific For Colic in Horses or Mules. Through the kindness of my friend, Mr. J. B. Hawkins, I re- ceived the following (and his permission to publish it) which he says is almost infallible and I have no doubt of its efficacy, therefore I 275 give it to the world hoping that it will be the means of saving many a valuable animal. Ic is prepared as follows: Take Common Urine 1 pt. Common Soda 2 to 3 tablespoonfuls. Capsicum pulverized l teaspoonful. Mix together in a stout jug or bottle, as soon as efferverscence ceases, then bottle for use. This will keep good a long time. Dose, one half to be given, and if the animal is not better in half an hour administer the second dose, which will seldom be necessary. Soon after it is administered the animal will appear narcotized, or as if it was under the influence of chloroform; it will lay quiet for a few minutes, then get up all right. There is another recipe which has been used with considerable success. It is as follows: Take Liquor best 1 pt. Tinct. of Assafcetida 1 oz. Tinct. of Opium 1 0z. Mix and administer one half; then, if not better in half an hour, give the balance; this will seldom fail. 7.—Colic—This is a very severe and fatal disease to many horses, if not properly managed. The following I have found effect- ual in all cases of colic. First give a dose of the following anodyne drops: Take Chloroform 10z. Laudanum 10z. Sulphuric Ether 1 oz. Essence of Peppermint £ oz. Linseed Oil 8 oz. Mix well and give one half. Alternate it with the following an- odyne powder. Give them one half hour apart until relief, which is generally within twenty or thirty minutes. 8.—Anodyne Powder, Capsicum pulverized 60 gr. Opium pulverized 20 gr. Mix; give in a half pint of warm water. Should it not give re- lief, (which is very seldom that it fails); if the animal should not be relieved in 30 minutes after you give the anodyne powder, then repeat the dose of the first preparation, and thus continue them al- ternately every 30 minutes until relieved. As soon as you give the first dose of medicine then take an ounce or two of spirits turpen- tine, and rub it on the horse's belly; rub it freely from front back- wards to the hips; use considerable force. 278 0.—Sweeny Antidote. Tincture of Myrrh and Capsicum 8 oz. Tincture of Camphor 4 oz. Spirits Turpentine 4 oz. Oil of Spike 4oz. Oil of Stone 4 oz, Mix well and shake it up before using. Good in sweeny, cuts, bruises, sprains, and for lumps on the neck or shoulders, to be ap- plied once or twice a day. 10. —Harness Blacking;. Neatsfoot Oil 1 qt. Beeswax 4 oz. Ivory Black 2 oz. Mix by melting with a gentle heat, stir all the time until it is thoroughly dissolved. The above forms an excellent blacking for boots and harness. 11.—Ringbone Cure. Egyptiacum 2 oz. "Vinegar of Wine 2 oz. Spirits Turpentine 1 oz. Spirits Ammonia 1 oz. Oil of Origanum 1 oz. Euphorbium i oz. * Cantharides pulverized i oz. Glass pulverized fine 1 dr. Mix well and rub it on the affected part with a spatula or pad- dle every morning for 6 or 8 days, covering the part so the horse can not get his mouth to it; if he does, it will blister it and injure the af- fected part. As soon as the scab comes off then apply the oint- ment as before. This process should be continued 3 or 4 times. The above is also good for strains of long standing, big head, etc. If the above should fail, then apply the following. 12.— Corrosive Sublimate in powder £ oz. Oil of Vitriol i oz. Common Salt i oz. Mix, when it is ready for use. Always shake it well before ap- plying. First, clip off the hair and prick the bone or callous part only, or better prepare an instrument like a pegging awl, only add 3 or 4 more points; apply the -instrument to the part and tap it with a hammer until the callous part is completely punctured; then bathe the part in vinegar until the blood ceases to flow; then apply the above compound, as at first for 3 or 4 mornings, repeat it again if 277 necessary. The above is said to cure 99 out of every 100. The Egyptiacum is made as follows: Take 13.— Virdigris 1§ oz. Alum pulverized 1$ oz. Blue Vitriol \ oz. Corrosive Sublimate pulverized 1 dr. Vinegar 2i oz. Mix well. 14.—Horse Distemper. Tincture of Pleurisy Root 3 oz. Tincture of Skunk Cabbage Root 3 oz. Tincture of Lobelia 2oz. Tincture of Sanguinaria 1 oz. Tincture of Aconite \ oz. Mix; dose for a horse, one teaspoonful, to be put on the tongue every 2 or 3 hours. The above is good in lung fever, coughs, colds, etc. 15.—Liniment For Distemper. Oil of Spike 4 oz. Oil of Stone 4 oz. Venice Turpentine 4 oz. Spirits Ammonia 4 oz. Oil of Sassafras 2 oz. Mix, and rub the throat and jaws with it two or three times a day. In case of lung fever rub the throat and breast with it*well, and keep the animal warm. For the distemper put from a half to a teaspoonful of sweet oil in the ear. 16.—Bone Spavtn in Horses. Euphorbium pulverized 1 oz. Cantharides pulverized 1 oz. Spirits Ammonia (strong) 2 oz. Spirits Turpentine 2 oz. Tincture of Iodine 1 oz. Corrosive Sublimate 3 dr. Fresh Lard U lb. Mix well together, keep in well stopped bottles or jars; apply the ointment to the part or tumor, rub it well, apply it once a day for two or three days, then wash off with strong soap suds, then apply the ointment as above directed and so continue until the cure is ef- fected. Nasal Gleet.—I once cured a Valuable animal of nasal gleet proximating glanders by using the above (No. 15) liniment and ap- 278 plying it as directed for distemper, and giving a large teaspoonful of white mustard seed once or twice a day. If the above should fail I would inject a strong tea of bayberry golden seal and witch hazel up the nose. 17.—Condition Powder for Horses. Fenugreek pulverized 16 oz. Sulphur Flour 8 oz. Cream of Tartar 5 oz. Salt Peter pulverized 4 oz. Liquorice Root pulverized 4 oz. Elecampane Root pulverized 5 oz. Crude Antimony pulverized 2 oz. Gentian Root pulverized 2 oz. Anise Seed pulverized 1 oz. Mix well. The above forms a valuable alterative and tonic powder for horses and cattle given in tablespoonful doses once a day. 18.—Horse Liniment. Spirits Turpentine 2 oz. Coal Oil 2 oz. Tincture of Camphor 2 oz. Oil of Spike 2 oz. Aqua Ammonia 2 cj. Laudanum 2 oz. Oil of Sassafras 1 oz. Tincture Arnica 1 oz, Oil of Amber rect. 1 oz. Mix and apply with a brush twice a day. The above is good for both horses and cattle for sprains, bruises, swellings, rheumatism, etc. 19..v-Horse Distemper And Lung Fever. Pleurisy Root pulverizsd 2 oz. Skunk Cabbage Root pulverized 2 oz. Salt Petre pulverized 1 oz. Blood Root pulverized i oz. Lobelia Herb pulverized i oz. Mi£; dose one to two tablespoonfuls twice or three times a day. This will be found valuable, not only in distemper but in lung fe- ver and heaves. In distemper a lump of lard about the size of a hickory nut put in each ear has been recommended. 20.—Another Cure For Heaves in Horses. Take common smart weed and make one quart of strong tea, mix it with bran or chop feed and let the animal eat it. Give it m once or twice a day. This may be used at the same time the above is given. 21.—Corrosive Liniment. Spirits Turpentine 1 pt. Corrosive Sublimate 1 oz. Gum Camphor 1 0z. Spanish Flies \ oz. First grind the corrosive sublimate fine in a mortar, then mix the Spanish flies in; these should also be ground fine before adding to the mixture; then shake well together and let it stand three or four days, when it will be fit for use. This is a valuable medicine if properly used. Properties And Use: Stimulant and irritant, and has been used successfully in the following diseases: Big head, thrush, scratches, swelled legs, hoof rot, poll evil, ring bone and sprains! This is a valuable medicine, and should be kept by all persons own- ing horses. 22.—The following is also a valuable medicine for horses. Take Potato Juice 1 pt. Best Liquor unrectified 1 pt. Mix, and give as a dose every half hour or hour until the horse is relieved. The above is said to be valuable and to have saved many a good horse on which other remedies had failed in colic, worms, bots, etc. To obtain the juice of the potato, first scrape the potato fine, then press out the juice through a fine cloth and mix it with the li- quor and give it to the horse. One or two days are generally suffi- cient to relieve the horse. For bots an Indian doctor recommends i to i oz: of capsicum given in liquor, which he says will generally cause the bots to let go; then give a physic. The physic should be composed of mandrake root and aloes. Give the physic in a strong decoction of elder leaves or sage leaves. Take 23.— Aloes pulverized 2 dr. Mandrake Root pulverized 2 dr. If it should not operate in five or six hours, give a dose of cas- tor oil and spirits turpentine. 24.—Suppression of Urine. Take Sulphur pulverized 1 oz. Rosin pulverized 1 oz. Cream of Tartar pulverized 1 oz. Salt Petre pulverized \ oz. Mix, and give a large tablespoonful of the powder ia a little 280 chop feed or bran; in twenty-five or thirty minutes give the follow- ing: 25.— Sweet Spirits of Nitre 1 oz. Oil of Juniper Berries 60 drops. Make a strong tea of juniper berries and queen of the meadow roots ground ; and to a pint of the above tea add one half of the above; if the desired effect is not produced in twenty or thirty min- utes, give the balance of the drops, and in half an hour give an- other dose of the powders, and apply to the back over the region of the kidneys and also over the bowels the following liniment: Take 26.— Spirits Turpentine 4 oz. Gum Camphor pulverized J oz. Sweet Spirits of Nitre 3 oz. Oil of Juniper 1 oz. Oil of Amber 1 oz. Mix, and apply freely; if the horse is not soon better give a heavy dose of salts. An Indian doctor give3 the following for bots, and speaks very highly of it; he says give the horse one tea- spoonful of tartar emetic and add one pint of water; as soon as dis- solved, then drench the horse with a strong decoction of elder leaves, then physic as above or take from two to four ounces of tinct- ure of capsicum and four to eight ounces of water and drench the horse; or mix two oz. of tincture capsicum in a half pint of vinegar liquor and drench the horse. I have no doubt but the above is ex- cellent for both bots and colic. Materia Medica and Therapeutics. With an earnest desire that this volume may furnish the great- est amount of light possible, I have sought to render it as intelligi- ble as consistent with brevity by putting it in such language and ar- rangement as to make it easily comprehended by all intelligent readers, whether they have ever looked into a medical or Latin dic- tionary or not. During the progress of the work I became convinced that the object of the work could not be fully attained without adding to it a short treatise on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, so as to enable my readers to more readily understand the nature of the articles used, as no man can effectually use tools without a knowledge of the tools he has to use; therefore I concluded to add a short description of the articles recommended in the work, with a 281 short vocabulary. Materia Medica is a Latin term and literally translated means medical material or medical substance, that is, medicines having in them the nature and power of curing disease, not of making it. It is contrary to common sense and reason to suppose that a medicine can make a disease or morbid action and cure or neutralize morbid material at the same time. The object in medicine is to destroy or neutralize morbid matter and render it in- ert or powerless. Therapeutics, from Therapeutica, which means I cure. Waring, in his Therapeutics, says: "By this term is meant the application of remedies for the cure, alleviation or prevention of dis- ease." Now, it must be evident to any rational individual that a remedy can not cure or prevent disease and at the same time make another or similar disease. Such is the policy taught in those regu- lar colleges, and which has always prevented the progress of true medical science. We use medicine in its true sense to cure disease, consequently we exclude from a rational and scientific Materia Med- ica all medicines that do not harmonize with nature, or the physio- logical laws; this excludes all those mineral poisons which oppose vi- tal actions or will make disease, such as Calomel, Arsenic, &c. For a number of years the articles of Materia Medica have been divided into two classes, n&mely, Organic and Inorganic; the first embraces the vegetable and animal substances and the second the mineral substances. It is from the vegetable kingdom that I mostly select my remedies because they are the God given remedies to man, as he has said that '"there are remedies which grow out of the earth and he that is wise will not abhor them, and the leaves of the trees are for the healing of the nations." And the Prophet says, "Purge me with Hyssop that I maybe clean," &c, not with Calomel, Arsenic and other poisons. Those deadly poisons were never intend- ed by the God of nature for medicine, consequently they have destroy- ed their millions; when taken into the system they create disease and leave a morbid action in the system which remains for years, thus leaving the patient debilitated and ever after most liable to dis- ease; for further illustration see Disease and Its Mismanagement in the fore part of the work. In order that my readers may better understand the nature and effect of the medicines used, and the terms applied to them, I will classify them according to their general classification, which is as near correct as any we can get, which is as follows: Class 1. Astringents: Are medicines which contract the living tissue, and diminish excessive discharges, such as Alum, Bayber- ry, Geranium, etc. Class 2. Anodynes, medicines which relieve pain, as Opium, Camphor, Assafcetida, Musk, Castor, &c. 282 Class 3. Antiseptics, or medicines which prevent putrifaction and neutralize morbid matter, such as Gum Myrrh, Capsicum, Char- coal, Baptisia, Cinchona, etc. Class 4. Antispasmodics, or such medicines as allay pain or spasmodic action, as Opium, Capsicum, Blue Cohosh, Castor, Musk, Lady Slipper, Skull Cap, etc. Class 5. Antiperiodics, or medicines which oppose periodicity, such as Cinchona, Quinine, Dogwood Bark, Golden Seal, Salicin, etc, Class 6. Alteratives, or medicines which act on the blood and general system by gradually changing or neutralizing morbid mate- rial, and eliminating it from the system without any perceptible ef- fect on any organ; they are Sarsaparilla, Stillingia, Yellow Dock, etc. Class 7. Aphrodisiacs, or agents supposed to excite or stimu- late sexual desire, such as Turpentine, Cantharides, Damiana, etc. Class 8. Antaphrodisiacs are agents which have the power to lessen or subdue sexual desire, such as Camphor, Lupuline and Bromide of Potassa. Class 9. Antiacids, or agents which neutralize acids, thereby rendering them inert. These are the alkalies and their carbonates. Class 10. Anthelmintics, medicine which has the power of de- stroying worms, such as Pink Root, Santonine, Podophylin, Aloes, or any good and permanent bitter. Class 11. Cathartics; medicines which cause an increased ac- tion of the bowels and increasing evacuations; when their action is mild they are termed laxatives. This is a very important class of agents; without these, in many instances, the hands of the physi- cian would be tied; they are Jalap, Senna, Podaphylin, Aloes, Lep- tandrin, etc. Class 12. Emetics; medicines which excite the stomach, caus- ing it to expel its contents. They are Lobelia, Ipecac, Boneset, etc. Class 13. Diaphoretics are medicines which promote perspira- tion; they are Pleurisy Root, Blue Bell, Boneset and Ipecac. Class 14. Disinfectants; medicines which destroy the morbid virus in the atmosphere or elsewhere; they are the chlorines. Class 15. Discutient, applied to substances having the property of promoting the dissolution of tumors. Class 16. Diuretics; medicines which act on the kidneys and cause a free discharge of urine. Among the diuretics are Turpen- tine, Balsam Copaiba, Queen of the Meadow, Pipsissawa, Juniper Berries, etc. Class 17. Emmenagogues; medicines which act on the uterus in promoting the menses; they are Aloes, Savin, Tansy, Pennyroyal Gum Myrrh, etc. 283 Class 18. Emollients; agents which applied externally will soft- en and relax tense and inflamed surfaces; they are Elm Bark, Flax Seed, Stramonium, Lobelia, etc. Class 19. Antilithics, or Lithrontriptics; medicines supposed to dissolve or prevent the formation of urinary calculi; they are most- ly the Diuretics, such as Queen of the Meadow, Hyellangea, Agrimo- nia,etc. Class 20. Stimulants or Excitants; medicines which increase action or vital action of a part or organ. This is a very important class of medicine, when the system is in a languid or debilitated condition. In this class are Capsicum, Cloves, Snake Root, Cinchona, Ginger, etc. Class 21. Tonics; medicines which gradually tone up the sys- tem, by giving strength to the debilitated organs; they include such articles as Golden Seal, Unicorn Root, Balmony, Colombo Root, Gen- tian, Dogwood Bark, etc. Class 22. Expectorants; medicines, which, from their peculiar influence upon the system, facilitate the discharge of mucus and other substances from the air passage, such as Lobelia, Sanguinaria, Squills, Skunk Cabbage, Seneca Snake Root and Indian Turnip. Class 23. Nervines; medicines which strengthen and quiet the Nervous System, such as Skull Cap, Ladies' Slipper, Valerian, Blue Cohosh and Musk Root. Class 21. Detergents; medicines which cleanse and cause wounds and ulcers to heal, by stimulating them to a healthy action, such as Gum Myrrh, Bayberry, Wild Indigo and many other articles! Class 25. Demulcents; medicines which soothe or relieve irrita- tion by lubricating them, and affording protection against irritat- ing matter, such as Elm and Comfrey Root with various other articles. Class 26. Escharotics or Caustics are such articles as are used to corrode or burn, or disorganize animal tissue. Escharotics give rise to an eschar or slough ; the principle of these are Potash, Sul- phate of Zinc, Arsenic and Chromic Acids. Class 27. Parturients are such medicines as aid labor, by arousing the dormant uterus, and causing contraction. Preeminent above all others stands Blue Cohosh, next is Black Cohosh, Ergot aud Uvaursa Leaves. Class 28. Sialagogues are remedies which increase the flow of saliva; they are Lobelia, Capsicum, Skunk Cabbage, etc. Class 29. Ecbolics or Abortives; such agents as will produce abortion. They are supposed to be such agents as Ergot, Savin, Aloes, Rue, Tansy, etc., but as to the abortive power of the above or any other article it is very doubtful, as there are no medicines yet discovered that will affect the gravid uterus on some women without 284 taking them in such doses as would endanger the life of the mother. When the womb is not in a healthy condition and the female predis- posed to abort, then those articles might affect the uterus. But un- der proper circumstances they will prevent a miscarriage when ad- ministered in proper doses. Achillea Millefolium. Yarrow. This is a perennial plant, rising to the height of from twelve to eighteen inches and is distinguished by its double winged leaves so minutely divided and subdivided as seemingly to have the divi- sions incapable of being numbered. The flowers appear from June to September and are white and form a thick flat bunch on the top of the stem; the whole herb has an agreeable, pungent taste and smell and is medicinal; it should be gathered when in bloom; it grows in uncultivated woods and unfilled lands. Properties: alterative, as- tringent, diuretic and nerve stimulant; it has been used in intermit- tent fever, hemorrhage from the lungs or womb, diabetes, flux or dys- entery, whites, colic, diarrhoea and all nervous diseases; a strong de- coction will check the flow of the menses when too free, and increase the urinary discharge, and is good in ulcers of the kidneys or blad- der; it should be used in strong decoctions, made by adding one ounce to one pint of boiling water; steep it for twenty or thirty min- utes; dose one or two tablespoonfuls every two or three hours; the oil from 6 to 10 drops tincture, one-half to two drachms; fluid extract, one half to one drachm. Acorus Calamus. Calamus; sweet flag. This is a perennial plant and has a jointed and flattened root which runs parallel with the ground, and sometimes nearly an inch in thickness and often a foot or two in length; the leaves spring Lorn the roots; they are long, smooth and sword shape, green above, but redish near the root. The flower stalks differ from the leaves mostly in being much longer than they and from sending out about the middle length, a short stalk of some two inches in length, crowned in May and June with greenish yellow flowers. The fruit is a box divided into three cells and contains many oval seeds; it grows on borders of small streams, ponds, wet or marshy places. Properties: Stimulant, tonic and nervine. The root is the part used; it may be used either in decoction, tincture or powder; it is good for pain or wind in the stomach, either in children or adults, and it may often be given to advantage in nervous headache; it is said by the Indian doctors to be good for the ague given in the pow- dered root in 20 or 30 grain doses, to be given one or two hours apart between the paroxysms; by chewing the root it will often relieve the toothache. 285 Abcinthium Vulgaris. Mugwort. This plant grows by the wayside and water courses; it flowers in July and August; it has many leaves lying on the ground; they are deeply cut or very much divided, somewhat like wormwood, but much larger, of a dark green color on the upper side and very hoary white underneath; the stalks rise four or five feet high bearing leaves like those below but somewhat smaller, branching forth very much to- wards the top whereon are set very small pale yellowish flowers, like buttons, which fall off, and after them come small seeds inclosed in round heads; the root is long and hard with many small fibres grow- ing from it. Properties: Emmenagogue, tonic, and diuretic. The roots are mostly employed and may be used with other herbs or alone; they are useful when boiled for women to sit over the hot vapor to bring on their menses and to help the delivery of the after-birth and the de- livery of the child, and also for obstruction and inflammation of the womb; it will cause the urine to flow freely. The root made into an ointment with hog's lard or other oil will take away wens and hard knots or kernels from about the throat or neck; the juice of the leaves or roots taken internally is a special remedy for the effect of an over dose of opium; three drachms of the powder of the dry leaves taken in wine is a good and certain help for the sciatic pain; a decoction of the leaves made of the following articles will take away pains of the sinews and cramp of the muscles. Mugwort Leaves ground 1 oz. Chamomile Flowers ground 1 oz. Agrimony ground 1 oz. Dogfennel ground loz. "Make a strong decoction and bathe the affected part freely three times a day and saturate flannel cloths with it and bind around the limb at night," (Indian doctor). It is also beneficial as an antidote to worms and is a good antiseptic to destroy the germ of disease, especially in malarial fevers; it is a good tonic in dyspepsia, jaundice and in rousing the liver to a healthy action. Agrimonia Eupatoria. Agrimony. This is a perennial plant and has many long leaves, some great- er, some smaller, set upon a stalk, all of them dented about the edg- es, green above and grayish underneath, and a little hairy, among which arises usually but one round hairy brown stalk two or three feet high, with smaller leaves set here and there upon it, at the top of which grow many small yellow flowers one above another on long spikes after which comes rough heads of seeds hanging downwards which will cleave to and stick upon garments or anything that may 286 rub against them; the root is black, long, and somewhat woody; it grows upon banks near small streams or the side of hedges or in old fields; it flowers in July and August; the seeds ripen shortly after. Properties: Mild tonic, alterative, diuretic and astringent; used in diseases of the skin, lungs, scrofula, gravel, jaundice, gonorrhea, asthma, cough, diseases of the liver, dysentery, colic, bloody flux, fevers, spitting of blood, inward wounds, bruises, hurts, and will cure stings of bees and bite of snakes; give a strong tea of the herb and apply a poultice of the pounded leaves; a strong decoction tak- en inwardly will clear the urine and is excellent in Bright's disease of the kidneys; it checks the albuminous excretion; an ointment made by stewing the green leaves in lard is good for old sores and ulcers, and for drawing out splinters and other foreign substances that enter the flesh; it may be used in a strong decoction made by adding an ounce of the herb and root to a pint of boiling water and steeping it for twenty or thirty minutes. Dose two or three table- spoonfuls three or four times a day; a strong decoction or a pill made of the extract is good for falling of the womb. Ajuga Chamepitys. Ground Pine. This is an annual plant and grows low, seldom over five or six inches high, and shoots forth many small branches set with slender, small, long, narrow, grayish or whitish leaves, somewmat hairy and divided into three parts, many growing together at a joint and some- what scattered upon the stalks, and has a strong smell like rosin; the flowers are small and of a pale yellow color, and grow from the joints of the stalk all along among the leaves after which come small round husks; the root is small and woody. This plant has its name from the leaves which resemble those of the pine in shape; it grows mostly on a poor sandy soil flowering in the summer months. Properties: Alterative, emmenagogue, stimulant and diuretic; used for amenorrhea and falling of the womb, and for expelling the dead child, and after-birth. Its effects in this class of diseases is so powerful that it should be used with caution by pregnant women as it will cause abortion. It is good for dropsy, gravel, fits, palsy, rheumatism, gout, stings of bees, or bites of dogs or snakes, old sores, ulcers, wounds and swellings, or as an antidote to poisons; it may be applied as a poultice. Dose of the pulverized leaves, one half to one teaspoonful, but it may be used in decoction or tincture; dose of the tea two or three tablespoonfuls; dose of the tincture ten to twenty-five drops. Allium Cepa. Onion. These are so common that a description would be unnecessary. They are in some cases a valuable medicine; they will destroy worms 287 in children, by letting them steep over night in water and letting the child drink it on an empty stomach; being roasted in the ashes and eaten with honey, or sugar, they are good for cough and hoarsness, and to cause a free expectoration; they make a good poultice for scalds and burns, and as an external application to the throat or chest, in diseases of the throat and chest. Amygdalus Persica. Peach tree. The leaves and kernels of the seeds are the part mostly used yet the bark of the twigs is sometimes used, but the leaves and kernels are more generally used. The leaves should be gathered in the sum- mer when fully ripe and dried in the shade, and the seeds should be dried and then the kernels taken out and kept in a tight jar for use Properties: Sedative, diuretic and astringent; employed in teta- nus pertussis, asthma, hysteria, chorea, epilepsy, dyspepsia and dis- eases of the skin and kidneys. The therapeutical properties of this article is supposed to be owing to the hydrocyanic acid which it con- tains, but as to that I very much doubt, as I believe that the leaves and seeds have medicinal properties independent of the hydrocyanic acid; the seed no doubt contains more or less hydrocyanic acid and should be used with caution; an infusion of the buds, it is said will cure gonorrhea; the powdered leaves applied to bleeding wounds will stop the bleeding and heal them; the flower made into a syrup or a strong decoction made in wine is good for cough in children; some use the leaves but the flowers are the best- the fumes of the leaves are good for piles; the liquid that runs 'from the tree where it is wounded is good for coughs and difficult breathing, hoarseness, or loss of voice, and is good for diseases of the lungs and spitting of blood; one-half ounce of the dried leaves to a pint of boiling water; dose about a half tablespoonful three times a day for an adult, children according to age. Peach leaves or the kernels should be given cautiously; the kernels are good for asthma, either in tincture or when chewed, one or two of the kernels- a strong tincture of the kernels is good to bathe the forehead and temples in headache and to cause persons to sleep when deprived of their rest; it also makes a good external application to the stomach and bowels for pain and wind colic; the kernels when tinctured in brandy are good for the whites, and fever and ague; dose I to I tea- spoonful ; the tincture should be made with two ounces of the bruised kernels to a pint of brandy, given three times a day; it is said that given to a woman in her first confinement it will pre- vent her from having after pains in subsequent confinements. Dose 10 to 40 drops. Peach kernels made into anointment with sheep's tal- low is good for piles; use two or three times a day.—Indian doctor. 288 Asclepias Tuberosa. Pleurisy root. White root. This plant has a large fleshy root of a whitish color which sends up numerous colored stems to a height of about two feet; the leaves are scattered, hairy, of an oblong spear shape, and have no foot stalks; the flowers are of a bright orange color, arranged in flat terminal branches atthetopof the plant, and blooms in August. The fruit has a sharp pod filled with a silky down which connects the flat egg-shaped seeds to the foot stalks; the root is the medici- nal part; it is brittle when dry, and easily powdered; when fresh it has an unpleasant, nauseous smell. Properties: Diaphoretic, expectorant, carminative, diuretic, ton- ic, laxative and antispasmodic; the dose of the powder is from fifteen to twenty grains three times a day; of the decoction or infusion, which is made by steeping one-half ounce in a pint of boiling water, dose two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea every two or three hours. I seldom use it alone, but in connection with other articles. It is an excellent remedy in all lung troubles; it acts as an expectorant and diaphoretic, relieving both the lungs and the surface; it is valuable in fevers or inflammations as pleurisy and lung fever. In peritonitis, combined with opium and gelseminum, it will often give relief after other means have failed; it is also beneficial in colic, hysterics, dys- entery and profuse menstruation and rheumatism; few articles have such a wide range of action as this. Apium Petroselium. Parsley root. This is a common plant cultivated in gardens; it is principally used for its diuretic properties; it often acts well on the kidneys and may be used in dropsy or retention of the urine and in strangury the seeds may be used for fits, powdered and tinctured in wine, and taken in doses of two or three tablespoonfuls three times a day; this may also be used for colic or painful menstruation or for pain in the stomach or bowels of children; the leaves when applied to the eye, when inflamed or swollen, will often afford relief; the leaves formed into a poultice with corn meal or fried in fresh butter and applied to a woman's breast when caked from cold or inflammation, will some- times quickly relieve the hardness; dose of the decoction, two or three tablespoonfuls four or five times a day; one ounce of the roots should be steeped in a pint of boiling water. For fits or dropsy take the following: Parsley Seeds powdered l oz. Fennel Seed powdered 1 oz. Anise Seed powdered 1 oz. Caraway Seed powdered 1 oz. Good Wine 1 qt. 289 Add all together, let it stand for a week or ten days, then boil down to one pint by slow boiling, then strain and add half a pound of white sugar. Dose for an adult one or two tablespoonfuls three or four times a day; this cures obstruction of the liver and sple.en and expels the dropsy by the urine.—Indian doctor. Althea Officinaus. Marsh Mallow Root. This generally grows in low marshy ground; it is a coarse downy plant, with ovate, sometimes a little heart shaped, or three lobed leaves, and clusters of short peduncled flowers in their axil; corolla one inch broad, rose color, the roots thick and short. Properties: Demulcent and diuretic, employed in coughs, hoarse- ness, catarrh, pneumonia, gonorrhea, vesical catarrh, strangury, in- flammation of the bladder, hemorrhage, and retention of urine; exter- nally it may be applied to inflammations and swellings; it is very use- ful in all internal inflammations of the stomach, bowels, kidneys or bladder, given in a tea, but I seldom give it alone but as follows: Take Marsh Mallow Root ground H oz. Peach Leaves ground J oz. Spearmint Leaves ground 1 oz. Juniper Berries crushed f oz. Mix and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water, steep it for fifteen or twenty minutes; then give the patient one or two tablespoonfuls of the tea every hour or two as the case may demand. The Indians use a strong decoction for inflammation and soreness of the womb and to cause an easy and speedy delivery of the child; boiled in soft oil or grease it will take away roughness of the skin. Belladonna. Deadly Night Shade. The root of the atropia belladonna from the plants over two years old should be dried; the fresh dried leaves are the parts most generally used; it is a perennial plant, with a fleshy creep- ing root from which rises several erect, round purplish branching stems about three feet high; the leaves are attached by short foot stalks to the stem in pairs of unequal size, oval, pointed and of a dusky green color on their upper surface and paler beneath; the flowers are large, bell-shaped, of a dull redish color; the fruit is a roundish berry, at first green, afterwards red, of a deep purple color, containing two distinct cells and numerous seed; it flowers in June and July. Properties: Powerful narcotic poison, and should be used with caution. Its properties are narcotic, diaphoretic, diuretic and ano- dyne. It is employed in eruptive fevers, inflammation of the brain, 290 and in inflammatory conditions of the throat, neuralgia, hemierania, paralysis, incontinence of urine, rigidity of the os uteri, dysmenor- rhea, retention of urine, chorea, asthma, nervous cough, amaurosis, and plethora, etc.; in eruptive fevers it is a superior remedy, in scarlatina, measles, quinsy. In nervous dysmenorrhea there is no remedy which will give better results especially when combined with other appropriate remedies; it is also an excellent remedy to check the flow of milk in the female breast; for this purpose it has few, if any superiors as an antidote to its poisonous effect; opium and cala- bean have been used as well as ammonia and stimulants; its action should be guarded and given only in proper doses; the dose of the tincture from three to five drops, fluid extract one to five drops. An Indian doctor says that he has cured a very bad case of erysipelas on the shoulder and back by giving the tincture of belladonna and ap- plying his soap plaster which is made as follows: Rosin 5 oz. Bees Wax 5 oz. Sheep's Tallow 5 oz. Bar Soap 5 oz. Beef's Gall 1 oz. First melt the rosin and bees wax in an iron or tin pot, then add the sheep's tallow and bar soap and stir until dissolved, then add the beef's gall and stir until cold, then spread on a thick piece of cloth or sheep skin, and apply; this is one of the most drawing salves I have ever tried. Aconitum Napellus. Aconite. This plant is a native of Europe, and both the leaves and roots are used medicinally, but, like belladonna, it should be used witft caution. Properties: Sedative, diaphoretic, and narcotic; it may be used in all febrile and inflammatory diseases; acute rheumatism, pneumo- nia, peritonitis, and most other acute diseases; it quiets nervous ex- citement and allays irritation. I have never used it only in febrile and inflammatory conditions, and some forms of nervous diseases as facial neuralgia: in connection with other appropriate remedies, it will increase their efficacy. Dose of the tincture of the leaves, two to five drops; tincture of the root, two to three drops; fluid extract, one to two drops; of the extract, I to i grain. Caulophyllum Thalictroides. Blue Cohosh Root. Root perennial, yellow inside and brown outside, hard, irregular, knobby, with many fibres; stem upright, straight, smooth, divided at the top into two or three branches, each branch supporting three leaves, in the centre of which comes out the flowers; the flowers are 291 small, yellowish green, succeeded by dark blue berries, inclosing a hard stone-like seed; it grows in rich woodlands, and near streams. lhe root should be gathered in the latter part of summer, or after the tops begin to die down. Properties: Diuretic, antispasmodic, diaphoretic and anthelmint- ic, alterative, emmenagogue and parturient. There are few articles that possess more different therapeutic properties than this, and few which will give more general satisfaction; it will be found valuable in the following: rheumatism, neuralgia, dropsy, epilepsy, chorea, dys- menorrhea, and all cases of obstructed menstruation, and irritation of the uterine organs; it is also good in colic, cramp, hiccough, hys- teria, inflammation of the womb. This article is much used by the Indian squaws for two or three weeks before their confinement to fa- cilitate and render their labor easy. It is given in a strong decoc- tion made by adding an ounce of the powdered root to a pint of boiling water, and steeping it for twenty or thirty minutes, then giv- ing two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea three or four times a day. It may also be made into a tincture by adding a pint of alcohol to two ounces of the ground root, and let it digest for a week or ten days, then transfer to a percolator and add liquor until one pint of tincture is obtained, then bottle for use; dose of tincture one half to one drachm; the blue cohosh combined with heloniasdioica makes a valuable compound for prolapsus uteri; combined with gold thread and golden seal root it is good for aphthous ulcers of the mouth; and as a remedy to facilitate and expedite labor, it is superior to ergot, and, unlike that aricle, it is free from danger. Capsicum Annum. Cayenne Pepper. This grows in the East and West Indies and in most of the hot climates and is cultivated in this country. Properties: This is a pure and powerful stimulant, and is per- haps excelled by no other remedy yet discovered; its stimulating properties render it valuable in all weak and languid states of the system; it may be employed in colds, catarrh, hoarseness, dyspepsia, delirium tremens, typhoid fever, and chronic gastritis, and in inter- mittent fever. In delirium tremens, when the whole nervous and muscular system is deranged and prostrate under the baneful effect of that terrible poison, alcohol; twenty or thirty grains of capsicum will often arrest its action and enable the mental faculties to as- sume their controlling power; it is also valuable in diseases of the throat, as croup, diphtheria, scarlet fever, and sore throat. Dr. Buchanan says, in chronic gastritis, no drug can excel it; it has also been highly recommended in cholera; it has a wide range of action. In all cases of debility it will be found valuable; and as a parturient 292 where there is a want of action, it is the remedy paramount to all others; Buchanan says, in gangrene, it is decidedly our best remedy; it acts as a stimulant and antiseptic, stimulating to a healthy action, and, through its antiseptic properties, removing putrefaction; the old fashioned No. 6 is an excellent remedy in sores, cuts, bruises, etc. Dose from 5 to 10 grains; tincture, Ho 1 teaspoonful as often as may be required, oleoresina £ to 1 grain; this is seldom used internally. I have found the following formula for making No. 6 far superior to the old form. Take Gum Myrrh crushed 6 oz. Balsam Tolu 2 oz. Balsam Fir 1 oz. Capsicum pulverized i oz. Best Brandy i gal. Let it stand for a week or ten days, frequently shaking it; the dose for an adult is one-half to one teaspoonful in sweetened wa- ter, three or four times a day; this is valuable for cuts, wounds, and old sores, as it disposes them to heal. Scutellaria Lateriflora. Skull Cap. This plant has a perennial, fibrous, yellow, root, which sends up a smooth, four square, and straight stem, one to two or three feet in height, branching into several branches; the leaves are opposite and are somewhat egg-shaped, round at base and pointed at tip, and cut on the margin, and stand on long foot stalks. The flower stalks come off opposite to each other from the angles formed by the leaves and stems. They are quite long, one-sided, and bear bunches of small blue flowers intermixed with little leaves; they bloom in July and August, and after flowering the flower cup closes dowrn over the seeds in such a manner as to give it the common name of skull cap. The juice of the plant has a tinge of red; it is found in the woods and meadows, and near water courses; it has a bitter taste. Properties: Tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic. This may be em- ployed with excellent results in all forms of nervous diseases such as chorea, convulsions, delirium tremens, neuralgia, hysteria, epi- lepsy, dysmenorrhea, spinal irritation, and has been extolled as an antidote to the virus of hydrophobia and fevers, as it quiets nervous excitement and allays irritation, and in combination with pleurisy root, blue bell, and skunk cabbage, it forms a valuable diaphoretic and nervine, especially in diseases of children. It maybe usedinde- coction, tincture, fluid extract or solid extract; dose of decoction, one to three tablespoonfuls; the fluid extract, one-fourth to one-half teaspoonful; of the tincture, one-half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful Scutellaria, one to three grains. 293 Cypripedium Pubescens. Lady Slipper. This plant has a perennial root with long thick, fleshy fibers of a cylindrical shape, and yellow color, inclining to run par- allel with the ground; this sends up from one to five, but as a general thing there is but one simple, straight, sharp, hairy stem, rising between two or three feet above the ground, having from three to seven leaves and one to three flowers. The leaves rise from opposite sides of the stem, one above the other, and clasp it at their base. They are rather oblong in shape, hairy, and marked with parallel lines of a greenish color above, but pale on the under side; the flowers are of a yellow color and blossom in May and June. There are other species of this plant, which much resemble it in appearance. The root is the part employed. Properties: Tonic, stimulant, diaphoretic and antispasmodic, used in nervous diseases generally, such as hysteria, chorea, or St. Vitus dance, nervous headache, nervous prostration, delirium tre- mens, neuralgia, rheumatism, pleurisy, and, in all cases of nervous excitement, combined with pleurisy root and other diaphoretics, it is valuable in all fevers, to quiet nervous excitement and equalize the nervous action. It may be used in decoction, tincture, or fluid extract, or in powder. Dose of the tincture thirty to fifty drops, fluid extract five to thirty drops, cypripedin one-half to one or two grains. Myristica Moschata. Nutmeg. This tree is a native of the Molucca Isles, from which it has been transplanted into Sumatra and the West India Islands. The kernel of the fruit and the arillus of the nut are the officinal parts. The kernel is the nutmeg and the arillus is the mace of com- merce. The mace is an orange yellow color; it is seldom used as medicine at the present day, but was formerly used by the German physicians. Properties: Aromatic, stimulant, antiemetic and astringent. It is used to prevent the nausea from other medicine, and to allay nausea and vomiting, and for diarrhoea and dysentery. It may be made into an ointment for piles. In some parts of the coun- try nutmegs are roasted and used for the whites; the oil cut in alcohol may be added to syrups for dysentery. Mentha Viridis. Spearmint. This plant has many round stalks with long leaves set thereon of a dark green color; the flowers stand in spiked heads at the top of the branches, being of a pale blue color. It grows in wet lands and in gardens, and flowers in August. Properties: Antispasmodic, carminative, diuretic, and stimu- 294 lant. Used in the treatment of colic, hysteria, cramp of the stom- ach, and to allay the griping of physic, and to check nausea and vomiting. It is good to start the water when there is a difficulty in urinating, also in gonorrhea, strangury, and in febrile condition. The herb bruised and applied to the stomach makes a good external application for nausea or vomiting, especially of children and may be applied to painful hemorrhoids. Mentha Piperita. Peppermint. This plant has a perennial, creeping root, which sends up a pur- plish grooved and hairy stem, from one to two feet high; the leaves have foot stalks and are opposite each other, of egg shape, sharply cut on the margins, pointed, of a dark green color on the upper sur- face, but paler and rougher beneath; the flowers are small, of a pur- ple color, and disposed in terminal spikes; it blooms in August. The whole herb is used and should be gathered when in bloom; it grows like spearmint, mostly in low wet land, and differs from spearmint, as the stalks are square and purplish. Properties: This is very nearly similar to that of spearmint; it is more stimulating and not as strongly diuretic as the spearmint; its antiemetic properties are stronger, and its carminative properties are also greater than that of spearmint; the oil is an excellent inter- nal and external application for pains or bruises, and has been rec- ommended in erysipelas, but I have never used it and cannot speak from experience in that disease. Dose of the essence or tincture five to thirty drops in water, the oil one to five drops on sugar. The above are often used in diaphoretic compounds, not only for their diaphoretic properties but to render the taste of other medicine more pleasant. Nepeta Cataria. Catnip. Tops and leaves. This, in some sections of country, is a very common plant. It grows from two to three feet high; it has a square stem with several branches from the same stem. The leaves come out at the joints and are opposite. The flowers appear along the stem and on the top of the stem. It is a plant very essential to the health of cats, as they will eat it readily and cannot do well where it does not grow. The flowers are of a whitish purple color; the roots are composed of many long fibres; the leaves are green all winter when near the ground; it grows in yards and in uncultivated land. Properties: Tonic, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, and emmena- gogue; employed in febrile diseases, flatulent colic, ammenorrhea,dys- menorrhea, hysteria and nervous headache; its diaphoretic and an- tispasmodic properties render it very valuable in after pains origi- nating from rigidity of the os uteri; an Indian doctor (Daily) advia- 295 es its use as follows: taken inwardly or applied outwardly with other herbs or alone, as a bath to sit in; or placed over the hot fumes and used frequently will relieve barrenness and cure wind colic, pain in the womb, and headache arising from cold; swimming, and giddiness of the head, pain in the stomach or bowels, colic in children, nervous headache, hysteria, cramp, cough, and shortness of breath; the de- coction is good for wounds or bruises. The green herb bruised and applied to the anus will relieve the pain of piles; the juice made in- to an ointment with mutton tallow will cure the piles; a strong de- coction is good to take away the scabs on children's heads. The de- coction is made by adding one or two ounces of the dried leases to a pint of boiling water. Dose one, two or three tablespoonfuls of the tea; tincture of the herb, one-half to one teaspoonful; fluid ex- tract from 40 to 60 drops. Pterospora Andromedea. Crawly root. Dragon claw. This plant is also called fever root, hen"s claw, and by some bot- anist it is called corrallorhiza adontorrhiza. It has a variety of names, consequently great care should be taken to get the right arti- cle; it is scarce in some sections of country, but said to grow in the East, in New York and New Jersey. It is also said to grow in the Northern States and in Canada. It grows on shady uplands, and on barren hills; it has a reddish yellow flower and blooms in July; the root is the part used; it is small, dark brown, resembling the claws of a hen; it has a strong nitrous smell, and a mucilaginous, slightly bitter taste. Properties: Diaphoretic and anodyne. It is used in all forms of fever, inflammations, erysipelas, pleurisy, ammenorrhea or dys- menorrhea, cramp and suppression of the lochia, but I have found it more beneficial in fevers than in any other class of diseases; I have used it as one of the ingredients in my diaphoretic powders, and I have found it a valuable addition; it increases their febrifuge prop- erties. The dose of the powder is from ten to twenty grains every two or three hours, dose of the tincture ten to forty drops. Sambucus Canadensis. Common Elder. This is a common bush or shrub which grows abundantly in some sections of country. It is too common to need a description; the berries are used for pies, and the flowers have been used by the people for years as a medicine for children. The inside bark, flow- ers, and berries have been used as medicine. Properties. Diaphoretic, alterative, cathartic, emetic, and diu- retic. The inside bark is diuretic, and in large doses, cathartic and emetic; it is mostly used for its diuretic properties in dropsy; for this purpose, take two handfuls of the inner bark of the green el- 296 der, put it in two quarts of good liquor, Maderia wine, or good apple cider, let it digest for 24 or 48 hours, and it will be ready for use. Dose two or three tablespoonfuls every morning one hour before eating; this is a good diuretic and will produce a free flow of urine. The flowers are diaphoretic and alterative, with a slight action on the liver; I have used the flowers in diaphoretic and alterative com- pounds with good results, especially in diseases of children; the in- ner bark may be made into an ointment by bruising it in a mortar, and stewing it in cream or fresh lard, to form a salve; this forms a good cooling application for eruptions of the skin; the outer bark makes a good application to the cheek in toothache; first boil it in water, the bark should be bruised so that it will form a poultice, and apply it warm. Juniperus Communis. Juniper Berries. The berries and oil are the parts mostly used; it is an erect, spreading shrub; the leaves are sharp pointed, green below, and light on the upper surface; the berries are dark and smooth. Properties: Stimulant, diuretic and carminative. It is used in urinary troubles, as citis, gleet, gonorrhea, leucorrhea and cystitis. Dose of the spirits of juniper i to 1 drachm; fluid extract40 to 60 drops; oil 5 to 8 drops. Podophylum Peltatum. May Apple Root. This is a common plant in some sections of the country; it comes up early in the Spring, and in this country blooms in May; it grows from 12 to 15 inches high. The root is the part used, and should be gathered after the tops begin to die down. Properties: Emetic, cathartic, cholagogue, resolvent, alterative, diaphoretic, emmenagogue, and vermifuge. There are but few ar- ticles in the materia medica possessing more therapeutic properties than the May apple root when properly used, and there is no article yet discovered which has a greater controlling power over the liver and biliary organs than this, and few, if any, which act with less harm or injury to the vital organs, when properly administered; when given in combination with other articles it often increases its action on the liver; I have used the following combination with great advantage: Leptandrin i dr> Podophylin 20 gr. Sanguinarin 15 gr. Oil of Peppermint 10 drops. Best White Sugar pulverized 2 dr. Mix the sugar and oil together thoroughly, then add the other articles, and mix well and divide into 40 doses, and give one every 297 night, unless it should move the bowels too freely; if so, give a half powder; this will almost invariably arouse the liver without any of those deleterious consequences which so often follow or result from calomel or blue pills; it may be used in all cases where a stimulant to the liver is indicated, and as an alterative in rheumatism, scrofu- la, cancer, and chronic constipation, jaundice, indigestion, inflamma- tion of the bladder, retention of the urine, diseases of the skin, amenorrhea, leucorrhea, opthalmia, croup, otorrhea, and pneumonia. Leptandria Virginica. Black Root. Culver's Root. This plant grows in rich woods, along fences, and in uncultivat- ed places; the root is perennial, with many dark fibres; sometimes several stems rise from the same root, branching at the top, with spikes or tassels having white flowers; the leaves are in whorls of five at the joints; they are long, narrow, and pointed; the tassels at the top are five in number. Properties: Alterative, tonic, laxative, and in large doses cathar- tic; it is also deobstruent and cholagogue. It is used in obstruction of the liver, dyspepsia, chronic diarrhea, dysentery, cholera infan- tum, constipation, and whenever a mild laxative is indicated. I generally use it in the tincture syrup, or the concentrated principle, leptandria; this I mostly use with podophylin; I use it in all forms of fever to stimulate a healthy action iu the liver; I combined it with my fever tonic for its tonic and hepatic properties. Lavendula. Lavender Flowers. This is a small shrub growing from two to six feet high; it is a native of Europe, but has been cultivated in this country; the flow- ers are the part used. Properties: Aromatic, stimulant, tonic, and nervine. It is used to cure or relieve pain in the head which results from cold, or de- rangement of the nervous system, or from excitement, and to equal- ize the nervous action in apoplexy, epilepsy, fits, cramp, convulsions, palsy, and fainting; it is said to strengthen the stomach, and re- lieve the spleen, and to bring on the menses, and to aid in expelling the dead child, or after birth; the flowers steeped in wine will re- lieve those who suffer from stoppage of urine, or troubled with colic, if the parts are bathed with the liquid, and taken inwardly; a decoc- tion made of the following articles will relieve fits, giddiness of the head, and all nervous diseases. Hoarhound Leaves ground 1 oz. Fennel Seed ground 1 oz. Asparagus Roots ground 1 oz. Cinnamon Bark ground $ oz. Catnip Leaves ground 1 oz. 293 Mix and add one large tablespoonful to a pint of boiling water, steep it strong. Dose two or three tablspoonfuls of the tea three or four times a day.—Indian doctor. Rosmarinus Officinals. Rosemary. This is an evergreen shrub about three or four feet high; it has en erect stem, divided into many long, slender branches; the leaves are numerous, and about an inch long, smooth and green on the up- per side, and whitish and somewhat downy beneath; the flowers are a pale blue or white, the seeds are four in number, and are of an ob- long shape, and naked; it blooms in April and May; it is cultivated in gardens, and grows spontaneously in countries which border on the Mediterranean sea. Properties: Stimulant and emmenagogue. The oil of rosemary is much employed as a perfume, and may be used both inwardly and outwardly; as an outward application in the following diseases: swimming of the head, drowsiness or dullness of the mind, local palsy, fits, and loss of voice; the flowers taken in wine are good for flatulency of the stomach and bowels; a decoction of the flowers in wine, or the essence made of the oil, will relieve colic, and expel wind from the stomach; the flowers and leaves are good for the whites; the flowers dried and smoked in a pipe like tobacco is good for cough and consumption; the oil may be applied to the temples and nostrils for all diseases of the head and brain; it may be taken two or three drops on sugar; it is quick in its action, therefore but little must be taken at a time.—Indian doctor. Ictodes Fetida. Skunk Cabbage Root. This common and well known plant takes its name from its pe- culiar smell, which strongly resembles that of its name sake, the skunk. It has a large root, with many fibres running deep in the ground, and sends up several large green leaves, slightly resembling the common cabbage, but is without any footstalks or stems, the leaves being attached to the roots. Properties: Stimulant, antispasmodic, and expectorant. Used in hysteria, consumption, whooping-cough, convulsions, asthma, epilepsy. In large doses it will cause nausea or vomiting, headache, vertigo, and dimness of vision. In some forms of nervous diseases I have used the following with a decided advantage: Tinct. of Skunk Cabbage Root 1 oz. Tinct. of Sumbul or Musk Root 1 oz. Tinct. of Black Cohosh Root 1 oz. Tinct. of Skull Cap Herb l 0z. Tinct. of Lady Slipper Root l oz. Mix, dose for an adult forty to sixty drops in a little sweetened water. 299 Humuxus Lupulus. Hops. This is a plant too well known to require a description, as it is often grown in our gardens. Properties: Tonic, hypnotic, febrifuge, antiseptic, and anthel- mintic. It has been employed in gout, rheumatism, sleeplessness, and nervous excitement; it allays irritability of the brain, which ac- companies nocturnal emissions and chordee. It also forms a valua- ble poultice mixed with wheat bran, and vinegar; the hops should first be boiled in the vinegar, and then mixed in the bran; it should be applied to the affected part as hot as the patient can bear it; it con- stitutes an excellent application for deep seated inflammations such as gastritis, pleurisy, and inflammations of the kidneys or bladder. The tincture is used in delirium tremens, and in painful uterine dis- eases; a syrup made of hops is said to be good in yellow jaundice, and the tincture has been recommended for chills and fevers. Glycerine. This is a colorless substance, of a sweetish taste, thick, of a syr- upy consistency, and is obtained from oils and fats; it mixes readily with water or syrups; alcohol or oils dissolve in it. Properties: Stimulant, antiseptic, and demulcent; it acts as a soothing application on excoriated surfaces; when it is applied ex- ternally it absorbs moisture from the atmosphere, and keeps the parts to which it is applied from becoming dry, which makes it of great value in certain forms of skin diseases; it may be applied alone or in combination with other articles; it may also be used in cases of deafness, to soften the hard waxy secretion, which often forms in the ear, a piece of wool may be moistened with it and put in the ear; it frequently is used with other articles for chapped hands and lips, or for excoriations of the nipples, or breast; a very good ointment may be made as follows: Take Spermaceti 1 oz. White Wax 2 dr. Sweet Oil of Almonds 4 oz. Balsam of Fir 1 dr. Put the above in a wedge wood mortar, and add glycerine, and mix thoroughly in the mortar until cold. The following forms a very good paste for labels for glass or tin jars: Dissolve gum ara- bic, 1 oz., in boiling water, 1 pt., then add glycerine, 2 dr. Zingiber Officinale. Ginger. There are two kinds of ginger in commerce, the African ginger, and the Jamaica ginger; the latter is the stronger, and more gener- ally used; it comes to us in the root, which is from one to three inches long, and about i of an inch thick, mostly of a whitish or brown- ish appearance, with a hot biting taste. soo Properties: Stimulant, diaphoretic, carminative, sialagogne, and tonic; when chewed it will cause a flow of saliva; it also acts as a stimulating tonic, stomachic, and carminative, expelling wind or gas from the stomach or bowels, thereby relieving pain and also re- lieving flatulency, colic, or pain in the stomach, and through its ton- ic properties, it aids digestion, and is a good stimulant in some cases of dysentery and diarrhoea. VernoniaFasciculata. Iron Weed Root. This plant often grows abundantly in low, rich ground, along road sides, aud in open ground, growing from three to four feet high, bearing beautiful purple flowers on the top of the stem. Properties: Alterative, tonic, and restorative; useful in difficult or painful menstruation, whites, flooding, or immoderate flow of the menses, and hemorrhage, chills and fever, remittent or bilious fever, scrofula, and impurities of the blood; I have used it with de- cided advantage in hectic fever, and as a good tonic and restorative in consumption; combined with other tonics, it also appears to have a decided action on the uterine organs; this plant does not receive the attention from the profession it merits. Geranium Maculatum. Crane's Bill. Alum Root. This plant grows in rich lands, and along fences, and in unculti- vated ground; the root is perennial, fleshy, and grows near the sur- face of the earth, is rough and uneven, and has many short fibres; the main root sends up a straight, round stem, which branches into forks from ten to twenty inches high, and of a grayish green color; the leaves and stems are more or less covered with hair; the leaves are cut deeply into three, five, or seven lobes, which again are divid- ed at their ends; they are hairy, and of a palish green color, and mottled with pale spots; some of them rise from the roots, and are supported on stalks, ten inches in length; the flower stalks spring from the fork of the stem, and each supports two large and beauti- ful purple flowers, which appear from May to June. Properties: Astringent. An excellent article in dysentery, di- arrhoea, cholera, cholera morbus, cholera infantum, and all forms of hemorrhages, either from the lungs, stomach, kidneys, bladder, or bowels, also in leucorrhea, gleet, diabetes, and is valuable in the di- arrhoea, in the last stages of consumption; it also makes a good wash for old sores and ulcers, and as a gargle for sore mouth and throat, and as an injection for gleet, whites, and wherever a good soothing wash is indicated; I have mostly used it as follows: Geranium pulv 1 oz_ Bayberry pulv 1 oz# Witch Hazel pulv 1 0z. 801 Mix, put one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling water, Bteep it well, strain, and use either as a wash or injection. Caryophyllus Aromaticus. Cloves. Properties: Aromatic, antiseptic, stimulant, and irritant. They are generally used for their stimulant, antiseptic, and antiemetic properties; they are also slightly tonic; they stimulate the digestive organs, allay nausea or vomiting; through their antiseptic proper- ties they destroy malarial germ and prevent a septic condition of the blood; they are good addition to tonic compounds. Castor. This is a peculiar substance, obtained from the beaver castor. Properties: Stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. Em- ployed in hysteria, amenorrhea, epilepsy, and as a tonic and stimu- lant to the nervous system. I have used the above in combination with other nervines with good results; and as an emmenagogue in combination with other articles of the same class. Camphor. This is a very common household remedy, and, so generally used, that a description would be unnecessary. Properties: This is, in large doses, narcotic and sedative, but in medicinal doses, anodyne, antiseptic, diaphoretic, astringent, and anthelmintic. It is generally used to allay spasms, and quiet nerv- ous excitement, also in delirium, watchfulness, nervous tremor, rheumatism, neuralgia, dysmenorrhea, after pains, puerperal con- vulsions, and painful diseases of the urinary organs; in proper doses, it often acts as stimulant to the brain and nervous system; in large doses it is irritant and narcotic, but when properly administered it is an excellent medicine; when given in proper doses and under prop- er circumstances it will seldom fail to give relief or answer expecta- tions; as a diaphoretic, it may be combined with other diaphoretics, such as the following: Pleurisy Root pul7 2i oz. Crawly Root pulv 2 oz. Nitrate of Potassa pulv 2 oz. Camphor Gum pulv i oz. Ipecac pulv i oz. Opium pulv 1 dr. Mix dose for an adult 20 to 30 grains every 3 hours; this is a valuable anodyne and diaphoretic, and ferms a valuable medicine. I have often used the following with advantage in spermatorrhea and chordee: Bromide of Potassa 3 gr. Camphor 8 gr. LupuUne 2 gr. 802 Mix, give one dose every night on going to bed; in masturbation and nymphomania it often acts well given in combination with Tincture of Camphor i oz. Tincture of Lupuline i oz. Tincture of Gelseminum 2 dr. Mix, dose 25 to 30 drops. The above will also often give relief in headache, hysteria, convulsion, and chronic cystitis. Dose of the tincture 10 to 40 drops; of the powder 3 to 8 grains; oileum camphor 1 to 3 drops. Papaver Somniferum. Opium. This is the juice of the unripe capsules of the papaver somnifer- um or white poppy. Grindelia Robusta. Wild Sunflower. Part used, the leaves and flower; a perennial, herbaceous shrub, slender, smooth, one to two feet high, few short branches at the top' leaves oblong, spatulate, alternate, sessile, slightly toothed, involu- cres numerous, consists of numerous intricated scales covered with a balsamic resin. Properties: Demulcent, stimulant, antispasmodic, and expecto- rant. Employed in catarrh of the bladder, gonorrhea, catarrh, 803 ozena, asthma, bronchitis, and locally to vaginitis, gonorrhea, gleet, and blistered surfaces; this has been highly extolled as a remedy for asthma, as an alterative in the cure of iritis it also holds a high posi- tion . Dose of the tincture 20 to 60 drops; fluid extract, 10 to 30 drops. Grindelia Squarrosa. Tar Weed. Properties: Alterative, antiperiodic, tonic, and deabstruent. Useful in asthma, bronchitis, enlarged spleen, hepatitis or inflam- mation of the liver, and malarial diseases; its greatest action ap- pears to be on the liver and spleen in relieving congestion of those organs, thus operating very beneficially in all malarial fevers. Cinnamon. The Bark. The tree is a native of Ceylon, in the East Indies, but is culti- vated in Jamaica and other West Indies islands; it grows from four to ten feet high; very bushy leaves, resemble the laurel, and have a hot taste, and in smell somewhat resemble that of cloves. The cinnamon of the shops is the inner bark of the tree, or the bark of the small twigs. Properties: Stimulant, carminative, tonic, and astringent, used generally to correct the taste or effect of other more disagreeable medicines; it is beneficial in diarrhoea, dysentery, colic, and cramps, and to allay nausea, or sickness of the stomach; a strong tincture of the bark is good for hemorrhage from the uterus or womb, and oth- er hemorrhages. Dose of the powdered bark, from five to twenty grains; of the tincture, from forty to fifty drops; essence of cinna- mon, from ten to thirty drops; oil, one to two drops on sugar or in a little water. Digitalis Purpurea. Foxglove. This is a biennial plant, growing in the temperate parts of Eu- rope; the leaves are the part used as medicine; they are slightly odor- ous have a nauseous, bitter taste, and impart their medicinal prop- erties to water or alcohol; this is a narcotic poison in large doses, and requires caution in administering it; it is said to be accumulative in the system, and consequently it should not be long continued, es- pecially in large doses. Properties: Sedative and diuretic. It may be employed in fever, inflammations, insanity, neuralgia when attended with fever, and in diseases of the heart, also in chronic hydrocephalus or dropsy of the brain and in hydrothroax, and in phthisis pulmonalis, and when symptoms of pneumonia appear; its greatest benefit will be attained in certain forms of heart disease, combined with the tincture of cactus grandiflorus as follows: Take Tinct. of Cactus Grandiflorus i oz. Tinct. Digitalis 2 <**• 304 Mix; dose 8 to 10 drops three times a day in a little water. An herb doctor used it in fits as follows: Take Tinct. Digitalis 2 oz. Tinct. of Polypody 2 oz. Mix. and give in dose of ten to fifteen or twenty drops three times a day; the Indian doctor used it in the form of an ointment to heal wounds or sores, and in scald head; the ointment made by stewing the green leaves in lard or oil, and pressing out the juice; symptoms of an over dose are a dull pain in the head, dimness of sight, confusion of mind, and slight hoarseness, and salivation; the best antidotes are an emetic of lobelia, sweet oil, brandy, or white wine; it may be used with good effect in palpitation and irregular action of the heart, but requires caution. Dose of powder i to 1 grain; of the tincture, 4 to 8, or in some cases it may be given in 10 or 12 drops, but such large doses are not advisable; fluid extract 3 to 6 drops; of the extract i to i grain in pills. Nitrate of Potassa. This is generally known by the name of salt petre or nitre; it in large doses is an irritant, and should be used with caution. Properties: Cathartic, refrigerant, and diuretic. Employed in fever, dropsy, rheumatism, gonorrhea, hemorrhages, purigo, and scalding of the urine; the dose is from 10 to 20 grains, dissolved in water or mucilage. I have used the above articles for over forty years, and I have never seen any bad effect from them, in the form which I have used them, but have seen much good. Viburnum Opulus. Cramp Bark. High Cranberry. This is a shrub growing in Canada and the northern parts of the United States, flowering in June; the bark is the part used. Properties: It is a powerful antispasmodic, and has been used considerably in cramps, convulsions, asthma, hysteria, and cramp during pregnancy; it has also been beneficial to females subject to convulsion during pregnancy or at confinement; it will often prevent an attack. The following will be found to answer the purpose ad- mirably, and is an excellent medicine. Take Blue Cohosh Root ground 6 oz. Cramp Bark ground 5 oz< Spikenard Root ground 4 oz# Skunk Cabbage Root ground 4 oz. Skull Cap Herb ground 4 OZt Mitchella Repens ground 4 0z, Cloves ground ^ oz# Make into a strong syrup by boiling and dipping off the liquid until the strength is obtained, then strain and reduce it down to S05 one gallon, and add two or three pounds of white sugar, stir until dis- solved, then strain and bottle for use. Dose one tablespoonful three or four times a day; the above will be found an excellent medicine for females; and mothers wishing an easy and safe delivery should use the above five or six weeks before confinement; I have never known any trouble where the above has been faithfully used as above directed. Spirits of Nitric. Ether. Or, as it is more commonly called, sweet spirits of nitre; when long kept it becomes unfit for use, but this may be obviated by keeping it on crystals of bicarbonate of potassa. Properties: It is stimulant, antispasmodic, diuretic, and dia- phoretic; in large doses it is an irritant poison with narcotic proper- ties; the inhalation of the vapor has been known to cause death; it may be used in dropsy, strangury, gonorrhea, and in febrile and in- flammatory diseases, either alone or combined with other articles. It is seldom given alone but combined with diaphoretics, or diuretics, according to the effect we wish to produce; the dose is from twenty to sixty drops in a little water. Carbo Ligni. Charcoal. This is prepared by burning wood to a coal, and then pulver* izing it. It can generally be found in the drug stores already pre- pared. Properties: It is a powerful antiseptic, and absorbent. It is val- uable in some forms of dyspepsia, where there is an acid condition of the stomach, or a fetid breath; it is also valuable in diarrhoea, or dysentery, where there is a putrid or fetid discharge, and where there is a tendency to mortification. I have found it valuable in inflammation of the stomach and bowels, combined with pulverized elm bark, equal parts, and given freely; in cholera infantum the fol- lowing may be given to good advantage: Take Charcoal'pulv 1 dr. Elm Bark pulv 1 dr. Subnitrate of Bismuth 25 gi^ Myricin 10 gr, Rhusin 10 gr. Mix, and divide into 30 or 40 doses according to the age of the patient, and givea dose every one or two hours, owing to the severi- ty of the case; dose of charcoal, one-half to one "teaspoonful, well mixed*in cM&wafeer;-charcoal giverr in one-half to one teaspoonful dose will oWen relieve nausea or vomiting, and alse.relieve sickhead- ache; applied externally, with elm or gum myrrh, it forms an excel- lent poultice in foul or gangrenous ulcers; combined with the myrrh 306 it will often afford great relief. The following forms an excellent tooth powder. Take Cinchona Bark puly 1 oz. Golden Seal pulv 1 oz. Orris Root 1 oz. Charcoal pulv 1 oz. Mix the above with a little honey; this forms one among the best; a little of this applied once a day with a brush will keep the teeth white aud clean. Gelseminum Sempervirens. Yellow Jessamine. This is a perennial twining plant, common to the southern Btates; the root is the medicinal part, it is slightly, narcotic, relaxed and sudoritic. also antispasmodic; but its diaphoretic and relaxent properties predominate; it quiets nervous excitement, and irritabili- ty. It is through its relaxent and diaphoretic properties that ren- der it so valuable in all fevers and inflammations; it has also been found useful in the following diseases: rheumatism, hysteria, in af- ter pains in parturition, neuralgia, delirium tremens, chorea, epilep- sy, dysentery, diarrhoea, bilious colic, nephretic colic, hemoptysis of phthisis, leucorrhoa, dysmenorrhea, spermatorrhea, and gonorrhea. In large doses gelseminum produces great prostration of all the vol- untary muscles, and if continued the voluntary muscles become af- fected, producing dimness of vision, and falling of the eyelids or inability to raise them; large doses of the preparation of the dried root is poisonous, and may produce death from apoplexy or paraly- sis. The best antidote is large doses of quinine; I have used it for over thirty years extensively, without the least damage, or injury; when it is properly used, and in proper doses, there is not the least danger, as it is not accumulative in the system like digitalis; it is ox great utility in all forms of fever or inflammation, and cannot be easily dispensed with, until its equal or superior is discovered, which does not exist at the present day; there is no remedy, not even lobe- lia, which will fill the indications that gelseminum does, and with as little objectionable properties about it, in taste or effect; in gastri- tis, metritis, ovaritis, or any internal inflammation it produces ex- cellent effects; in induration of the brain, in delirium tremens it of- ten acts like magic; it possesses anaphrodisiac properties, quieting the sexual organs, often causing profound relaxation of the erectile fibers of the penis or clitoris, and a perfect want of sexual desire; this renders it useful in spermatorrhea, nymphomania, and chordee. Dose of the tincture of gelseminum 10 to 30 drops, of the fluid ex- tract 5 to 10 drops, gelsemin i to i grain. 807 Polygala Senega. Seneca Snake Root. The root is perennial, firm, hard, and branching, crooked and woody; stems many, annual, smooth, occasionally tinged with red, from eight to twelve inches high; leaves numerous, alternate or scat- tered; they are long and pointed, narrow, bright green on the upper, and pale on the under side; flower white in terminal spikes, opening gradually so that the lower are in fruit, while the upper are in blos- som; the root has an unpleasant and somewhat acrid taste, and is the part used as medicine; it grows in dry woods. Properties: Stimulant, expectorant, diuretic, sudorific, emmena- gogue, and in over doses, emetic and cathartic, excellent in coughs, colds, pleurisy, asthma, croup, pneumonia, and in menstrual ob- struction, rheumatism, and it is said to be good in snake bite; it may be used in syrup, tincture, or tea, seldom used in powder; the best way to use it is in the following syrup: Seneca Snake Root ground 4 oz. Pleurisy Root ground 3 oz. Liquorice Root ground 2 oz. Boiling Water 3 pints. Boil down to one pint, and add one-half pound of white sugar, let it dissolve, then strain and bottle for use. Dose i to 1 teaspoon- ful three or four times a day. Ulmus Fulva Bark. This is the common slippery elm, or as it is sometimes called, red elm; it grows plentifully in some sections of country, the bark being the part used; it is used both internally and externally. Properties: Expectorant, demulcent, diuretic, and emmollient; employed in mucous inflammation of the stomach, bowels, bladder, kidneys, and in dysentery, diarrhoea, pneumonia, pleurisy, and strangury; and externally, to inflammations, boils, ulcers, tumors, carbuncles, and buboes combined as follows: Take Elm Bark pulv 1 oz. Lobelia Leaves pulv 1 oz. Stramonium Leaves pulv 1 oz. Mix with a little weak lye or milk to the consistence of a poul- tice. Myrica Cerifera. Bayberry, Candleberry, Waxberry, etc. Tne b^berry is a shrub growing in almost every kind of soil, from Canada to Georgia; it rises from two to twelve feet high, being largest in the south; the top is much branched, and covered with a grayish bark; the leaves are oblong and wedge shape, broadest at the outer end, sometimes entire, but frequently toothed near the ex- tremities; the fruit is a grayish berry, which grows in clusters on the 308 outside of the branches, and is covered with a substance called bay- berry tallow, of which candles are often made. Properties: The bark of the root is the part used, and is an ex- cellent astringert, tonic, stimulant, and alterative; used in diarrhoea, dysentery, whites, hemorrhages, scrofula, tumors, ulcers, and as a wash and gargle for sore mouth and throat; if mixed with blood root, it makes a good application for polypus of the nose; a tea of bayberry bark d?ank fraely is an excellent remedy in typhoid fever. Dr. Sites recomnaerds the following as a drink in typhoid fever: Yellow Poplar Bark of Root pulverized 1 dr. Golden Seal Root pulverized 1 dr. Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 dr. Capsicum pulverized i dr. Boiling water one pint, steep strong; dose one tablespoonful three times a day; it also makes a good drink in chronic gastric ca- tarrh, either alone or in combination with capsicum, or in combina- tion with other tonics; the following syrup of myrica has been used considerably: Fluid Ext. of Bayberry 1 oz. Fluid Ext. of Rhubarb i oz. Fluid Ext. of Capsicum i oz. Fluid Ext. of Uvaursa ~— i oz. Syrup 1 pt. Mix; the dose of this would be about one-half to one teaspoon- ful three or four times a day; an excellent wash is made as follows: Golden Seal pulv i oz. Bayberry Bark pulv £ oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulv i oz. Make a strong tea and use four or five times a day. Hedeoma Pulegioides. Pennyroyal. This is a common plant, growing from 6 to 12 inches high; It mostly grows in old fields, and along roadsides; the flowers are very small, and of a pale blue color; it has a strong aromatic scent; the herb has many branches, leaves opposite and oblong, serrated, and the flowers come out from the stem; it grows abundantly in some sections of country, and is a very useful plant, having long been used in domestic practice with great advantage. Properties: Stimulant, diaphoretic, carminative, antiseptic, and emmenagogue; employed in amenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, and in sup- pression of the lochial discharge and in hysteria and whooping cough; a warm tea is also good in fevers and colds, from its diaphoretic and antiseptic properties, it destroys germ life, and through its diapho- retic properties aidSsfiStoFAis. elffluuating it from the system; it is 309 also valuable in coughs, colds, lung fever, typhoid fever, and all other forms of fever; make a strong tea and let the patient drink it warm, when a diaphoretic effect is desired; dose of the tea, one to two or three tablespoonfuls. Eupatorium Perfouatum. Boneset. This plant has a crooked perennial root running parallel with the ground, and has a few fibers. Coming up from the root are sev- eral stems, which are rough, round, and straight, covered with small hair, and from two to four feet high, dividing into three fork- ed branches; the leaves are opposite on the stem, and surround the stem so as to form but one leaf perforated by the stem; they are hairy, and broadest at the base, and tapering off with toothed sides to a point; there are about twelve separate flowers on each little stem; these are of a white color, and appear in August; the whole plant is medicinal, but the leaves and flowers are generally used, and should be gathered when in full bloom and dried in the shade. Properties: Tonic, diaphoretic, expectorant, antiseptic, and emetic; employed in intermittent, bilious, typhoid, and lung fever, and in dyspepsia and general debility, also in cough and colds, for colds, two to three tablespoonfuls should be taken of a warm tea on going to bed, or better, take equal parts of boneset leaves and pen- nyroyal, and make a strong tea, and take three or four times a day; when taken as a tonic it should be taken cold,with other tonics, such as golden seal, and Colombo root; when it is given for its emetic properties, it should be given in warm infusion, and with a strong tea of lobelia, and given every twenty minutes until it operates; the infusion should be made by adding one large tablespoonful of the powder to one pint of boiling water, and let it steep for fifteen or twenty minutes, then use as above directed; for its expectorant and diaphoretic properties, the following will fill the indications admira- bly: T*ke Hoarhound Leaves ground 11 oz. Boneset Leaves ground li oz. Pleurisy Root pulv H oz. Blue Bell Root pulv 1 oz„ Skunk Cabbage Root pulv 1 oz. Pennyroyal Leaves ground 1 oz. Elder Flowers ground 1 oz. Blood Root pulv f oz. Mix. The above forms a valuable diaphoretic in coughs, colds, and lung fever; dose, two or three tablespoonfuls every two or three hours. 810 Prttnus Yirginana. Wild Cherry. This is a common and well known tree, flowering in May; the fruit ripens in August and September; the bark of the root is the part used; it imparts its properties to alcohol or water; boiling de- stroys its medicinal properties. Properties: Tonic, stimulant, expectorant, and slightly astring- ent; used in coughs, consumption, asthma, scrofula, chills, and fe- ver, and may be used in all cases of debility, and in hectic fever; it is seldom given in powder, but mostly in tea, tincture, or syrup; the tea should be made by adding one tablespoonful of the powder to a pint of boiling water, and let it steep until cold; dose one to three tablespoonfuls, three or four times a day; this is seldom used alone, but makes an excellent tonic in combination with dogwood bark and yellow poplar bark in tincture; this makes a good tonic for female weakness. Polemonium Reptans. Blue Bell, Greek Valerian, Sweat Root, etc. The root is perennial, small, with numerous fibrous, white, or a dirty white, all growing from one common head, leaves many, pin- nate, or compounded of many small, oblong, ovate, folioles, or little leaves, arranged in two rows, one on each side the petiole or foot- stalks, which grow from six to sixteen inches high, they are reclin- ing or spreading; the inner or upper side of the footstalks are chan- neled its whole length, the edges of the channel being thin and sharp; the flowers are small blue; they appear early in the spring from the same root along the stem, and are somewhat bell shaped; it grows mostly in damp and shady woods; the root of the plant is the part used; a knowledge of this plant and its medicinal properties was obtained from the Indians, who made a strong tea of the roots and drank it freely in fevers, pleurisy, and in all cases where they wished to produce a free perspiration. Properties: Diaphoretic, antiseptic, expectorant, and moderate- ly astringent; used in all fevers, coughs, colds, dysentery, and all in- flammations, scrofula, consumption, and the bite of serpents and poison insects. The Indians use it to cure consumption. I have known it to be used by the Whites for coughs, and other lung trou- bles, and with much benefit; where the disease is inclined to con- sumption I would not advise such individuals to depend upon it or any other single remedy, but a proper combination of remedies, such as are indicated in the case; when thus combined it may and often does produce good results. The root may be used in decoction tincture, or syrup; the tincture should by made by adding 4 ounces of the ground roots to one quart of diluted alcohol, let it stand for 811 a week or ten days, then transfer to a percolator, then add liquor un- til one quart is obtained; the dose should be from a half to a tea- spoonful. The following has been recommended as a good cough remedy, and I have no doubt it is good: Polemonium Reptans Root ground 2 oz. Convolvulus Pandurata (Wild Potato) 2 oz. Diluted Alcohol 1 qt. Make a strong tincture, the same as the above, and the dose should be about the same; this is said to have cured a lady of a se- vere pain in the side after other means had failed; for consumption make a strong decoction by adding one ounce to a pint of boiling water, boil it down to about a half pint, and take one or two table- spoonfuls every two or three hours, or, instead of this, I would ad- vise the following: Take Black Cohosh Root ground $ lb. Blue Bell Root ground £ lb. Wild Potato Root ground i lb. Skunk Cabbage Root ground -J lb. Poke Berries dried i lb. Put the above into a percolator, cork the lower end, then add one gallon of diluted alcohol, let it stand for a week or ten days, then let the liquor run off, then return it to the drugs and let it pass through a second time, then set it to one side, and add more liquor to the drugs until three quarts of strong tincture have passed through then add water one quart, let it pass through, then add another quart and let it pass through, then reduce the two quarts down to one, add it to the tincture; dose the same as the above, £ to 1 tea- spoonful three or four times a day; for snake bites take the roots and tops, bruise them in a mortar, and mix with sweet milk, and make a poultice and apply it to the bitten part, and give the patient a strong tea freely internally; when it is not convenient to apply a poultice, then bathe the part freely with the decoction, at the same time give the patient liquor freely; I have used it in several severe cases of poisoning from the bite of rats; I think this plant deserves more attention, and should be more freely used. Diosma Crenata. Buchu Leaves. This small shrub is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. The leaves are the part used, and may be used in tincture or fluid extract. Properties: Stimulant and diuretic; it may be used in diseases of the bladder and kidneys; it has been found useful in chronic ca- tarrh of the bladder and urethra; it has also been recommended in dyspepsia, chronic rheumatism, and dropsy, but I have never used it in those cases; I have mostly used it in combination with other ar- 312 tides; do9© of the powder 10 to 20 grains; of the tincture 1 to I tea- spoonful; fluid extract 30 to 40 drops. Macrotrys Racemosa. Black Cohosh. Rattle Root. The root is perennial, black, with a large caudex or head and many long fibers; the stem from two to five or six feet high, owing to the ground, sometimes slightly crooked and jointed, and terminates in a spike of white blossoms; the leaves are of that kind termed biter- nately compounded, arising from the root, and forming a considera- ble cluster about two feet high. It is a native of the United States, aud grovsin rich, shady, and rocky woods from Canada to Florida; it flowers in June and July; the root is the part employed. Properties: Slightly astringent, tonic, antispasmodic, alterative, emmenagogue, and expectorant; used in coughs, consumption, in- termittent and remittent fever, asthma, delirium tremens, diflicult and painful menstruation, flooding, St. Vitus' dance, and is more or less valuable in all forms of nervous diseases; it exercises a consid- erable influence over the nervous system, and has been used with considerable benefit in rheumatism, neuralgia, scrofula, and syphilis. When this article is given in too large doses it acts on the brain, causing a severe headache;the root is used by the Indians and oth- ers in diseases of horses, especially when they are stiff and sore from over-driving or work; it should be made in a strong decoction, and mixed with the food; the root may be used in powder, tincture, syrup, or extract; dose of the powder from 10 to 20 grains; the tinc- ture should be made as follows: take 4 ounces of the powdered root, and add 1 pint of diluted alcohol, let it stand for several days, then strain and press out the liquor, or put it in a leach or percolator, and after the liquor has passed off, then add more liquor to the drugs until one pint of tincture is obtained. Dose of tincture, 20 to 30 drops, three or four times a day. Hamamelts Virginica. Witch Hazel. The bark and leaves are both used; it is a shrub or bush growing from ten to twenty feet high, and has a large root from which springs up several branches, often crooked; the trunk is often two, three, or four inches in diameter; its leaves are large and smooth; the leaves are on the opposite sides of the branches, one above an- other, of an egg shape, lobed at their base with prominentr ribs; flower blooms in October, and often continues through the most part of the winter; they come out three or four together; they are of a yellow color, and have a peculiar curled appearance; the* fruit is said to be a year in ripening; it is a roundish, oblong box containing two nuts; it growson the banks of streams and among hills and mountains; the leaves should be gathered when mature, and dried in the shade. 813 Properties: Tonic, astringent, and sedative; it has been em- ployed in hemoptisis, hematemesis, and other hemorrhages, and in diarrhoea, dysentery, and excessive discharges, and locally in hem- orrhoids, or piles; also in gonorrhea, gleet, leucorrhea, swellings, and painful tumors, phlegmasia, dolens or milk leg, prolapsus ani, opthalmia, and chronic uterine congestion, and it may be employed in all cases where astringents are indicated, but its greatest value is in all cases dependent upon an unhealthy condition of the mucous membrane of the vagina, and the intestinal canal, urethra, and bladder, or uterus; Dr. Buchanan says that he has often cured ca- tarrh of the bladder and uterus with this remedy; it may be used with advantage in the diarrhoea of consumptives, and as an exter- nal application, as a wash for sore mouth and throat; combined with other astringents, such as bayberry, golden seal, and geranium root, or gold thread, it also makes a good application to bleeding piles, and as an injection for prolapsus uteri; it possesses a healing power over inflammations of-the mucous membrane possessed by few articles; Dr. Buchanan says that he has found it of rare value in varix, and other diseases of the veins, also in all cases of injuries accompanied by bleeding, or where arnica would be indicated; Dr. Buchanan rec- ommends its use very highly for the radical cure of varicose veins of the lower limbs; the elastic stockings should be constantly worn, un- der which the veins should be kept wet with the fluid extract, and at the same time give it internally, i to i teaspoonful of the tincture, three times a day; he says that this will often effect cures in the most obstinate cases; he also recommends its use in varicocele and circocele (an enlargement of the veins of the scrotum or spermatic cord- circocele, a varicose dilation of the spermatic yeins); it acts as a tonic and astringent to the parts. Quercus Alba. White Oak Bark. There are several different varieties of the oak, but the above is mostlv used. It is a large and well known forest tree. The inner bark is the part used. Properties: It is slightly tonic, but its properties are mostly as- tringent and antiseptic, which predominate over its other properties. It is mostly used in the form of a syrup or decoction, in diarrhoea, dys- entery or in hemorrhages, and as a gargle in sore throat aud a relaxed condition of the uvula or palate, and as an astringent and antiseptic wash for old and indolent ulcers, and, in the form of a strong tea in injection in leucorrhea, and prolapsus of the womb; a poultice of the powdered bark made with equal parts of elm bark, forms an excellent poultice to gangrenous or mortifying parts; *hen used for diarrhoea 314 or dysentery it should be combined with aromatics, as follows: Take Allspice ground 2 oz. Cinnamon Bark ground 1 oz. Cloves ground \ oz. White Oak Bark pulv 4 oz. Cover the articles wi£b best fourth proof brandy, and let it di- gest for a week or ten days, then transfer to a percolator, and add brandy sufficient to run off one quart, then add one pint of water, let it pass through the drugs, then add one pound of white sugar; first heat the tincture sufficient to dissolve the sugar, then add the brandy tincture, and strain, and add one ounce of essence of pepper- mint, and one ounce of tincture of ginger; the dose should be from one-half to one teaspoonful as often as may be required; the above forms a valuable astringent and aromatic compound for diarrhoea and dysentery; in dysentery, as a general rule, astringents should never be given until the bowels are first thoroughly moved by a good dose of castor oil and spirits of turpentine, in all severe cases; an In- dian doctor says that a strong tea of the inner bark of the tree and the skin that covers the acorn, is good to stop spitting of blood, and bloody flux; he also says a powder of the cup that covers the acorn, will stop vomiting or spitting of blood. Rhus Glabra. Sumach. The bark and berries are employed. It is a shrub or bush, from four to twelve feet high, consisting of many straggling branches, which are smooth; the leaves are on smooth footstalks, and consist of several pairs, which are opposite with one single leaf at the point of the stem; the leaves are spear-shaped and pointed with sharp inden- tations on their margins; they are smooth and green on the upper surface, and whitish beneath, their color changing in the fall to a handsome redish tint; the flowers are of a greenish red color, and ar- ranged in large terminal clusters; they bloom in July, and are suc- ceeded early in the fall by clusters of red berries, enveloped in a silky down; the berries should be gathered in the fall when fully ripe; the bark should be gathered from the root, and it and the berries both should be dried in the shade; it grows in old fields, and along fences. Properties: The bark is tonic, alterative, astringent, and antisep- tic. The bark of the root is the part mostly used, though the ber- ries are frequently used in washes for the mouth and the throat and is exotdleut combined witb golden seal and witch hazel, with a'little alum or borax; the berries are astringent, refrigerant, antiseptio and diuretic; a decoction of the bark is good in diarrhoea dysentery, leucorrhea, hectic fever, and night sweats; the powdered 815 bark of the root, mixed with elm bark, makes an excellent poultice for old or gangrenous ulcers; an ointment made by simmering the bark of the root in lard, forms an excellent ointment for scald head and piles; a strong decoction of the bark and white oak bark makes an excellent injection for falling of the womb, or for leucorrhea or whites, and a wash for foul or offensive ulcers; the berries, says an Indian doctor, made into a strong decoction with vinegar, are good for gravel, to dissolve the stone, aud for diabetes, and strangury; to make the decoction, add one ounce of the berries and one ounce of the bark to a pint of boiling water or vinegar, and let it steep for twenty or thirty minutes; dose, two or three tablespoonfuls. SuiiPnuRic Ether. This is a colorless, transparent,fluid,having apeculiar, penetrat- ing odor, and a cooling, pungent, aromatic taste; it is highly inflam- mable, and should never be brought near a candle, or other flame; it decomposes by too long keeping; it is a diffusable stimulant and antispasmodic, and has been used as a stimulant in low fevers at- tended with twitching of the tendons, nervous headache, cramp of the stomach, fainting, hysterics, flatulent colic, palpitation of the heart, and asthma. The dose is from ten to sixty drops in a little water. When combined with spirits of turpentine it is good to re- lieve the pains caused by the passage of gall stones; when applied and allowed to evaporate, it acts as a refrigerant, and is useful in nervous headache, and external inflammations; when covered so as to repress its evaporation, it acts as. a rubefacient. Lethen is the name given to pure ether prepared for inhalation, but it is not so fre- quently used to produce insensibility, as chloroform. Orfila recom- mends the following for poisoning by nux vomica: Sulphuric Ether 1 dr. Spirits of Turpentine 2 dr. Sugar 4 dr. Water 2 oz. Mix; dose two drachms every quarter of an hour. Mixture sul- phuric ether and camphor: Camphor Mixture 7 oz. Sulphuric Ether I oz. Syrup of Saffron + oz. Mix; dose one-half to one teaspoonful. Camphor Mixture. Powdered Camphor 1 dr. Gum Arabic pulv H dr. White Sugar pulv H dr. Tinct. of Opium 40 drops. Mint Water 4 oz. Mix; dose, a tea to a tablespoonful every two or three hours. 816 Trillium Latifolium and Trillium Pendulum. Beth Root, also called Birth Root. The root is the part used. There are several varieties of the beth root, but the varieties mostly used are the small, or short beth root, and the tall; the first grows up from six to twelve inches high, the latter grows from ten to eighteen inches high; they both have a straight, round stem, with three leaves at the top, with a terminal flower; the flower is either white, red, or purple, or of mixed colors; the root is thick, oblong, wrinkled, slightly resembling the gensang, but terminating abruptly. Properties: Astringent, tonic, and antiseptic; employed in all cases of hemorrhage, and may be used in all cases where astringents are indicated, such as hemoptysis, hematuria, monorrhagia, or uter- ine hemorrhage, leucorrhea, diarrhoea, diabetes, hemorrhages, whether internal or external, prolapsus of the uterus; as a general tonic to the uterine organs, it has few superiors, consequently it has been quite extensively used in certain forms of female diseases, es- pecially where there is an excessive discharge, or a weak and re- laxed condition of the parts, and where there is an excessive flow of the lochia; it has also been used in colds, coughs, and asthma, but I have never used it in those cases; it may be used as an astringent in- jection in cases of hemorrhage or leucorrhea with great advantage, either alone or combined with other astringents as follows: Bayberry Bark pulverized i oz. Witch Hazel Leaves pulverized i oz. Geranium Maculatum Root pulverized i oz. Beth Root pulverized i oz. Mix the above well, and add one large tablespoonful of the pow- der to one pint of boiling water, steep it for twenty or thirty min- utes, then strain, and use two or three syringef uls twice a day, at the same time give proper internal treatment; the above will be val- uable in hemorrhage, leucorrhea, or whites, also in prolapsus of the uterus, chronic irritation and ulceration of the uterus and vagina- dose of the pulverized root, one-half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful; of the fluid extract, one-half to two-thirds of a teaspoonful. Utica Dioica. Common Nettle. The leaves, seeds and root are employed. This is a common plant in this country, and to those not familiar with it, they will soon become so by coming in contact with it, one introduction will be sufficient, they will ever know it afterward; it grows by the way- side, alongfences and in rich woodland; the plant is well supplied with Bharp prickles, which being applied to the skin, irritates and causes very disagreeable sensations; it grows from two to three feet high. 317 Properties: Astringent, tonic, and diuretic; used for diarrhoea, dysentery, gravel, goiter or big neck, chills and fever, dumb ague, and locally for palsy, by being applied to the surface, so as to irri- tate the skin; an Indian doctor says that a syrup made of the herb and honey is a safe and sure remedy to clear the pipes and lungs of ob- struction, which causes a wheezing and shortnek* of breath, it loosens the phlegm, and causes free expectoration; it is said to be good for swelling of the tonsils; a strong decoction made of the roots, used as a gargle, is good for sore mouth or throat; the herb, leaves or root, tinctured in wine, is said to be good to bring on the menses, and also good for falling of the womb, or chronic inflamma- tion of the womb; the seeds powdered and put into the n< stril will stop bleeding, or take away polypus; the leaves will heal old sores, or ulcers, by applying a strong decoction to the part, three times a day; for fistula, inject the decoction into the fistulus pipe; the herb, or seed makes a good poultice for gouty pains; for hemorrhage of the womb, let the patient drink a strong decoction, and inject it into the vagina. The following tea is excellent in diarrhoea, ulceration of the bowels, etc. Take Wild Cherry Bark ground 1 oz. Geranium Macula Root ground 1 oz. Nettle Root ground 1 oz. Bayberry Bark pulverized 1 oz. Cinnamon Bark ground i oz. Mix, and add one large tablespoonful to one pint of boiling wa- ter, steep it twenty or thirty minutes; dose two to three tablespoon- fuls every two or three hours. Pinus Canadensis. Hemlock. The bark, leaves, and oil. This is a large tree, growing throughout the northern states, and is generally known; it is a species of pine; there is a gum or pitch which exudes from the tree, called hemlock gum, which ia also used as medicine, and from which the oil is obtained. Properties: Astringent and diaphoretic; a strong decoction of the bark makes an excellent wash for falling of the bowels or womb; taken internally it is good for diarrhoea or dysentery; a strong tea or infusion of the leaves, taken internally, is excellent to produce per- spiration in rheumatism, and the oil taken internally, and applied externally, is good for pain in the breast, and is also good for quinsy and sore throat; dose of the oil, five to twenty drops on sugar; it is said to be good for chronic coughs; the following articles are often used in combination, to form a strengthening plaster. Gum Hemlock 1 oz. Gum Turpentine i oz. Gum Myrrh i oz. 318 Melt them with gentle heating, and mix them well, and spread on cloth or soft leather. The following forms an excellent astring- ent wash: Take Hemlock Bark pulverized 1 oz. Upland Sumach Bark of Root pulv 1 oz. Witch Hazel Bark pulverized 1 oz. White Oak Bark 1 oz. Mix; add one large tablespoonful of the above, to one pint of boiling water, steep for twenty or thirty minutes, then strain and use as a wash for sore mouth or throat, and as an injection for fiuor albus, or falling of the bowels or womb, or what is better is to wet a soft sponge with the decoction, and introduce it into the vagina, first fasten a bit of tape to the sponge, so as to remove it when necessary, which should be done once a day, and cleansed and reapplied. Rhaum Palmatum. Rhubarb Root. This article is too well known to require a general description, be- ing readily obtained in all the drug stores; it comes to us from China, Russia, and Turkey; the best is obtained from Turkey, and is mostly in large roots, but is kept in drug stores, in both the crude and pow- dered form; the powder is generally of a darkish yellow color. Properties: It is cathartic, mildly tonic, and astringent; it may be, and often is, employed in tonic compounds, for its tonic and lax- ative properties; it is also used in astringent compounds, for its ton- ic and astringent action, in the diarrhoea of children and adults, such as cholera infantum, cholera morbus, and dysentery; it may be used in the chronic form of diarrhoea or dysentery, in combination with other appropriate remedies; it is mostly used by the eclectic and reform schools, in the form of a syrup, called the neutralizing cor- dial, which is made as follows: Take Rhubarb Root pulverized 4 oz. Peppermint Plant pulverized 4 oz. Saleratus pulverized 4 oz. Mix the above well together, then add one large teaspoonful to one pint of boiling water, let it steep for fifteen or twenty minutes, and strain with considerable pressure, then sweeten the liquid with white or loaf Sugar, and add two or three tablespoonfuls of best French brandy; dose, from one to two tablespoonfuls, every fifteen, twenty, or thirty minutes, as may be required; the above dose is for an adult; for a child one-fourth to one-half teaspoonful; Dr. Beach says that this "is one of the most valuable preparations known for cholera morbus, cholera infantum, or summer complaint, diarrhoea, and dysentery" ; it is also excellent to check vomiting, or relieve vomiting, or neutralize acidity of the stomach, also to relieve heart- 319 burn, flatulency from indigestion, and for the removal of biliary calculi, and in jaundice, but I think its action on the liver is very slow; dose from five to twenty grains of the powder; of the fluid ex- tract, from five to twenty drops; of the tincture thirty to forty drops. Papaver Somniferum. Opium. This is the concrete juice of the poppy, which is frequently cul- tivated in our gardens, but that from which the opium is obtained is mostly cultivated in Turkey, from which our opium is mostly ob- tained. Properties: Narcotic, sedative, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, and astringent. Owing to its narcotic properties, it should be used with great caution, as fatal consequences may result from its improper use; persons of light complexion and fair skin should never be giv- en full doses; I have used it for fifty years, and have never seen any injurious effect result from it, but have, in many instances, derived great advantage from its proper use; its anodyne power is, in many instances, superior to any other medicine yet discovered, giving more prompt relief in cases of severe suffering than any other known remedy. Morphine is obtained from opium, and is a more powerful narcotic, and requires great caution in administering it; in all severe cases of pain, opium, laudanum, or paregoric is more or less indi- cated, especially in diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera morbis, colic, epil- epsy, lock jaw, spasms, hypochondria, gravel, asthma, neuralgia, and in all cases of severe pain; it should be combined with other ner- vines to obtain its anodyne effect; the ordinary dose for an adult is from one-half to one grain in the form of a pill; laudanum is made thus: Opium cut in small pieces 1 oz. Diluted Alcohol 1 pt. Let it digest for eight or ten days, then filter. Dose, twenty to forty drops for an adult. Paregoric is made as follows: Take Opium cut fine i dr. Benzoic Acid h dr. Oil of Anise SO drops. Gum Camphor 20 gr. Honey 1 oz. Diluted Alcohol 1 pint. Let it macerate for 12 or 14 days; then filter; dose, 40 to 60 drops. Dose of morphine for an adult one-sixth to one-third of a grain; an- tidotes: Belladonna and strong coffee will often antidote its effect, but in severe cases an emetic should be given until the stomach is thoroughly cleansed. 320 Directions for the Administration of Medicine. As the dose of medicine given throughout the work is intended for adults, unless otherwise mentioned, I have thought more specific directions would be necessary as to age or sex. The following rules should invariably be observed in the administration of all medicines: From nine to fourteen, one-half the dose for an adult. From six to nine, one-third the dose for an adult. From four to six, one-fourth the dose for an adult. From two to four, one-sixth the dose for an adult. From one to two, one-tenth the dose for an adult. Under one year, one-twelfth the dose for an adult. A female should always take less than a male. The aged and enfeebled less than a person of a robust constitu- tion. The following rules are generally observed in weights and meas- ures. Apothecary weight is generally observed in the compounding of medicine, but they buy and sell by avoirdupois, which is 16 ounces to the pound, while apothecary is twelve ounces to the pound, which is characterized thus: 12 oz. one lb. or pound, marked lb. 1 oz., eight dr. or drachms, marked dr. 3 scruples 1 dr., 20 gr. make 1 scr. or scruple. M. often stands for minim or drop. Prescriptions are mostly written thus: One Drachm or Dr. 1 dr. One Scruple or Scr. 1 scr. The following abbreviations are frequently used in prescription writing, consequently it is necessary to have a knowledge of them so as to avoid errors. F. S. A., fiat secundum artem, make it according to the rules of art. R. Receipe. M. Misce. Mix. M. S D. misce signa da. Mix the medicine and deliver it after- ward with the requisite instruction to the patient, or nurse, in writ- ing. £21 Glossary. M. F. P. Mixt misce fiat mixtura. Mix to form a liquid mixture. M. F. Pil Misce Fiant Pilulse. Mix to form pills. Div. Divide. Sol. Dissolve. Fasc. Fasciculus. An arm full. Man. Manipulus. A hand full, a gripe. Pugil. Pugillus or Pugillum. A pinch. Cyat. Cyathus. A glass full. Cochl. Cochlear or Cochleare. A spoonful. Gutt. Gutta. Drop. No. 1, 2, 3, etc. The number of pieces or parts, written I, II, m, IV, V. Ana or aa. Of each. P. Ae. Partes Equales. Equal parts. Q. S. Quantum Sufficit. As much as will suffice. Q. L. Quantum Libet. As much as you like. Q. V. Quantum Volueris. As much as you like Lb. Libra. Pound. Oz. Uncia. Ounce. Dr. Drachma. A drachm or dram. Scr. Scrupulus. A scruple. Gr. Granum. A grain. Pil. Pilula. A pill. Pot. Potio. A potion. Pulv. Pulvis. A powder. Pulvis Factus. Powdered. Tine. Tinctura. A tincture. Ext. Extractum. An extract. Chart. Chartula. A small paper. Collyr. Collyrium. An eye water. Collutor. Collutorium. A mouth wash. Cong. Congius. A gallon. O. Oct. Octarius. A pint. F. Oz. Fluiduncia. A fluid ounce. F. Dr. Fluidrachama. A fluid drachm. M. or Min. Minimum. A minim or drop. Decoct. Decoction. Garg. Gargarisma. A gargle. Haust. Haustus. A draught, or to draw. Infus. Infusum. An infusion. 322 Mas. Massa. A mass. Mix. Mixtura. A mixture. Ss. Semis. A half. Zin. Zingiber. Ginger. A. aa. Ana. Of each. Abd. Abdom. Abdomen. The belly. Abs. Febr. Absente Febre. In the absence of the fever. Ad. 2 Vic. Adduas Vices. At twice taken. Ad. Ties Vices. At thrice taken. Ad. Libit. Ad. Libitum. At pleasure. Addendus. To be added. Addendo. By adding. Adst. Febr. Adstante Febre. When the fever is on. Altera. Horis. Alternis Horis. Every other hour. Alternis Noctibus. Every other night. Alvo Adst. Alvo Adstricta. When the belly is bound. Aq. Bull. Aqua Bullions. | Boilinc. watpr Aq. Ferv. Aqua Fervens. fining watei. Aq. Distil. Aqua Distillata. Distilled water. Aqua Fluviatilis. River water. Aqua Pluviatilis. Rain water. Aqua Communis. Common water. Aqua Fontis or fontana. Spring water. Aqua Nivalis. Snow water. Aqua Tosti Panis. Toast and water. Bis Ind. Bis Inddies. Twice a day. C. M. Cras Mane. Tomorrow morning. Chart Chartula vel Chartulae. A small paper or papers. Coch. Cochlear vel. A spoonful or spoonfuls. Coch. Ampl Cochleare. Amplum. A tablespoonful, about one- half fl. oz. Coch. Infant. Cochleare Infantis. A child's spoonful, i fl. dr. Coch. Magn. Cochleare Magnum. A tablespoonful. Coch. Parv. Cochleare Parvum. A teaspoonful, about 1 fl. dr. Cort. Cortex. A bark. Coxa. The hip. Coxseluvium. The hip bath. C. M.S. Cras Mane Sumendus. To be taken tomorrow morning. Crast. Crastinus. Tomorrow. Perennial. Continuing more than two years. Petiolate. Having petiole. Petiole. The foot stalk of a leaf. Peduncle. The stem that supports the flower and fruit of a plant. 823 Dioecious. Having staminate and pistillate flowers on different plants staminate. Having stamens without pistils. Pistil. The central organ of most flowers, consisting- of the germ, style and stigma. Stigma. The summit or top of the pistil. Globose. Round, spherical, globular. Pedicel. A little flower stalk or partial peduncle. Cordate. Heart-shaped side lobes, rounded. Perfoliate. Having a stem running through the leaf. Pericarp. A seed vessel or whatever contains the seed. Petal. The leaf of a corolla, usually colored. Petechia. Purple flea bite like spots occurring during low fevers on the skin. Phlegmonous Inflammation. An inflammation of the cellular tissues, with redness, pain, heat and swelling, with a tendency to the formation of matter. Pleura. Two thin membranes which line the chest internally and also envelop the lungs. Prognosis. The art of foretelling, by the symptoms, how a dis- ease will terminate. Diagnosis. The distinguishing symptoms by which one disease or pathological condition is distinguished from another. Crisis. The acme or turning point of a disease. Catamenia. The monthly flow of females. Calculus. Stone, gravel or solid inorganic substance. Antiseptic. A medicine which will prevent putrefaction. Asthenic Debility. A debilitated condition. Cauterize. To act upon with caustic, or with an iron heated to whiteness. Cellular. Composed of cells. Cervix. The neck. Cervix Uteri. The neck of the womb. Cholagogue. A remedy which causes a discharge of bile. Colliquative. A term applied to profuse and debilitating dis- charge. Coma. Profound, lethargic stupor or sleep. Comatose. A state of profound stupor, occurring during dis- ease. Confluent. Not distinct, but running together. Congestion. A distention of the vessels and parts by an accum- ulation of blood in them. Contra. Indicated; not indicated. 324 In conclusion, I would inform my friends, and all persons buy- ing this work, that all the drugs used or recommended in tlr's work will be kept on hands by the author, where they can always be ob- tained, pure and reliable, and on reasonable terms, as they will be manufactured out of the best material, as success can only be at- tained by using none but such agents as are reliable, and when such agents are properly used, success will crown their administration; therefore I would advise all persons using these remedies to be sure that they are pure, and then administered according to the directions given in the work. I speak from a practical experience of nearly fif- ty years in the use of these medicines, which have given a success never attained by any other means known to the profession; there- fore, with confidence, I commend them to all friends of science and humanity. 825 TESTIMONIALS. Professor Parsons has recently located among us, after having had many years of practical experience. Our citizens are fortunate in being able to procure the services of so able a physician, and one with the large experience that the doctor has had in treating, not only one form, but all forms of disease, which he has done with a suc- cess that few, if any. physicians can excel. His success and ability as a physician and lecturer have won for him almost a world-wide reputation. The Professor has certainly had a very fine opportunity for obtaining knowledge, both by practice and reading, as he has one of the finest medical libraries we have seen in this country.—Union City Flain Dealer. SCIENCE WILL TRIUMPH OVER ERROR. Having been acquainted with Doctor Parsons for six years, and having watched his success in treating diseases, I know that it has been far superior to any physician's in the country, or any I ever knew, as I know that he has cured a number of cases where other physicians had failed, and I believe the reduction in the list of mor- tality has been owing to the fact of the Doctor having cured so many taken from the hands of other physicians. When the Doctor moved to this city, he requested me to keep a list of all that I interred in the Union City cemetery each year, which I did. The first year I inter- red 70; the second year 49; the third year 38; the fourth year 40; the fifth year 42; the sixth 43; making 282. Out of that number three were the doctor's, two second-hand cases—hopeless when he was called—and one case of Malignant Diphtheria, also hopeless, and died in a few hours after. He has, since he moved to this city, re- duced the list of mortality about one-third. B. F. Buckingham, Sexton Union City Cemetery. Newton, December 22,1880. Having tested the superior skill of Professor Parsons in the treatment of some of the most critical forms of disease in my own family, I therefore take pleasure in commending him to the afflicted. My family was attacked with a severe and complicated form of Diphtheria. One of my daughters took the disease in its most invet- erate form. She soon became past swallowing or speaking above a whisper. I tried the usual remedies without effect. I then called Dr. Shoe in, and we tried our remedies in vain, until we saw it would do no good. I then sent for Dr. Parsons. When he came, he put an application to her throat, and in three or four hours she could swal- low, and by the aid of other medicine in four or five days was out of danger, which was contrary to all expectations. Respectfully, Dr. G. Inman. 826 We call attention to the advertisement of Dr. Parsons in this week's issue. The Professor lived and practiced among us for many years with remarkable success, and only left our town because there were no railroad facilities by which his many foreign patients could reach him. Since leaving here we learn that his practice has been immense. He is a Professor in one of the most popular Medical Col- leges in North America, and is regarded as authority by physicians of all schools who have been fortunate enough to make his acquaint- ance.—Milton, (Miami County, Ohio,) Argus. Greenville, Darke County, Ohio, March 29,1887. Having known Dr. Parsons for over twenty years, I can confi- dently recommend him to the afflicted from the fact that I have test- ed his superior skill in the treatment of those more critical forms of diseases. My wife, over twenty years ago, was given up by all the doctors around, who said that her case was consumption and hope- less. I then called on Dr. Parsons, who was also doubtful of her case, but he said he would give her a trial; and it was but a short time until we could see a decided improvement in her case, which continued, until she was restored to her usual health, and I verily believe that it is through the Doctor's superior skill in treating dis- ease that she survives today. She was reduced to a living skeleton and confined to her bed. S. L. Kolp, Probate Judge. Greenville, Darke County, Ohio. TO THE AFFLICTED.— Having been acquainted with Dr. Parsons for twenty-five or thirty years, I can confidently recommend him to the afflicted, which I do from my personal knowledge of the Doctor's success, as I know that his success has always been superior to any physician's in the country; and I know that he has cured a number of cases where other physicians had failed. Thos. C. Miller, Attorney-at-Law. . ■**■ ^, NLM D01Q0127 b ;:■y±m i iff NLM001001276